NATIONAL KINDERGARTEN CURRICULUM GUIDE (NKCG)

Government Property (Not for Sale)

Copyright, 2011

Copyright Notice. Section 9 of Presidential Decree No. 49 provides: “No copy shall subsist in any work of
the Government of the Philippines. However, prior approval of the government agency or office wherein the
work is created shall be necessary for exploitation of such work for profit.”

The National Kindergarten Curriculum Guide (NKCG) was prepared by the Curriculum Development Division,
Bureau of Elementary Education (BEE), Department of Education (DepEd).

Management Staff – Yolanda S. Quijano, Undersecretary for Programs and Projects; Angelita M.
Esdicul, Director III, OIC-Office of the Director IV; Simeona T. Ebol, Chief, Curriculum Development
Division; Irene C. de Robles, OIC Assistant Chief, Curriculum Development Division; Josefina V.
Lacuna, Senior Education Program Specialist, Project Coordinator; Forcefina E. Frias Education
Program Specialist; Nerisa M. Beltran, Education Program Specialist and Eldy U. Oñas, Education
Program Specialist, Assistant-Team Project Coordinators

BEE Management 2012 - Dr. Marilyn D. Dimaano, Director IV, Dr. Marilette R. Almayda, Director
III, Bureau of Elementary Education

BEE Writers - Rogelio O. Doñes, Ofelia H. Eustaquio, Virginia T. Fernandez, Galileo L. Go, Josefina V.
Lacuna, Nerisa M. Beltran, Kathleen C. Diza, Forcefina E. Frias, Robesa R. Hilario, Thea Joy G.
Manalo, Judy Ann R. Marquez, Marion Grace A. Murillo, Eldy U. Oñas, Marilou D. Pandiňo and
Rosalinda T. Serrano

Writers from DepED Field Offices - the Kindergarten Coordinators/Early Childhood

Specialists/teachers - Michelle A. Mejica, Reg III; Jenifer E. Quinto - Div. of San Jose Del Monte City;
Virgilio L. Laggui - Div. of Bulacan; Edwina C. Nabo - Div. of Sta. Rosa City, Reg. IV-A; Manuela S.
Tolentino - Div. of Cavite; Gloria M. Cruz, IV-B MIMAROPA; Charity A. Capunitan - Div. of Or.
Mindoro; Florida L. Madrid - Div. of Calapan City; Lany M. Semilla - Division of Marinduque;
Adelardo I. Malaluan - Div. of Occ. Mindoro; Roger Capa - Div. of Romblon; Sonia H. Herezo, Reg.
VI; Heidelyn P. Geromiano - Div. of Capiz; Asst. Supt. Salustiano T. Jimenez - Div. of Cebu City, Reg.
VII; Luzviminda L. Ona, NCR; Carmelita N. Miranda - Div. of Manila; and Jenny J. Bendal - Div. of
Muntinlupa City, NCR.

Administrative Aide - Marcelino C. Bataller, Ferdinand S. Bergado, Roy L. Concepcion, Bryan R.

Simara, Dennis E. Geroca, Jannet Labre

Consultant - Community of Learners Foundation, (COLF) Inc. headed by Ms. Feny de los Angeles-
Bautista, Director, with Ms. Marissa J. Pascual, Assistant Director, Ms. Marjorie Salcedo–Javier, Senior
Trainor and other COLF Facilitators

Funding Partner - UNICEF, Philippines, represented by Mrs. Ma. Lourdes de Vera-Mateo, Chief,
Education Section and, Ms. Fe Nogra-Abog, ECD Specialist

Curriculum Development Division, Bureau of Elementary Education

Office Address : Rm. 204, 2nd Floor, Bonifacio Building,
DepEd Complex, Meralco Avenue, 1600 Pasig City
Telefax : (02) 638-4799/637-4347
Email address : [email protected]
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

Messages………………………………………………………………………………………. iii-v

Acknowledgement…………………………………………………………………………….. vi

Foreword……………………………………………………………………………................ vii

National Kindergarten Curriculum Guide Design………………………………………….. viii-x

Weekly Content Outline………………………………………………………………………. xi-xiii

Sample Program of Activities .......................................................................................... xiv-xvi

PART II Page
THIRD GRADING WEEKLY PLANS
Week 21 – Family Members are Alike/Different in Some Ways ...................................... 1- 13
Week 22 – A School is a Place Where Children and Adults Do Many Things Together 14-26
Week 23 – School Activities and Parents Participation .................................................. 27-40
Week 24 – Places of Learning in the Community ............................................................ 41-50
Week 25 – Our Community ............................................................................................ 51-63
Week 26 – Plants in the Community .............................................................................. 64-74
Week 27 – There are Different Kinds of Animals ............................................................. 75-89
Week 28 – There are Many Things that Animals can Do ............................................... 90-104
Week 29 – Caring for the Animals ................................................................................... 105-118
Week 30 – Places in the Community: Sari-sari Store ..................................................... 119-129

FOURTH GRADING WEEKLY PLANS

Week 31 – Places in the Community: Public Market .................................................... 130-139
Week 32 – Places in the Community: Health Center ....................................................... 140-150
Week 33 – Places in the Community: Repair Shops ……. ……………………………… 151-162
Week 34 – People Go to Different Places ....................................................................... 163-176
Week 35 – How People Travel.. ...................................................................................... 177-189
Week 36 – Caring For Our Community ........................................................................... 190-202
Week 37 – Caring for What is Found in the Community .................................................. 203-217
Week 38 – Children are To Be Cared for by the Community ………………………… 218-233
Week 39 – Children are Protected and Safe in the Community ....................................... 234-247
Week 40 – It was Fun Learning ....................................................................................... 248-249
 KINDERGARTEN CLASS THIRD GRADING DAILY PLANS
WEEK 21: ____________________
Monday Tuesday Wednesday
CONTENT FOCUS: Family Members are Alike/Different in Some Ways
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: Some family members are male and some are female. Message: Family members are like one another in some ways Message: Family members are like one another in some ways and
Some are adults and some are young children. and different in other ways. Some may look alike and others different in other ways. Some may have similar interests and do
may look different from each other. common activities. Some may differ in things they like and do.
Questions: How many members in your family are male? Question: Who do you look like in your family? Question: What activities your family do together?
How many are female?
How many adults are there in your family?
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: Graph: How many members of your family are Teacher-Supervised: Target Letter: Oo Teacher-Supervised: Letter Poster: Oo
male and female?
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Funny Family Figure (PEHT p. 68) • Funny Family Figure (PEHT p. 68) • Family Place Mat
• Dramatic Play: Bahay-bahayan • Playdough: People in My Family • Dramatic Play: Bahay-bahayan
• Letter Picking Up Game • Letter Collage: Oo • Letter Puzzlers
• Go Fish: Letters • Letter Mosaic : Oo • Playdough: People in My Family
• Writer’s Workshop • Dramatic Play: Bahay-bahayan • Family Portraits: Family Activities
• Writers Workshop
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Invite children to look at the family chart. Talk about the composition of Phonemic Awareness Activities Have them share their family portraits to the class.
each family.
Questions: Whose family has more male members? More female Questions: Whose family eats together? Who goes to
members? Whose families have the same number of females? Males? church/mosque together? Who works together? Who plays/spends
leisure time together?
Supervised Recess Supervised Recess Supervised Recess
STORY: The Family-Teenagers STORY: Big World, Small World STORY: Chenelyn! Chenelyn!
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Number Stations and Number Books (quantities Teacher-Supervised: Who Has More? (quantities of 7) Teacher-Supervised: Hand Game and Cave Game
of 7; using toothpicks) Comparing Quantities: A Game for Partners (concrete; quantities of 7)
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Playdough Numerals (0-7) • Playdough Numerals (0-7) • Number stations/ number books (quantities of 7)
• Number Cover All/Call Out: Numbers (0-7) • Number Cover All/Call Out: Numbers (0-7) • Playdough Numerals (0-7)
• Mixed Up Numbers (0-7) • Mixed Up Numbers(0-7) • Number Cover All/Call Out: Numbers (0-7)
• Number Concentration (0-7) • Number Concentration (0-7) • Number Picking Up Game/ Number Concentration (0-7)
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Hopping Home (PEHT p. 74); INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Footprint Walk (PEHT p.70) INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: The Boat is Sinking
House to Rent Mother/Father May We? (PEHT p. 230) Body Letters; Movement counting
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine
Homework: Bring pictures of your brothers and sisters Homework: Are you happy to have helpers/maid at home?
Yes/no…Why?

1
 THURSDAY FRIDAY NOTES
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: Family members are like one another in some ways and Message: Some family members share the same name. Other
different in other ways. family members have different names.
Some may have similar interests and do common activities. Some
may differ in things they like and do.
Questions: What games do your brother/sister play? Do you like the Question: Who among your family members have the same
games your brother/sister play? name?
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: : Let’s Write Oo Teacher-Supervised: Family Name Designs
Independent: Independent:
• Picking Up Game : Letters • Picking Up Game: Letters
• Blocks/Construction Toys • Blocks/Construction Toys
• CVC Word Connect • CVC Word Connect
• Fingerpainting • Fingerpainting
• Odd One Out: Words • Odd One Out: Words
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Listen to the Last Sound Song: Brother, Sister, Help Me Do- PEHT p. 162
Circle Game (7) With My Family
Supervised Recess Supervised Recess
STORY: Milly, Molly and Heidi Untidy STORY: Papa’s House, Mama’s House
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Hand Game and Cave Game (concrete; Teacher-Supervised: Shape patterns
quantities of 7)
Independent: Independent:
• Number stations/ number books (quantities of 7) • Number stations/ number books (quantities of 7)
• Comparing quantities: A Game for Partners • Comparing quantities: A Game for Partners
• It’s A Match/ Number Concentration (1-7) • It’s A Match/ Number Concentration (1-7)
• Number Cover All/Call Out: Numbers (0-7) • Number Cover All/Call Out: Numbers (0-7)
• Number Picking Up Game (0-7) • Tapatan
• Tapatan
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Footprint Walk (PEHT p.70); INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: The Boat is Sinking
Mother/Father May We? (PEHT p. 230); House to Rent Body Letters; People Counting Games (up to 7); Count and
Turn (up to 7)
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

2
APPENDIX: WEEK 21

SMALL GROUP ACTIVITIES

A. THEME-RELATED ACTIVITIES
Graph: How many members of your family are male and female?
Objective: to count/compare data
Materials: graph, permanent marker
Number of players/participants: 6 – 8 children
Preparation: Make a graph on kraft or manila paper:
How many siblings do you have?

Name of Pupil MALE FEMALE

Procedure:
1. Let the children conduct a survey on the number of male and female siblings each one in class has.
2. Have children write the name of their classmate, the number of male and female siblings on the chart.
3. Show the graph to the class during meeting time. Ask the following questions:

Who has the most number of male siblings? Female siblings?

Who has the least number of male siblings? Female siblings?
How many people in class do not have male siblings? Female siblings?
Does the class have more male members than female members?

You may also ask the following questions to individual children:

Do you have more female siblings than _______________?

Do you have less male siblings than __________________?

Funny Family Figure (PEHT p.68)

Play Dough: People in My Family

Objective: to develop fine motor coordination
Material: play dough
Number of players/participants: 8 children
Procedure:
1. Tell children to make figures of their family members using play dough.
2. Encourage children to describe their family members, identify similarities and differences among the members.

Dramatic Play: Bahay-bahayan

Objectives: to recreate family activities through dramatic play
to express one’s feelings, thoughts and ideas
to practice problem solving skills and build new knowledge
to develop gross and fine motor coordination
Materials: props for dramatic area (things usually found at the home such as clothes and shoes, kitchen utensils, etc)
Number of players/participants: 4 -8 children
Procedure:
1. Allow children to explore the different roles of family members through dramatic play.
2. Encourage children to switch roles.

3
Family Portraits: Family Activities
Objectives: to draw and describe family activities
to develop fine motor coordination
Materials: popsicle sticks, small accessories to stick on the frame, glue, scissors, yarn
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Talk about different family activities that their families engage in. Have them talk about which
activities family members enjoy doing together. Assign children to draw these.
2. Then assign some children to draw activities that their family members do separately from
the rest of the family. Have them talk about these too. Ex. My brother likes climbing trees. My sister
likes playing with marbles.
3. Let children make borders around their drawings using popsicle sticks.
4. Let them design the popsicle sticks.

B. OTHER MATH ACTIVITIES

Shape Patterns
Objective: to reproduce patterns, to develop fine motor coordination
Materials: shape patterns on card strips
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Prepare shape patterns on card strips
2. Distribute shape pattern cards and individual pieces of paper to the children.
3. Ask them to copy the pattern card on their paper.
Number Stations (quantities of 7)
Objectives: to count up to quantities of 7
to see that despite differences in appearance quantities remain the same (conservation)
to develop fine motor coordination
Materials: several boxes of toothpicks, paper and pencil
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Teacher chooses a number to work with for the day, in this case 7.
2. Children work together exploring a given quantity of toothpicks, in this case 7, making as many arrangements as
possible. Then let the children write the number on their paper.
3. Teacher encourages the children to describe the toothpick patterns in a variety of ways.

Variation: Children can explore other materials such as pebbles, popsicle sticks, blocks and others.
[
Number Books (quantities of 7)
Objectives: to use numerals to describe and record quantities
Materials: old magazines, scratch paper, crayons, pencils
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Help your child to draw pictures or glue in pictures from magazines of things that are important to him and write a
number caption underneath.
2. It is a good idea to include zero in your book.
3. Try making a book to illustrate a favorite number story or rhyme.

Variation: Glue the designs from the Number Stations activity on sheets of paper. Bind the paper to make a book.
Number Cover All (0-7)
Objective: to match numerals
Materials: number boards, 2 sets of number cards, 0-7
Number of players/participants: 2 - 4 children
Procedure:
1. Give each player a cover all board.
2. Players take turns to pick up a card from the deck.
3. If the number appears on their board they use this to cover the number up.
4. Continue until someone fills their board.
Variation: One person is a caller as in a cover all game. She holds up the number cards and players have to shout out the
name of the number in order to claim it to put on their board.

4
Number Concentration (0-7)
Objective: to match numerals
Materials: 2 sets of number cards, 0-7
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Lay the cards down, either in rows or just anyhow.
2. Take turns turning over 2 cards.
3. If the cards match, you win them. If not, turn them face down again.
4. Player with most number of cards win.
Play Dough Numerals (1-7)
Objective: to identify the numerals 1, 2, 3 and 4
Material: play dough
Number of players/participants: 6 children
Procedure:
1. Give each child a medium-sized ball of play dough.
2. Let them form the numerals 1, 2, 3 and 4.
3. Then ask each child to create the number of objects for each numeral. (Example: 2 hearts – numeral 2)
Number Connect Game
Objectives: to recognize numbers 1-7
to match numbers that are alike
Materials: set of 28 connecting numbers
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. All call out numbers are placed face down.
2. Each player draws 7 call out number.
3. A player with a “double” begins to play.
4. Each player in turn says the number names and then plays as in a regular connect game.
5. The winner is the player who has played all connecting numbers, or the player with the smallest connecting
numbers when all players must pass.
Call Out Number (0-7)
Objective: to match numerals
Materials: call out card for each player, calling cards, tokens
Number of players/players: 1 or more children
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a call out card (numerals).
2. Assign a student to call out what is written on calling cards.
3. First one to cover all spaces wins. If players go through all the cards without reaching Call Out, they should
reshuffle the cards, then turn them face down again and continue playing until someone has won.
Number Picking Up Game
Objective: to recognize and identify numerals
Materials: fish or guava shape cut-outs (that have the numbers 1-7 written on them) with paper clip, rod with magnet
Number of player/participants: 4 - 6 children
Procedure:
1. Set up a “picking area” where shapes are placed on the floor.
2. Children take turns using the rod to pick a ‘number’.
3. When a child picks a ‘number’ he identifies the number written on the fish or guava shape.
4. The next child takes his turn.

Mixed Up Numbers
Objectives: to read and recognize number words
to recognize the sequence of numbers
Materials: vocabulary cards of number words
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Place the word cards at random in the chalk tray.
2. Ask the students to say each word with you.
3. Ask the children to help you place them in correct sequence.
4. Tell the children to hide their eyes while a mischievous kitten (you) comes and changes the order of the cards.

5
 5. The children close their eyes and lower their heads on their desk.
6. The teacher switches cards and then calls on a pupil to return them to the correct places.

It’s a Match
Objective: to match numeral to set of objects/ dots
Materials: one set of cards with numerals – 0 -7, one set of cards with dots (corresponding to the numerals)
Number of players/participants: pairs or small group
Procedure:
1. Place the numeral cards face down in a box.
2. Place the corresponding dot pattern cards in the chalk tray.
3. Call on a child to get a card from the box and place it over the equivalent card in the chalk tray.
4. If correct, the child may choose the next player.

Who Has More?

Objective: to compare quantities
Materials: assorted materials such as toothpicks, buttons, marbles
Number of players/participants: 5 - 6 children
Procedure:
1. Put out about six saucers, each with a different number of things in, for example, six toothpicks, five small buttons,
four big buttons, three peas, two pebbles, one marble.
2. The child points at two saucers and chooses without counting out, which has more. Child then checks by pairing
up the contents of the two saucers.

Variations:
1. Put the same number of things in two of the saucers.
2. Put four big things and four small things in another saucer.
3. Put out bigger number of things.

Which Card Is Missing?

Objective: to identify missing number in a series of numbers
Materials: number cards with spots drawn on them (0-7)
Number of players/participants: 5 - 6 children
Procedure:
1. Put in order a set of number cards.
2. While child closes her eyes, hide one of the card and close up the gap.
3. Ask the child which one is missing.

Variation: Swap two cards around instead of hiding one or spread the cards out anyhow and then hide one.

Comparing Numbers – A Game For Partners

Objective: to compare quantities
Materials: clothespins, small card numbers, more/less spinner
Number of players/ participants: 3 pairs
Procedure:
1. Each player draws a numeral card from a pile of cards.
2. They each build the appropriate clothespin stack to match their cards.
3. One child turns the more/less spinner. If it lands on less, the partner whose stack has lesser clothespins wins both
stacks. If the spinner lands on more, the partner with more clothespins wins both stacks.
4. They continue to take turns, each accumulating clothespins.
5. When the time is up or the children decide to end the game, they snap together all the clothespins. They turn the
spinner to see if the person who has accumulated more or less clothespins is the winner.

Hand Game (concrete, up to quantities of 7)

Objective: to explore different combinations that make a given quantity
Materials: any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips, or sticks
No. of participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Children work in small groups.
2. Teacher gives each child a given quantity of sticks, in this case 7.
3. Children separate counters in different ways and verbalize the combinations that result.

6
 Teacher says: Children say:
"Place seven sticks in your right hand." "None and seven is seven." or "Zero and seven is
seven."
"Place one stick in your left hand." "One and six is seven."

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Two and five is seven."

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Three and four is seven."

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Four and three is seven."

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Five and two is seven."

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Six and one is seven."

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Seven and none is seven." or "Seven and zero is
seven."

Variation: CAVE GAME (concrete): The game proceeds as Hand Game but the position of hands is varied.
Tapatan (tic-tac-toe's brainy Filipino cousin)
Objective: to arrange the same color
Materials: playing board, 3 markers of two colors (3 red and 3 blue)
Procedure:
The object of the game is to arrange 3 markers of the same color in a row along any of the board lines
(horizontally, vertically or diagonally). Players take turns placing one marker at a time on any of the board points.
When all six pieces are placed, the players take turns sliding from point to point along the board lines until one
player is able to arrange 3 markers of the same color in a row.

C. OTHER LANGUAGE ARTS ACTIVITIES

Please refer to instructions for the following activities to previous appendices: Letter Mosaic, Letter Collage,
Letter Puzzlers Cards, Odd One Out: Words, Letter Picking Up Game

Picking Up Game: Letters

Objective: to recognize and match letters
Materials: letter cards
Number of players/participants: 4 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. The object of the game is to form pairs of identical letters
2. Each player is dealt 5 cards.
3. At the player's initial turn, he lays down all the pairs of letters he has.
4. On his next turn, the player asks the person to his right that he can pair up with a card he is holding. For instance,
if he is a holder of letter M", he can ask the person sitting next to him, "Do you have a letter M?" If the person
being asked has letter M, he has to give it up to the player. The player then lays out the pair of cards face up. If the
person does not have the card that the player is asking for, he would say, "No, I don't have it, go fish!"
5. The player then picks out a card from the deck. He will continue to take a card until he is able to get one that could
make up a pair with any of the cards he is holding. He then lays down the pair of card. As soon as he has done
this, it is the next player's turn to make a pair.
6. The person who makes the greatest number of pairs is the winner.

7
CVC Word Cover All

Note: This game is played like Letter Cover All but instead of letter boards and individual letters, prepare CVC words
composed of vowels and consonants that have already been learned during the second quarter. These could include
different rimes or word chunks such as –an, -at, -et, -en, -in, -it

Picky Mommy (or Meeting Time 2)

(Adapted From: Blevins, W, Phonics From A To Z)
Objective: to identify initial/final sound
Materials: sock puppet, picture cards
Number of players/participants: 8 children
Procedure:
1. Distribute a set of picture cards evenly among the children.
2. Then, using classroom puppet or a sock puppet of any family member, explain to children that this puppet is a
“sound puppet” who likes only things whose names begin with the /m/ sound. For example, if the puppet likes
mangoes, it will also like other things whose names begin with the /m/ sound.
3. If the children have any picture cards whose names also begin with the first sound in the object’s name, they
should hold up those cards.
4. Have the puppet provide corrective feedback by reiterating the beginning sound of each card to check children’s
responses. For example:

PUPPET: I like marshmallows.

One child holds up the mop picture card.
PUPPET: I see a mop. M-m-mop. Mop begins with /m/, just like marshmallows,

Picture-Sound Match
Objective: to identify initial sounds
Materials: cardboard, pictures to represent the sounds of the initial alphabet letters.
Number of players/participants: 8 children
Procedure:
1. Divide a piece of cardboard or heavy paper into six sections.
2. Draw or cut out three pictures and glue them on the top three sections of the card. On the bottom three sections
write (in random order) the letters that correspond to the pictures above. Laminate the card. (You can identify the
letters you are targeting for a specific period.)
3. Let the children match the pictures to their appropriate initial letters by using a yarn to connect them

RHYMES/POEMS/SONGS

We are a family A Family Fingerplay

We're girls and boys, This is a family hold up one hand, fingers spread
We're big and small, Let's count them and see,
We're young and old, How many there are,
We're short and tall. And who they can be count 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
We're everything
That we can be This is the mother touch pointer finger
And still we are Who loves everyone
A family. And this is the father touch big finger
Who is lots of fun.
We laugh and cry,
We work and play,
This is my sister touch ring finger
We help each other
She helps and she plays,
Every day.
And this is the baby touch little finger
The world's a lovely
He's growing each day.
Place to be
Because we are
A family. But who is this one? touch thumb
He's out there alone,
Why it's Jackie, the dog,
And he's chewing a bone. wiggle thumb.

8
 With My Family (Original Author Unknown)
Sung to: "The Muffin Man Family Items

Tell me what you like to do

These are Mother's knives and forks
Like to do, like to do.
interlock as in praying fingers and lift them slightly
Tell me what you like to do
And this is our dining table
With your family.
lower fingers keeping them interlocked, straighten
Edward likes to rake the leaves
wrist to form a flat surface
Rake the leaves, rake the leaves.
This is Sister's looking glass
Edward likes to rake the leaves
form a circle by touching thumbs and index finger
With his family."
And this is the baby's cradle
cup hands together to form cradle.

Can you say? ( sang to the tune of Happy

Birthday)

Can you say the last sound?

Can you say the last sound?
It’s the last sound in rabbit?
Can you say the last sound?

Family Items

9
STORIES

Chenelyn! Chenelyn
(Garlitos, C, 2002, Adarna House,Inc., Quezon City, Philippines)

Questions before the story:

- Sino sa inyo ang may kasambahay o katulong sa bahay?
- Ano sa tingin ninyo ang ginagawa ng mga kasambahay o katulong?
- Papaano sila nakatutulong sa mga miyembro ng pamilya?

Questions during reading:

- Sino sa inyo ang parang si Ate? Kuya? Tatay? Nanay? Bata?
- Anong nangyari kay Chenelyn isang araw?
- Bakit kaya sya nagkasakit?
- Ano kayang gagawin ng buong pamilya?

Questions after reading:

- Sino-sino ang mga tauhan sa kuwento?
- Saan nangyari ang kuwento?
- Ano ang naging problema sa kuwento?
- Paano ito naayos?
- Kung ikaw ay miyembro ng kanilang pamilya, ganoon din ba ang iyong gagawin? Ano kaya ang dapat gawin?

Big World, Small World

(Titherington, J (1985), Greenwillow Books, New York)

Questions before the story:

- Looking at the cover, what do you think is the story about?

Questions during reading:

- How do the characters look like?

Questions after reading:

- Who are the main characters in the story?
- How are you like one of the characters?
- What were some of the things that Mama did? Anna did?
- What are the things that they do that are the same?
- What are the things they do that are different?

Milly, Molly and Heidi Untidy

(Pittar, G, 2004, MM House Publishing, New Zealand)

Questions before the story:

- What does the picture in the cover remind you of?
- Have you seen your room or your house look like this?

Questions during reading:

- Did you ever lose something important to you?
- What did you feel?

Questions after reading:

- What is the story about?
- Where did the story take place?
- What happened in the first part of the story?
- Tell two things that happened in the middle of the story.
- What happened at the end of the story?

10
The Family Teenagers
(Vendrell, CS and Parramon, JM, 1987, Barron’s Educational Series, Inc., New York)

Questions before the story:

- Who has an older brother or sister in the family?
- What makes you different from your older brother/sister?

Questions during reading:

- Have you had similar experience?
- Is there an event that reminds you of your experiences?

Questions after reading:

- What is the story about?
- What do teenagers look like?
- What are some of the activities teenagers do?
- Are there teenagers in your family?

INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES
Movement Counting
Objectives: to count up to quantities of 7
to develop gross motor coordination
Number of players/participants: 8 children
Procedure:
1. Have the children stand.
2. Give directions for moving in different ways:
Jump one time
Hop two times
Tiptoe three times
Turn four times
Gallop four times
(Continue until 7)

House to rent
Kids make groups of 3, two of them hold hands and the third one stands in the middle of the house. As soon as
the teacher says 'House to rent' the kid in the middle has to run and search another house and enters it.

Body Letters
Divide the class into groups of three to five students. Assign each group a letter to form with their bodies. They
might form the letter individually (each child forming it), or use the entire group to form it (four children might lie on the floor
to form letter E).

Count And Turn

Objectives: to count in sequence
to develop body coordination
to develop a sense of rhythm
to learn one-to-one correspondence
Materials: none
Number of players/participants: whole or small group
Procedure:
The children stomp their feet as they count, throwing their arms up in the air to emphasize the last number in the
sequence. The children change directions without losing the beat, counting “one” as they turn.

One, two, three, four, five, six, seveeeen

(turn) one, two, three, four, five, six, seveeeen
(turn) one, two, three, four, five, six, seveeeen….

11
People Counting Games (7)
Objectives: to count in sequence
to learn one-to-one correspondence
to develop body coordination
to develop a sense of rhythm
Materials: ball or jump rope
Number of players/participants: whole or small group
Procedure:
Hopping forward: “One, two, three, four, five, six, seven” (change direction)
“one, two, three, four, five, six, seven” (change direction)

Circle Game
Objectives: to count in sequence
to learn one-to-one correspondence
to develop body coordination
to solve problems
to predict outcomes
Materials: chairs for each player
Number of players/participants: 6 - 8 children
Procedure:
Children stand in a circle with their chairs behind them. One child is designated to start the counting, and this child
wears a hat to clearly delineate him or her from the others. The starter begins the counting and each child counts
off in sequence. The child who says the last number in the sequence, in this case 7, sits down. The children go
around and around the circle, skipping over those sitting down, until only one child is left standing.
Repeat the activity exactly, starting with the same child and going in the same direction, using the same sequence,
and neither adding nor removing any children. Ask the children to predict who they think will be the last one
standing.

DISMISSAL ROUTINE

1. Begin routine by sending few children at a time to collect their belongings.

2. Teacher may say things related to the content for the week like:
• If you have two (substitute with other numbers) males in the family, get your things.
• If you have three (substitute with other numbers) females in the family, get your things.
• If your father’s name starts with the sound /m/ (substitute with other sounds), get your things.
• If your brother name starts with the sound /b/ (substitute with other sounds), get your things.
• If you look like your mother/father, get your things.
• If your family goes to church/mosque together, get your things.
• If your family plays together, get your things.

12
 KINDERGARTEN CLASS THIRD GRADING DAILY PLANS
WEEK 22: _______________________
Monday Tuesday Wednesday
CONTENT FOCUS: A School is a Place Where Children and Adults Do Many Things Together
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: A school is a place where children and adults learn Message:There are many different areas in school. We use these areas Message: Adults do different jobs in school.
and play together. There are many different areas in school. in particular ways. Certain things can be found in these areas ⇒ Teachers teach children. They make materials
We use these areas in particular ways. Certain things can be that children use in class. They meet with parents.
found in these areas. They make classroom a nice place for learning.
Questions: What are the different areas in school? What can Questions: What are the other areas in school? What can we find in Questions: Who are the people who help me in school?
we find in these areas? What do people do in these areas? these areas? What do people do in these areas? How do they help me?
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: Making a Trip Chart Teacher-Supervised: School Tour Teacher-Supervised: Big Book: All About Our
School/School Map
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Playdough • Dramatic Play: At the ______ (specify school area) • Dress Me Up
• Comparing Quantities: A Game for Partners • Block Play: School • Odd One Out ( CVC words)
• Writing Papers (7) • Letter Snap • Where do I work? (matching: school helpers and
• Threading Letters • Threading Letters areas)
• Letter Snap • CVC Word Connect • Dramatic Play
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Songs: A Game in School; Mga Nagagawa ko sa Paaralan Songs: Off to School we Go; School’s the Place to Be Songs: I Like to Come to School; School’s the Place to Be!
Talk about your walking trip around the school. Iniisip Ko…Ano Ito? (PEHT p. 79) Post the school words on the board again.
Ask children to list down in strips of paper things that
they saw around the school and post them on the board. Have Game: Guess the Sound Play Word Sort using different categories e.g. words that
them sort these words by a given category e.g. beginning rhyme, 3-letter words, 4-letter words
sound, ending sound or # of letters.
Supervised Recess Supervised Recess Supervised Recess
STORY: Ayaw Kong Pumasok Sa Paaralan STORY: Ingatan at Tipirin STORY: Pasan Ko si Bunso
Question/s: Bakit kaya gustong pumasok sa paaralan ng mga Question/s: Ano ang inyong ginagawa sa putol putol na krayola o Question/s: Ano-ano ang daladala mo sa pagpasok sa
bata? Ano ang mga ginagawa ng mga bata sa loob ng lapis? Bakit nagbulungan ang mga kaklase nila Avy at Marian? Bakit paaralan? Sino ang nagdadala ng kapatid sa paaralan?
paaralan? kaya nagkakaputol putol ang mga krayola? Bakit?
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: School Tour Teacher-Supervised: Hand Game (connecting; up to quantities of 7) Teacher-Supervised: Lift the Bowl and Peek Thru the Wall
(concrete; up to quantities of 7)
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Block Play: school/ parts of a school • Block Play • Block Play
• Drawing: This is My School • Comparing Quantities: A Game for Partners • Find 7; 7 Concentration
• Different Parts of a School • Writing Papers (7) • Number Snap/ Mixed Up Numbers (1-7)
• Count Game: Numbers (0-7) • It’s A Match/ Mixed Up Numbers (1-7) • Number Cover All/ Call Out: Numbers (0-7)
• Number Snap/ Number Concentration (0-7)
• Count Game: Numbers (0-7)

14
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: This is the Way I Learn INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Obstacle course; I Spy INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Going to a the Canteen;
Obstacle course
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

THURSDAY FRIDAY NOTES

MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: Some people prepare and sell food in our canteen. Message: Some people help keep our school clean.
⇒ Some people help us make it a safe place for children.
⇒ Some people provide us things that we need in school.
Questions: Who are the people who work in our canteen? Questions: Who are the people who help me in school?
What kind of work do they do? How do they help me?
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: School Tour; School Map Teacher-Supervised: Trip Chart School Tour; Role play: In School
Independent: Independent:
• Word Sort: School Words • Sorting Pictures (appropriate-inappropriate behavior)
• CVC Memory Game • Mobile Making (use dolls from Dress Me Up)
• Literature-based: Bee Collage • Find a Match – CVC Words
• What do I need? (matching: school helpers and tools or • CVC Memory Game
materials needed
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Songs: Seven Green Speckled Frogs; Mga Nagagawa ko sa Songs: Seven Little Fish; Seven Little Monkeys; I Like to Come to School
paaralan; Off to School we Go
Message: People share responsibility for taking care of their school.
Questions: What do you like about your school? Questions: Question: How can I help take care of my school?
What activities do you enjoy doing?
Supervised Recess Supervised Recess
STORY: Aray, May Bukbok ang Ngipin Ko STORY: Bong’s Day
Question/s: Ano ang gagawin pagkatapos kumain? Ilang Question/s: Anong oras kayo gumigising sa umaga?
beses sisipilyuhin ang ngipin? Anong oras naman kayo pumapasok sa paaralan?
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Lift the Bowl and Peek Thru the Wall Teacher-Supervised: Can You Find Me?
(concrete; up to quantities of 8)
Independent: Independent:
• Block Play • Block Play
• Find 7 • Find 7
• 7 Concentration • 7 Concentration
• Number Snap/ Mixed Up Numbers (1-7) • Number Snap/ Mixed Up Numbers (1-7)
• Call Out: Numbers (0-7) • Call out: Numbers (0-7)
• Tapatan • Tapatan
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Going to the Canteen; INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Teacher May I
Obstacle course
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

15
APPENDIX: WEEK 22
A. SMALL GROUP ACTIVITIES
THEME-RELATED ACTIVITIES
Trip Chart
Objective: to make a trip chart in preparation for the school tour
Materials: clean bond paper, pencil,
Number of players/participants: individual
Procedure:
1. Give each child 2 pieces of clean bond paper
2. Assign each child a partner.
3. Ask the child to fold one bond paper into 2 (crosswise).
4. On the upper part of the paper tell the children to copy and fill-up the following (teacher can prepare format for children):

My name is ___________
Today is ____ ___, 201___
My partner is _____________
We will leave at __:00 A.M.
We will be back by __:30 A.M.

5. During the tour, tell the children to bring at least 3 pieces of clean bond paper or teacher made format (shown below) and
pencil. Tell them to draw the things and people they saw in the school on the corresponding column. (see sample below)

People Things

At the (canteen)

People Things

At the (library)

School Tour
Objective: to identify parts of the school
Materials: trip chart, pencil
Number of players/participants: 8 - 12 children
Procedure:
1. Discuss the purpose of the trip.
We will go around the school to learn more about it and the people we see here.
2. Discuss rules regarding the school tour.
During our school tour, always remember:
- Keep quiet while walking around the school so that others will not be disturbed
- Just walk. No running allowed.
- Listen well when people we interview are talking to us.
- Ask questions in a polite way.
- Greet the people you meet.
- Ask permission before using anything you see in the places we will visit.
3. While going around the school tell the children to take note of and draw what they see (hear, smell, feel).
4. Encourage the children to ask questions about the places that you will go to.
5. Back in the classroom give children some time to finish their trip charts.
6. Discuss observations and show the class each one’s drawings.

16
Drawing: My School
Objectives: to identify people and places in the school
to recall
to develop fine motor coordination
Materials: bond paper, pencil, crayons
Number of players/participants: individual
Procedure:
1. Tell children to fold the papers into halves, crosswise
2. Write the title on the cover page.
3. Tell the children to draw what they saw during the tour
4. Ask the children to color and label their drawings.

School Map
Objectives: to identify the different areas of the school
to show how to find their way around the classroom
Materials: medium –sized manila paper, scratch papers, pencils, crayons
Number of players/participants: 8 children
Procedure:
1. Ask children to draw the different parts of the school in small strips of paper.
2. Have them lay these out on the manila paper. Ask questions that can help think about the locations of these areas
Ex. What’s beside this area? What is in front of this room?
3. Let them write labels/signs where appropriate.
.
Big book: All About My School
Objective: to identify favorite activities in their school
Materials: bond paper, pencil, crayons
Number of players/participants: individual
Procedure:
1. Distribute individual mini-books to children.
2. On the first page, have them draw their school and describe how it looks.
3. On the succeeding pages, have them write about their favorite activities in school, what they like about their school, things
they do in school and ways they can care for their school

Note: Children can work on this project over a period of several days.

Block Play: My School

Objective: to construct different areas in the school
Materials: blocks, props, paper (for labeling areas)
Number of players/participants: 4 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. Tell the children that they are to build a replica of their school.
2. Tell them to label the parts of their structure.

Dress Me Up Paperdolls
Objective: to identify school helpers
Materials: card board cut outs of people, scissors, scrap cloth, yarn or string, card board, glue
Number of players/participants: individual
Procedure:
1. Ask each child to choose a school helper he/she would like to dress up.
2. Give each child a card board cut-out to dress up.
3. Encourage children to think of the things this school helper needs and to make these out of the materials provided.

Where Do I Work? Matching Cards

Objective: to identify different areas in school
Materials: one set of cards with drawings or pictures of school helpers (at least 10 cards)
one set of cards with drawings or pictures of area in the school (at least 10 cards)
Number of players/participants: pairs or small group
Procedure:
1. Spread the cards on the floor.
2. Children take turns matching a picture card showing an area in school with a picture card of
a school helper that works in this area.

17
What Do I Need? Matching Cards
Objective: picture association
Materials: one set of cards with drawings or pictures of tools used in the school (at least 10 cards)
one set of cards with drawings or pictures of school helpers (at least 10 cards)
Number of players/participants: pairs or small group
Procedure:
1. Spread the cards on the floor.
2. Children take turns matching school helpers with the tools that they use.

Sorting Pictures
Objective: to identify inappropriate and appropriate behavior in school
Materials: pictures showing appropriate and inappropriate behavior during different school activities
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Lay down all the pictures of activities on the table.
2. Each child picks up a card and identifies if the behavior shown is appropriate or inappropriate.
3. Encourage children to explain his/her choice and to think of alternative ways of solving problems when these arise.

Mobile-Making
Objective: to identify school helpers, to develop fine motor coordination
Materials: cartolina, pictures of different school helpers, paste, string, hanger and a puncher
Number of players/participants: small group (individual)
Procedure :
1. Prepare cartolina round cut-outs for the group, pictures of different school helpers, paste, string, hanger and a puncher.
2. Ask the pupils to paste each picture on the round cutouts.
3. Then, assist the pupils to put a string in the hole at the upper part of the cutouts.
4. Then tie each cut out to the hanger to make a mobile.

Shape Collage: Places in School

Objectives: to develop eye-hand coordination
to create figures with different shapes
Materials: shape cut-outs, glue, bond paper
Number of players/participants: 6 – 8 children
Procedure:
1. Have children choose an area in school to represent.
2. Let him recreate this area using the shape cut-outs.
3. After everyone is done, have each one present this to the group. Let him/her talk about the area of his choice - who uses,
what is it used for and what can be found in this area.

Drawing: Different Parts of a School

Objectives: to develop fine motor coordination
to note details
Materials: paper or construction paper
Number of players/participants: 8 – 10 children
Procedure:
1. Ask children to choose a part of the school they want to draw.
2. Have them recall what they saw in this area.
3. Give each one ½ bond or construction paper and have them draw the area of their choice.
4. Encourage them to label the different parts of the area they are drawing.

B. OTHER MATH ACTIVITIES

Block Play: My School

Objectives: to explore the attributes of 3-dimensional or space figures
to demonstrate understanding of the relationship between figures
to build structures using blocks
Materials: table or floor blocks
Number of players/participants: 1-4 children
Procedure:
1. Children use table or floor blocks to build structures.
2. While building structures children are encouraged to talk about attributes of block (e.g. long/ short, heavy/light) and the
relationship of each block to another (e.g. 2 of these blocks make 1 of these blocks)
3. Children can also be encouraged to build structures based on the theme of the week (e.g. building homes, schools,
establishments in the community)

18
Writing Papers (7)
Objectives: to follow sequence
to observe the form of each numeral
to develop eye-hand coordination
Materials: writing papers (with number dot patterns for each numeral), crayon
Number of players/participants: individual
Procedure:
1. Each child is given a writing paper with the numeral he is working on, in this case 4.
2. Children use a crayon to connect the dots of the number pattern.
Number Cover All Game (0-7)
Objective: to match numerals
Materials: number boards, 2 sets of number cards, 0-7
Number of players/participants: 2 or more children
Procedure:
1. Give each player a number board.
2. Players take turns to pick up a card from the deck.
3. If the number appears on their board they use this to cover the number up.
4. Continue until someone fills their board.
Variation: One person is a caller as in a call out game. She holds up the number cards and players have to shout out the name
of the number in order to claim it to put on their board.
Call Out: Number (0-7)
Objective: to match numerals
Materials: call out card for each player, calling cards, tokens
Number of players/participants: 2 or more children
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a call out card (numerals).
2. Assign a student to call out what is written on calling cards.
3. First one to cover all spaces wins. If players go through all the cards without reaching all the spaces , they should reshuffle
the cards, then turn them face down again and continue playing until someone has won.
Number Concentration (0-7)
Objective: to match numerals
Materials: 2 sets of number cards, 0-7
Number of players/ participants: 2 – 4 children
Procedure:
1. Lay the cards down, either in rows or just anyhow.
2. Take turns turning over 2 cards.
3. If the cards match, you win them. If not, turn them face down again.
4. Player with most number of cards win.
It’s A Match
Objective: to match numeral to set of objects/ dots
Materials: one set of cards with numerals – 0 -7
one set of cards with dots (corresponding to the numerals)
Number of players/participants: pairs or small group
Procedure:
1. Place the numeral cards face down in a box.
2. Place the corresponding dot pattern cards in the chalk tray.
3. Call on a child to get a card from the box and place it over the equivalent card in the chalk tray.
4. If correct, the child may choose the next player.
Mixed Up Numbers
Objectives: to read and recognize number words
to recognize the sequence of numbers
Materials: vocabulary cards of number words (1-7)
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Place the word cards at random in the chalk tray.
2. Ask the students to say each word with you.
3. Ask the children to help you place them in correct sequence.
4. Tell the children to hide their eyes while a mischievous kitten (you) comes and change the order of the cards.
5. The children close their eyes and lower their heads on their desk.
6. The teacher switches cards and then calls on a pupil to return them to the correct places.
Variation: Distribute the cards to the children. Call one of the word names. A student with the corresponding card is invited to
stand. “Neighbors” – those whose numbers are one less or one more than this student’s – are then invited to join in.
Continue until all are standing in the appropriate number.
19
Comparing Numbers – A Game For Partners
Objective: to compare quantities
Materials: clothespins, small card numbers, more/less spinner
Number of players/ participants: 3 pairs
Procedure:
1. Each player draws a numeral card from a pile of cards.
2. They each build the appropriate clothespin stack to match their cards.
3. One child turns the more/less spinner. If it lands on less, the partner whose stack has lesser clothespins wins both stacks. If
the spinner lands on more, the partner with more clothespins wins both stacks.
4. They continue to take turns, each accumulating clothespins.
5. When the time is up or the children decide to end the game, they snap together all the clothespins. They turn the spinner to
see if the person who has accumulated more or less clothespins is the winner.

Hand game (connecting level up to quantities of 7)

Objective: to explore different combinations that make a given quantity
Materials: any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips, or sticks
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Children work in small groups.
2. Teacher gives each child a given quantity of sticks, in this case 7.
3. Children separate counters in different ways and verbalize the combinations that result.
Teacher says: Children say: Teacher places these cards on the Hand
Game counting board
"Place seven sticks in your right hand." "None and seven is seven." or "Zero and
seven is seven." 0 7

"Place one stick in your left hand." "One and six is seven." 1 6

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Two and five is seven."
2 5

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Three and four is seven."
3 4

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Four and three is seven."
4 3

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Five and two is seven." 5 2

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Six and one is seven."
6 1

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Seven and none is seven." or "Seven and
zero is seven" 7 0

Variation: CAVE GAME: The game proceeds as Hand Game but the position of hands is varied.

Lift the bowl (concrete, up to quantities of 7)

Objective: to explore different combinations that make a given quantity
Materials: bowl or cup, any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips, or sticks
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
Game proceeds as Hand Game but bowls are used for separating quantities.

Teacher says: Children say:

"Place seven blocks under the bowl." "None and seven is seven." or
"Zero and seven is seven."
"Place six blocks under the bowl." "One and six is seven."
"Place five blocks under the bowl." "Two and five is seven."
"Place four blocks under the bowl." "Three and four is seven”
"Place three block under the bowl." "four and three is seven."
"Place two blocks under the bowl." "Five and two is seven."
"Place one block under the bowl." "Six and one is seven."
"Place no blocks under the bowl." "Seven and none is seven." or
"Seven and zero is seven."

20
Peek thru the wall (concrete, up to quantities of 7)
Objective: to explore different combinations that make a given quantity
Materials: a wall made of plastic with tape around the edges, any kind of counters
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
Game proceeds as Hand Game but walls are used for separating quantities.

Teacher says: Children say:

“Wall off seven blocks.” "None and seven is seven." or "Zero and seven is seven."
“Wall off six blocks.” "One and six is seven."
“Wall off five blocks.” "Two and five is seven."
“Wall off four blocks.” "Three and four is seven”
“Wall off three blocks.” "Four and three is seven."
“Wall off two blocks.” "Five and two is seven."
“Wall off one blocks.” "Six and one is seven."
“Wall off no blocks.” "Seven and none is seven." or "Seven and zero is seven."

Find 7
Objective: to explore different combinations that make 4
Materials: 4 sets of numeral cards 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
Number of players/participants: 1-4 children
Procedure:
1. All cards are dealt. Last card is turned face up. Each player keeps the cards dealt to him in a stack, face-down, without
looking at them.
2. By turns, players turn over the top card of his stack. If this card can be used with one on the table to make a total of 4, the
player can take it and keep the pair. If there are no cards that can be used, he has to discard his card in the middle of the
table, face up.
3. The player who collects the most number of pairs wins.

7 Concentration
Objective: to explore different combinations that make 4
Materials: 4 sets of numeral cards 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
Number of players/participants: 1 – 4 children
Procedure:
1. Sixteen cards are placed in the middle of the table, face down, in a 4 x 4 arrangement. The remaining cards are placed
face-down in a stack.
2. The players take turns turning over two cards, trying to turn a pair that totals 4. If a pair can be made, the player keeps it and
continues to play as long as he is successful. If he is not successful, he returns the two cards to their original face-down
positions and replaces any cards he took with new ones from the deck.
3. With 16 face-down cards on the table, the turn passes to the next player to the left.
4. The person who collects the greatest number of pairs is the winner.

Variation: This game can be varied by increasing the number of cards placed on the table. A 5 x 5 or 6 x 6
Number Snap
Objective: to match numerals
Materials: 3 sets of number cards, 0-4
Number of players/participants: 2 – 4 children
Procedure:
1. Shuffle and deal the cards.
2. The players take it in turns to turn over their top card.
3. If two matching cards are turned over, the first player to shout "snap" wins both the piles concerned.
4. Continue until only one player is left.

Variation: Make a set of cards with the numbers shown in different ways.
Tapatan (tic-tac-toe's brainy Filipino cousin)
Objective: to match same colors
Materials: playing board, 3 markers of two colors (3 red and 3 blue)
Number of players/participants: 1 – 3 children
Procedure:
The object of the game is to arrange 3 markers of the same color in a row along any of the board lines (horizontally, vertically
or diagonally). Players take turns placing one marker at a time on any of the board points. When all six pieces are placed, the
players take turns sliding from point to point along the board lines until one player is able to arrange 3 markers of the same
color in a row.
21
Can You Find Me?
Objective: to recognize shapes and their characteristics and properties
Materials: cut outs of geometric shaped regions, large paper bag, bulletin board chart of basic shapes
Number of players/participants: pairs or small group
Procedure:
1. Place the cut outs in a large paper bag.
2. Have the students find, without looking in the bag, a cut out corresponding to one they have designated on the bulletin board.

C. OTHER LANGUAGE ACTIVITIES

Literature-based: Bee Collage
Objective: to develop fine motor coordination; to recall story details
Materials: paper-cut outs, scissors, glue, drawing of a bee on kraft paper
Number of players/participants: 6 - 8 children
Procedure
1. Ask children to recall details of the story.
2. Have them share their favorite part of the story.
3. After the story discussion, let children glue paper cut-outs within the drawing of the bee.
Literature-based: Storyboard: Ayaw Kong Pumasok sa Paaralan
Objective: to create a board that shows six or more scenes in a story
Materials: tagboard; paper; ruler; pencil, markers; glue
Number of players/participants: small group (individual)
Procedure:
1. List at least six important people in their respective areas using their tools.
2. Think through what these people do in their respective areas.
3. Write a short sentence underneath each drawing explaining the scene.
4. Glue the scenes to a piece of tagboard and share your storyboard with the seatmate.
Lit-based: Beginning/Middle/End Strip: Ayaw Kong Pumasok sa Paaralan
Objective: to sequence story events
Materials: 1/2 lengthwise bond paper or construction paper folded into 3 parts
Number of players/participants: 6 children
Procedure:
1. Distribute the story strips to each child.
2. On the first section, the child draws the beginning part of the story, the middle part on the middle section and the
final part on the last section.
3. Have children share their story strips with each other.
Word sort – School words
Objective: to sort words according to various categories, to recognize sight words
Materials: cards containing school words, category cards
Number of players/participants: 4 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. Spread out words on the table.
2. Ask children to look at the words carefully and find ways of grouping them together.
Categories can include: beginning letter, final letter, words with double letters, number of letters in a word
3. If children initially have difficulty identifying a category by which to group the words, teacher must provide a category first.
Threading Letters (refer to previous instructions)
CVC Memory Game
Note: This game is played like Letter Memory Game but instead of letter cards, prepare two sets of identical CVC words. These could
include different rimes or word chunks such as –an, -at , -et,, -en, -in, -it
Picking Up: Letters
Objective: to recognize and match letters
Materials: letter cards
Number of players/participants: 4 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. The object of the game is to form pairs of identical letters
2. Each player is dealt 5 cards.
3. At the player's initial turn, he lays down all the pairs of letters he has.
4. On his next turn, the player asks the person to his right for a card that he can pair up with a card he is holding. For instance, if
he is a holder of letter M", he can ask the person sitting next to him, "Do you have a letter M?" If the person being asked has
letter M, he has to give it up to the player. The player then lays out the pair of cards face up. If the person does not have the
card that the player is asking for, he would say, "No, I don't have it, go fish!"
22
 5. The player then picks out a card from the deck. He will continue to take a card until he is able to get one that could make
up a pair with any of the cards he is holding. He then lays down the pair of card. As soon as he has done this, it is the next
player's turn to make a pair.
6. The person who makes the greatest number of pairs is the winner.

CVC Word Connect

Note: This game is played like letter word connect but instead of letter cards, make word cards containing CVC words. These could
include different rimes or word chunks such as –an, -at, -et, -en, -in, -it

Odd One Out (CVC words)

Note: This game is played like Odd One Out (letters) but instead of letters, make cards strips containing CVC words. These could
include different rimes or word chunks such as –an, -at, -et,, -en, -in, -it

Same and different (for meeting time 2)

Objective: to discriminate sounds in spoken words
Materials: list of word pairs
Number of players/participants: whole class
Procedure:
1. Tell the class you will read out pairs of words. Ask them to listen carefully and tell you if the words have the same or different
final sounds.
2. Read out each set of words. Ask the class to identify which word has a different final sound.

Which does not belong?

man, can, pat

sam, Pam , rag
sat, mat, can
car, far, bag
men, hen, bed
bag, lag, man

Guess the sound (for meeting time 2)

Objective: to discriminate letter sounds
Materials: list of word pairs
Procedure:
1. Ask children to listen carefully to the words you are going to say. Have them identify the last sound that they hear in these words.
2. Then have them identify which of the two letters that you will show represents the sound that they hear.

Ex. Show man, sun, can.

Ask “What sound do you hear at the end of each word? “
Show letters M and N. Then ask, “Which of these two letters represent the sound that you hear? “

Game: Which does not belong?

Objectives: to discriminate letter sounds
Materials: list of word pairs
Procedure:
1. Ask children to listen carefully to the words you are going to say. Have them identify the word that has a different beginning
sound as the rest.

Ex. Show man, mat, car

Ask “ What is the first sound that you hear in the first word? in the second word? in the third word?
“ Which word has a different beginning sound ?

STORIES

Ayokong Pumasok Sa Paaralan

Questions Before the storytelling:

- Bakit kaya gustong pumasok sa paaralan ng mga bata?
- Ano ang mga ginagawa ng mga bata sa loob ng paaralan?

Questions During the storytelling:

- Ano ang gustong gustong gawin ni Buzzzz?
- Sino ang palagi niyang kasama?

23
 Questions After the storytelling:
- Sino ang pangunahing tauhan sa kwento? Sino-sino ang kanyang mga kaibigan?
- Ano-ano ang gustong-gustong gawin ni Buzzz sa maghapon kasama ang kanyang mga kaibigan?
- Saan sinamahan ng Nanay si Buzzz?
- Ano-ano ang ginagawa ni Buzzz sa paaralan?
- Bakit nagustuhan ni Buzzz pumasok sa paaralan araw-araw?
Ingatan At Tipirin

Question Before the storytelling:

- Ano ang inyong ginagawa sa putol putol na krayola o lapis?
Questions During the storytelling:
- Bakit nagbulungan ang mga kaklase nina Avy at Marian?
- Bakit kaya nagkakaputol putol ang mga krayola?
Questions After the storytelling:
- Ano ang ginagawa ng mga kindergarten sa klase sa kwento?
- Bakit nagbulungan at nagtawanan ang mga kaklase nina Avy at Marian?
- Bakit natuwa ang guro sa kanyang mga batang tinuturuan?
- Ano ang ikinalungkot ng guro sa kindergarten?
- Ano ang dapat gawin ng isang batang tulad mo sa iyong mga gamit sa paaralan upang matuwa ang iyong mga magulang?

Pasan Ko Si Bunso
Questions Before the storytelling:
- Ano-ano ang daladala mo sa pagpasok sa paaralan?
- Sino ang nagdadala ng kapatid sa paaralan? Bakit?
Questions During the storytelling:
- Sino ang isinasama ni Jenny sa paaralan? Bakit?
Questions After the storytelling:
- Saan pumupunta sina tatay at nanay? sina Jenny at bunso ?
- Ano ang nararamdaman ni Jenny habang siya ay nasa loob ng paaralan?
- Bakit nahihirapan si Jenny sa pag-aaral?
- Bakit pinatawag ang mga magulang ni Jenny?
- Saan iniiwan nina Jenny, Tatay at Nanay si Bunso?
- Naging maayos na ba ang pag-aaral ni Jenny / Bakit?
- Sa iyong palagay, tama ba ang naging pasya ng mag-anak para kay Bunso / Bakit?

Bong’s Day
Questions Before the storytelling:
- Anong oras kayo gumigising sa umaga?
- Anong oras naman kayo pumapasok sa paaralan?
Questions During the storytelling:
- Ano nga ang bilin ni Nanay kay Bong sa pagpasok niya sa paaralan?
- Bakit kaya dapat matulog ng maaga ang batang tulad ni Bong?
Questions After the storytelling:
1. Ano ang mangyayari kapag hindi gumising si Bong sa tamang oras?
2. Ano ang mangyayari kapag hindi sumunod sa tamang oras si Bong sa kanyang mga ginagawa?
3. Bakit kailangan matulog si Bong sa hapon?

D. RHYMES/POEMS/SONGS
I Like To Come To School
Objective: to introduce the theme of the day
Materials: none
Procedure:
Sing the first verse to let the children know you are ready for them to join you.

1. I Like to Come to School (The Farmer in the Dell)

I like to come to school
I like to come to school
It’s fun to play and learn each day.
I like to come to school.
24
 2. Ask the children what they learn in school
I learn to count in school
I learn to count in school
It’s fun to play and learn each day
I learn to count in school.

3. Continue having children what they learn in school as you sing the words in the song

A Game in School Mga Nagagawa ko sa School

Oh! I can say my A B C

And write a little, Mga nagagawa ko sa paaralan
Too Sa tuwinay papasok, dito sa paaralan
And count and read Sa aming pagdating, lahat kami masaya.
And draw and sing Gumuguhit, nagkukulay, sumasayaw, kumakanta
Just as the others do. Mayroong kwentuhan, at naglalaro pa.

But, oh, today i could Lumuluksot, nagtatawanan, kaming

Not think at all magkakaibigan
When asked which i would be – Mayroong pagbibilang, kainan ng sabay-sabay.
A mango tree – a flower small Itong aming guro, mahinahon kung magsaway.
Or a bird up in a tree? Hindi kami tinatakot, kundi inaalalayan.
A game in school
Kaya aming pakiramdam, kay inam na tunay.
Oh! I can say my A B C Sa aming paguwian, walang unahan at tulakan.
And write a little, , Aming mga sundo, nakangiting tunay.
Too Nasasabik sa pagbalik, sa kinabukasan.
And count and read
And draw and sing _____________________________________________________
Just as the others do. Good Morning Dear Teacher

But, oh, today i could Good morning dear teacher.

Not think at all We hope you’ll have a happy day.
When asked which i would be – With sunshine and laughter.
A mango tree – a flower small Our school is bright and gay.
Or a bird up in a tree?
Good morning dear classmates.
Together we will work and play.
With sunshine and laughter.
Our school is bright and gay.

Off to School we Go (The Farmer in the Dell) Seven Little Fish

Off to school we go, Seven little fish swimming in the water

Off to school we go, Swimming in the water,
It’s fun to be in school. Swimming in the water
Off to school we go. Seven little fish swimming in the water,
Time to meet friends Bubble, bubble, bubble, bubble, splash!!!
Time to make friends (On the word splash, “one child in each group
Time to know school personnel falls to the ground.)
Who help us learn and play
Repeat the rhyme until no fish are left.
Teachers help us learn
Janitors keep the school clean
Doctors and nurses
Keep us healthy and gay
Time to work and play.
Time to work and play.
It’s fun to be in school.
Time to work and play.

25
 School's the Place to Be! This Is the Way I learn in School
(Sung to the tune of "Sing a Song of Sixpence.") (sung to the tune of This is The Way I brush My
Teeth)
Sing a song of gladness;
Another year's begun! This is the way I learn in school,
We'll be busy learning I learn in school, I learn in school
Till the year is done. This is the way I learn in school,
So early in the morning
Sing a song of good times,
For all my friends and me! (change the word learn to count, read, play, dance,
New discoveries every day. draw, write, etc)
Yes, school's the place to be!

Seven Little Monkeys

Seven Green Speckled Frogs
Seven little monkeys sitting on a tree
Teasing Mr. Crocodile, “You can’t catch me, no you Seven green speckled frogs
can’t catch me!” Sat on a speckled log
Along came Mr. Crocodile hungry as can be and SNAP! Eating the most delicious bugs, “Yum, yum!”
Six little monkeys sitting on a tree teasing Mr. One jumped into the pool where it was nice and cool
Crocodile, Then there were six green speckled frogs
“You can’t catch me, no you can’t catch me!”
Repeat until no more frogs are left on the log.
Repeat until no more monkeys are left on the tree.

E. INDOOR /OUTDOOR GAME

Going to the Canteen

The children sit in a circle. The first one says, “I’m going to the canteen. And I’m taking (names anything).” The second repeats what
the first person said and adds one new item. This continues until a child forgets the items, and then the game starts over. (For older
children, have them name items in alphabetical order, such as A-apples, B-books, (c-cap, etc.)

I Spy!

The teacher starts the game by picking out an object in the room and saying, I spy something (names a color).” Children take turns
guessing it could be. The first one to guess it right becomes “it.” (Besides spying objects of different colors you can use beginning
sounds or shapes.)

Teacher May I?

Children line U with their backs to the wall. One person is chosen to be “teacher” and stands about 20 feet in front of them. One at a
time “teacher” names a child and tells them a motion they must perform, such as three baby steps or four scissors steps, or two giant
steps. The child must remember to ask, “Teacher May I?” before performing the movement or they must go back to the starting line.
The first one to reach “teacher” becomes “it.”

Obstacle Course

Set up an obstacle course on your playground using cardboard boxes, ropes, tricycles tires, climbing apparatus, and other equipment.
The teacher explains what the children should climb over, crawl under, run around, etc. The class lines up single file and goes through
the course from one obstacle to the next.

26
 KINDERGARTEN CLASS THIRD GRADING DAILY PLANS
WEEK 23:______________________
Monday Tuesday Wednesday
CONTENT FOCUS: School Activities and Parents Participation
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: I do many activities in school Message: I learn many things in school.
I participate in many celebrations. I need certain things when I play and work.
I need many things to learn in school.
Questions: What are the different things you do in school? Questions: What do I learn in school? What are the
What celebrations or special activities do you join and participate in? things I need when I am in school?
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: Mural: Our Life in School Teacher-Supervised: School Activity Quilt Teacher-Supervised: Target Letter: J
Walk Around the Letter
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Outline Game: Things we use in School • Mini Book: Things I Do in School • Letter Mosaic
• Board Game: I go to School • Word Family Flip Book • Picture-Sound Match
• Word Family Flip Book • Straw Painting • Mini-book: Things I Do in School
• Find a Pair: CVC Words • Find a Pair: CVC Words • Straw Painting
• Playdough • Playdough • Upper and Lower Case Puzzles
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Question: Which activities in school do you like best? Questions: How do you feel when you cannot go to school? What Questions: How can you help your classmates learn?
happens if you do not go to school? How can they help you learn?
Game: Which does not belong? Song: Paaralan (PEHT page146) Game: Stand, Sit and turn (up to 7)
Song: Tayo’y Magligpit (PEHT page139) Let’s Clean
Up Today
Supervised Recess Supervised Recess Supervised Recess
STORY: Sampung Magkakaibigan STORY: Si Tembong Mandarambong STORY: Pasko sa Klasrum
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Lift the Bowl (connecting; up to Teacher-Supervised: Lift the Bowl (connecting; up to quantities of 7) Teacher-Supervised: Lining Up Snakes (7)
quantities of 7)
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Block Play • Block Play • Subtraction Cards (2-7)
• Playdough Numerals (1-7) • Playdough Numerals (1-7) • Call Out Card: Addition (0-7)Call Out Card:
• Go 7/Draw 7/Find 7/ 7 Concentration • Go 7/Draw 7/Find 7/ 7 Concentration Subtraction (0-7)
• It’s A Match/ Mixed Up Numbers (1-7) • It’s a Match/ Mixed Up Numbers (1-7) • Go 7/ Draw 7/ Find 7/ 7 Concentration
• Grab Bag with Partners • Number Train Graph • Writing Numerals (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7)
• Hand Game/Lift the Bowl worksheets (quantities of
7)
• What Numbers Can You Make
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: I like to come to school INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Follow the Leader INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Circle Kick Balls
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

27
 THURSDAY FRIDAY NOTES
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: Parents help the school in many ways. Message: Parents participate in school activities.
Question: How do your parents help the school? Question: What activities do your parents participate in?
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: Poster: Our Parents Help our School Teacher-Supervised: Parent Helpers
Walk Around the Letter
Independent: Independent:
• Block Play: Constructing the school ground • Block Play: Constructing the school ground
• Letter Collage • Letter Mosaic
• Literature-based: Tell Me About Character • Upper and Lower Case Puzzles
• Literature-based: Storyboards • Picture-sound Match
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Introduce oral segmentation games. Play Syllable Clap
Sing “ I am Thinking of a Word “ Song: Mother’s Day Song(PEHT p.181)
Playmates
Supervised Recess Supervised Recess
STORY: Si Emang Engkantada at ang Tatlong Haragan STORY: Sa Araw ni Titser
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Hand game (up to quantities of 7; Teacher-Supervised: Lift the bowl (up to quantities of 7; writing
writing number sentences) number sentences)
Independent: Independent:
• Block Play • Block Play
• Counting Boards (quantities of 7) • Counting Boards (quantities of 7)
• Subtraction Cards (2-7) • Subtraction Cards (2-7)
• Call Out Card: Addition/Call Out Card: Subtraction (0-7) • Call out Card: Addition/ Call Out Card: Subtraction (0-7)
• Go 7/ Draw 7/ Find 7/ 7 Concentration • Go 7/ Draw 7/ Find 7/ 7 Concentration
• Writing Numerals (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7)
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Mother May I? INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Going to a Trip
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

28
APPENDIX: WEEK 23

SMALL GROUP ACTIVITIES

A. THEME-RELATED ACTIVITIES

Outline Game
Objective: to match object to outline
Materials: outline game board, things found in school
Number of participants/players: 4 - 6 children
Procedure:
1. Lay down the outline board and materials on the table or floor.
2. Players take turns in picking an object and matching this with its corresponding outline on the board.
3. Ask each child to name the object and describe how people use it in class/school.

Board Game: I go to school

Objectives: to count in one-to-one correspondence; to name parts of the school
Materials: board game, tokens, dice
Number of participants/players: 4 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. Players take turns throwing the die to determine how many spaces a player will move at his/her turn.
2. If the player lands in an area of a school, he/she must identify this part and its function.
3. The first player to reach the end is the winner. Note: Game must continue until all players have reached the end.

School Activity Quilt

Objective: to develop self esteem and creativity
Materials: construction paper, markers or crayons, yarn
Number of participants/players: small group
Procedure:
1. For a quilt, cut squares out of paper.
2. Ask each child to draw a picture of things they do in school.
3. Then put all the squares together and tie them with yarn.
4. Use blank colors to make a border and fillers.

Mini-book: Things I do in school

Objectives: to develop fine-motor coordination, expressive language, representation
Materials: booklets, markers, crayons, pencils
Number of participants/players: small group
Procedure:
1. Distribute individual booklets to children.
2. On each page, ask children to draw things they do in school.

Straw Painting
Objectives: to develop creativity and fine motor coordination
Materials: drinking straw, paper, spoon, paint or food color, glitters (optional)
Number of participants/players: 4 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. Put a spoonful of paint on the paper.
2. Take the straw and blow a design.
3. Let the children label their works.

Variations: Drop several different colors and blow to make “fireworks,” add details to your design with crayons or markers.

Parents Helpers
Objectives: to organize data; to develop expressive language skills
Materials: cartolina or manila paper
Prepare a pictograph showing these different activities
Number of participants/players: 6 – 8 children

29
Procedure:
1. Show the graph to the group. Talk about each activity and ask them if their parents volunteer for any of these activities.
2. Ask each child to paste a strip of paper with her name in it on each column that shows an activity that
his/her parent participates in.

Which of these activities do your parents participate in?

Emil Ella John Fion

Attend meetings Cook food for the Help clean the school Make playthings for
students children

POSTER: OUR PARENTS HELP OUR SCHOOL

Objectives: to identify activities done by parents in school
to express feelings, thoughts and ideas
Number of participants/players: 6 – 8 children
Procedure:
1. Ask children to think of ways parents get involved in the life of the school. What activities do they participate in? How do they
help the school? Where do they see them in school?
2. Possible answers may include: having a meeting, cooking food, painting the school fence, etc.
3. List these down on the board.
4. Ask each one in the group to draw a particular activity that parents participate in.
5. Draw an outline of your school.
6. Have children paste their drawings in the appropriate spaces.

Pantomime
Objective: to identify things found in school
Materials: assorted objects or supplies used or found in school
Number of players/participants: small or whole group
Procedure
1. Ready as many different articles as there are players. Take any articles related to school things like - a piece of pencil, a
book, an eraser, a bag, a crayon, etc. Do not show all these articles to the players.
2. Write the name of each article on the sheet of paper. Fold up all the sheets of paper so that the players cannot see what is
written on them.
3. Each player draws out a sheet of paper. With the help of pantomime the players must show what is written on their sheets of
paper.
4. All the rest of the players try to guess what kind of article is represented

B. OTHER MATH ACTIVITIES

Block Play
Objectives: to explore the attributes of 3-dimensional or space figures
to demonstrate understanding of the relationship between figures
to build structures using blocks
Materials: table or floor blocks
Number of participants/players: 1 – 4 children
Procedure:
Children use table or floor blocks to build structures.
While building structures, children are encouraged to talk about attributes of block (e.g. long/ short, heavy/light) and the
relationship of each block to another (e.g. 2 of these blocks make 1 of these blocks)
Children can also be encouraged to build structures based on the theme of the week (e.g. building homes, schools,
establishments in the community)

30
Playdough Numerals (0-7)
Objective: to identify the numerals 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7
Materials: playdough
Number of participants/players: 6 children
Procedure:
1. Give each child a medium-sized ball of playdough.
2. Let them form the numerals 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7.
3. Then ask each child to create the number of objects for each numeral. (Example: 2 hearts – numeral 2)

Writing Numerals (0,1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7)

Objective: to write numerals
Materials: lined paper (blue-red-blue lines), numeral cards
Preparation: Draw the numerals on a piece of card board. The first part of the numeral is drawn with the purple crayon and
the second part with green. The purple and green marks will help children determine which stroke to do first.
Number of participants/players: small group
Procedure:
1. Provide each child with numeral cards and lined paper.
2. Let each child practice writing the numerals on lined paper.

It’s A Match
Objective: to match numeral to set of objects/ dots
Materials: one set of cards with numerals – 0 -7
one set of cards with dots (corresponding to the numerals)
Number of participants/players: pairs or small group
Procedure:
1. Place the numeral cards face down in a box.
2. Place the corresponding dot pattern cards in the chalk tray.
3. Call on a child to get a card from the box and place it over the equivalent card in the chalk tray.
4. If correct, the child may choose the next player

Mixed Up Numbers
Objectives: to read and recognize number words
to recognize the sequence of numbers
Materials: vocabulary cards of number words (1-7)
Number of participants/players: small group
Procedure:
1. Place the word cards at random in the chalk tray.
2. Ask the students to say each word with you.
3. Ask the children to help you place them in correct sequence.
4. Tell the children to hide their eyes while a mischievous kitten (you) comes and change the order of the cards.
5. The children close their eyes and lower their heads on their desk.
6. The teacher switches cards and then calls on a pupil to return them to the correct places.

Variation: Distribute the cards to the children. Call one of the word names. A student with the corresponding card is invited to stand.
“Neighbors” – those whose numbers are one less or one more than. These students are then invited to join in. Continue until
all are standing in the appropriate number.
Draw 7
Objective: to explore different combinations that make 7
Materials: 4 sets of numeral cards (0 –7)
Number of participants/players: 3- 5 children
Procedure
1. One card is drawn from the deck and is set aside throughout the game, so that there will be an odd card without a mate at the
end of the game. All the other cards are dealt.
2. Each player goes through the cards received trying to find pairs that make 7. All the pairs thus made are discarded in the
middle of the table.
3. The players then take turns, each holding her cards like a fan and letting the person to her left draw one of them without
looking at them. If the person who draws the card can use it to make 7 with one of the cards in her hand, she discards the
pair in the middle of the table. If she cannot use it, she has to keep it. She then holds all her cards like a fan so that the
person to her left can draw one of them by chance.
4. Play continues until one person is left holding the odd card and loses the game.

31
7 Concentration
Objective: to explore different combinations that make 7
Materials: 4 sets of numeral cards (0-7)
Number of participants/players: 1- 4 children
Procedure:
1. Sixteen cards are placed in the middle of the table, face down, in a 4 x 4 arrangement. The remaining cards are placed
faced-down in a stack.
2. The players take turns turning over two cards, trying to turn a pair that totals 7. If a pair can be made, the player keeps it and
continues to play as long as he is successful. If he is not successful, he returns the two cards to their original face-down
positions and replaces any cards he took with new ones from the deck.
3. With 16 face-down cards on the table, the turn passes to the next player to the left.
4. The person who collects the greatest number of pairs is the winner.

Find 7
Objective: to collect pairs of cards
Materials: 4 sets of numeral cards (0-7)
Number of participants/player: 3 - 5 children
Procedure
1. All cards are dealt. Last card is turned face up. Each player keeps the cards dealt to him in a stack, face-down, without
looking at them.
2. By turns, players turn over the top card of his stack. If this card can be used with one on the table to make a total of 7, the
player can take it and keep the pair. If there are no cards that can be used, he has to discard his card in the middle of the
table, face up.
3. The player who collects the most number of pairs wins.

Go 7
Objective: to explore different combinations that make 7
Materials: 4 sets of numeral cards (0-7)
Number of participants/players: 1 – 4 children
Procedure:
1. All the cards are dealt.
2. The players take turns asking specific people for specific cards in a way similar to the card game Go Fish. For example,
John may say to Carol “Do you have a 1?" If Carol has a 1, she has to give it up to John. John then lays this 1 and a 6 in
front of himself, face up. A player can continue asking for a card as long as he gets the card he requested. If he does not get
the card he asked for, the turn passes to the person who said, "I don't have it."
3. The person who makes the greatest number of pairs is the winner.

Call Out Card: Addition (up to quantities of 7)

Objective: to match an addition fact with its correct sum
Materials: call out card for each player calling cards tokens
Number of participants/players: 1 – 4 children
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a call out card.
2. Assign a student to call out what is written on calling cards.
3. First one to cover all spaces wins. If players go through all the cards without reaching all spaces, they should reshuffle the
cards, then turn them face down again and continue playing until someone has won.

Call Out Game: Subtraction (up to quantities of 7)

Objective: to practice subtraction up to quantities of 7
Materials: call out card for each player, calling cards, tokens
Number of participants/players: 1 – 4 children
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a bingo card.
2. Assign a student to call out what is written on calling cards.
3. First one to cover all spaces wins. If players go through all the cards without reaching all spaces, they should reshuffle the
cards, then turn them face down again and continue playing until someone has won.

32
Counting Boards (concrete, up to quantities of 7)
Objective: to explore different combinations that make a given quantity
Materials: counting boards & counters (example: webs & spiders, rivers & fish, stores & hats, tables & chairs, sinks & plates)
Number of participants/players: small group
Procedure:
1. Give each child one counting board.
2. Have the children take the number of counters being worked with for the day and decide what they want to represent.
3. Take turns in telling a story to go with the counters.

Ex: Three fish were swimming. Three more came. That makes six fish swimming.
I saw seven mangoes in the tree. I climbed the tree and got two mangoes. Five mangoes were left.
Hand Game
Objective: to explore different combinations that make a given quantity
Materials: any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips, or sticks
Number of participants/players: small group
Procedure:
1. Children work in small groups.
2. Teacher gives each child a given quantity of sticks, in this case 7.
3. Children separate counters in different ways and verbalize the combinations that result.
4. While playing the game, children write the equations or number sentences that represent each combination.
Teacher says: Children say: Children write:
"Place seven sticks in your right hand." "None and seven is seven." or "Zero and seven is seven." 0+7=7

"Place one stick in your left hand." "One and six is seven." 1+6=7
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Two and five is seven." 2+5=7
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Three and four is seven." 3+4=7
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Four and three is seven." 4+3=7
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Five and two is seven." 5+2=7
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Six and one is seven." 6+1=7
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Seven and none is seven." or "Seven and zero is seven" 7+0=7
Variation: CAVE GAME: The game proceeds as Hand Game but the position of hands is varied.
Lift The Bowl
Objective: to explore different combinations that make a given quantity
Materials: bowl or cup, any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips, or sticks
Number of participants/players: small group
Procedure:
1. Game proceeds as Hand Game but bowls are used for separating quantities.

Teacher says: Children say: Teacher places these cards on

the Lift the Bowl counting board
"Place seven blocks under the bowl." "None and seven is seven." or "Zero and
seven is seven." 0

"Place one block on the bowl." "One and six is seven."

1

33
 "Place two blocks on the bowl." "Two and five is seven."
2

"Place three blocks on the bowl." "Three and four is seven."

3

Continue until…
"Place seven blocks on the bowl." "Seven and none is seven." or “Seven and
7
zero is seven.”

2. After 1 round children can be introduced to the word PLUS. “Instead of using the word AND I’d like you to use the word PLUS
instead. PLUS means to put two groups of objects together.”
Lift The Bowl
Objective: to explore different combinations that make a given quantity
Materials: bowl or cup, any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips, or sticks
Number of participants/players: small group
Procedure:
1. Game proceeds as Hand Game but bowls are used for separating quantities.
2. Children write equations or number sentences that represent each combination.

Teacher says: Children say:

"Place seven blocks under the bowl." "None and seven is seven." or "Zero and seven is 0
seven." +7
7
"Place six block under the bowl." "One and six is seven." 1
+6
7
"Place five blocks under the bowl." "Two and five is seven." 2
+5
7
"Place four blocks under the bowl." "Three and four is seven 3
+4
7
"Place three block under the bowl." "Four and three is seven." 4
+3
7
"Place two blocks under the bowl." "Five and two is seven." 5
+2
7
"Place one block under the bowl." "Six and one is seven." 6
+1
7
"Place no blocks under the bowl." "Seven and none is seven." or "seven and zero is 7
seven." +0
7

34
Subtraction Cards (7)
Objective: to subtract quantities
Materials: subtraction cards, counters
Number of participants/players: individual or pairs
Procedure:
1. Child 1 reads the total on the card, for example 7.
2. Child 2 gets 7 counters.
3. Child 1 says "take away three".
4. Child 2 gets the subtraction card and lifts the right hand flap that indicates 3 dots.
5. Child 1 counts remaining dots and say "four".
6. Both children write the corresponding equation: 7 – 3 = 4

Grab Bag with Partners (up to quantities of 7)

Objective: to practice addition skills
Materials: clothespins, paper sack, sheet of paper for recording
Number of participants/players: pairs
Procedure:
1. Partner A fills the bag with 7 clothespins (or depending on what number is being worked with).
2. Partner B reaches into the bag and takes out some clothespin, showing Partner A what has been removed.
3. They predict how many clothespin they think are left.
4. Then they check their predictions, and each child records the equation on a sheet such as the one below.
Name___________________________________
I played a game today.
These are the equations I made.

Number Train Graph

Objective: to identify number combinations that make up 7
Materials: clothespin (2 colors), Manila paper, clothespin train outlines, crayons
Number of participants/players: small group
Procedure:
1. The following activity can be worked on by a group of children without direct involvement.
2. The children try to find all the possible arrangements for the combinations that make up a number being worked with, in this
case 7.
3. As they find the arrangements, they color a number train outline and place it in the appropriate column of the butcher paper.
(The columns can be labeled with the labeled possible combinations, or the children can label the columns as needed.)

What Numbers Can You Make? (7)

Objective: to combine numbers that make up 7
Materials: clothespin, crayons, sheet of paper
Number of participants/players: small group
Procedure:
1. The children make clothespin stacks (each stack made with different color clothespin and no stack more than seven
clothespins high). There can be more than one stack of seven. The object is to try to make each of the numbers from one to
seven in as many ways as possible.
2. The children are allowed to use more than one stack to make any number, but they may not break any stacks apart. If they
can’t make a number, they are to cross it out. If they can make the number, they draw the clothespins using crayons (of the
same color as clothespins used) and write the equation that describes the trains used.
3. The game can be played over and over, as it will be a new experience each time the numbers used changes.

35
Lining Up Snakes
Objectives: to measure length using nonstandard tools
to order objects from longest to shortest
Materials: rubber or plastic snakes of different sizes, playdough, string for measuring
Number of participants/players: small group
Procedure:
1. Read the poem Snake Time.
Snake Time
The snakes lined up
On measuring day,
I measured each one
Before they could play.
They got in a row
In an orderly way,
Then shortest to longest
They slithered away.
2. Discuss lengths of the 4 rubber or plastic snakes. Ask children which snake is longest, the next longest, the next longest then
the shortest.
3. Ask children to measure the snakes using yarn or paper clips (or other nonstandard tools) to verify their answers.
4. Provide play dough so that each child can mold 4 of their own snakes. Naming the snakes can make this activity even more
personal.
5. Have children compare the lengths of their snakes and line them up in order.
6. Again, children may use a variety of measuring tools to measure the length of their snakes.

C. OTHER LANGUAGE ARTS ACTIVITIES

Which Does Not Belong? (see attachments for Weeks 21 and 22)

Oral Segmentation Games (for Meeting Time 2)

Syllable Clap
Objective: to orally segment words
Materials: none
Number of players/participant: whole or half groups
Procedure:
1. Ask them to clap with you as you say these words:
sunshine vacation delicious
furniture alphabet transportation
school wonderful playground

Note: You may also begin with clapping the names of your students, things in the classroom and school
Tell Me About the Character
Objective: to describe characters
Materials: crayons, pencil, paper
Number of players/participants: -5-6 children
Procedure:
1. Distribute a piece of paper to each child.
2. Have them draw things they know about the character - what he does in the story, what he likes and does not like and how he
felt at different parts of the story.
Picture-Sound Match
Objective: letter-sounds correspondence to match sounds to letters
Materials: cardboard, pictures to represent the sounds of the initial alphabet letters
Preparations:
1. Divide a piece of cardboard or heavy paper into six sections.
2. Draw or cut out three pictures and glue them on the top three sections of the card.
3. On the bottom, three sections write (in random order) the letters that correspond to the pictures above. Laminate the card or
cover with a scotch tape.

36
Procedure:
1. Let the children match the pictures to their appropriate initial letters by using an erasable marker to draw connecting lines

Variation: Set the game up so that the pictures represent ending consonant sounds, or digraphs (sh, th, wh, ch), or blends (br, bl,
sw).

Upper and Lower Case Puzzles

Objective: to identify and match upper and lower case letters
Materials: cardboard pieces
Preparation: Cut each cardboard in the shape of two puzzle pieces. On one piece write the upper case letters and on the other, write
the lower case letters. Prepare at least a set of 7 letters at a time and then put them inside a plastic bag.
Procedure:
1. Ask each child to form a letter using the puzzle pieces.
2. Let children state the name of each letter as they match them.

Walk Around The Letter (With Teacher)

Objective: teaches letter recognition to recognize letters
Material: masking tape
Procedure:
1. Put masking tape on the floor in the shape of the letter “N” (Nutrition).
2. With the children, say the letter and think “N” words.
3. Point out to the children that the letter “N” has a round part and a straight part.
4. Walk around the letter and sing this song to the tune of “London Bridge is Falling Down.”
Walk around the letter N, letter N, letter N
Walk around the letter N,
My fair lady.
5. Try this game with other letters.

Word Family Flip Book

Introduction: Teach children various decoding strategies such as chunking, blending sounds, using picture clues and context, and
recognizing sight words and watch reading confidence soar! Try any of these ideas below to help children manipulate
letters and make new words. Young children can manipulate only two “chunks” of information at a time in their brain.
That’s why word family “chunking” is such a powerful decoding strategy for beginning readers.

Objective: to recognize that words are made up of letters

Materials: index cards with words, spiral spring from old notebook
Number of participants/players: small group, 1 – 2 children
Procedure:
1. Cut through all the cards in a spiral-bound index card notebook.
2. Write consonants, blends, and diagraphs on the left section, and rimes on the right section.
3. Prepare at least 2 sets with different words
4. Challenge the children to form read words.
5. The flip book can also be played by partners.

37
Letter Mosaic/Letter Collage (refer to instructions in previous weeks)

STORIES

Sampung Magkaibigan
ni: Kristine Canon
Questions before reading the story
• Mayroon ba kayong mga kaibigan dito sa paaralan?
• Ano ang pakiramdam kapag hindi kayo isinasali sa mga laro?

Questions after reading the story:

• Sino-sino ang sampung magkakaibigan?
• Ano-ano ang kanilang gustong gawin pag sila’y magkakasama?
• Kung kaibigan nyo si Karlo, gagawin nyo rin ba ang hindi pagsali sa laro? Bakit?
• Ano sa palagay nyo ang naramdaman ni Karlo?

Si Tembong Mandarambong : Mahilig Sa Walis Pero Tamad Maglinis

ni: Susan Dela Rosa Aragon

Questions before the story

• Ano-ano ang iyong ginagamit sa paglilinis ng bahay?
• Bakit kaya tinawag na mandarambong si Tembong?

Questions after reading the story:

• Bakit kakaiba ang Baryo Walis?
• Bakit tinangay ng hangin ang palasyo ni Tembong?
• Sa pagbalik ni Tembong sa Baryo, ano ang napansin niya?

Pasko sa Klasrum
Question before reading:
• Ano-ano ang iyong mga nakikita kapag malapit na ang pasko?

Questions after reading:

• Anong regalo ang kanyang ibinalot para sa kriz kringle?
• Ano ang naramdaman ni Lina nung binuksan ang kanyang regalo?
• Kung ikaw si Susana, ikinahihiya nyo rin ba ang inyong regalo? Bakit?

Si Emang Engkantada at ang Tatlong Haragan

ni: Rene Villanueva

Question before reading the story

• Ano ang itsura ng bakuran ng bahay ninyo?

Questions after reading the story:

• Bakit itinuring na haragan ang tatlong bata?
• Ano ang inyong maitutulong upang mapanatiling maganda ang isang bakuran? Magbigay ng mga halimbawa.

Sa Araw ni Titser
Question before reading the story:
• Kayo ba’y nakapaghandog o nakapagbigay na ng regalo sa iyong mga mahal sa buhay?

Questions after reading the story:

• Ano-ano ba ang inihandog o binigay ng mga bata sa titser?
• Ano ang naramdaman ni titser Dela Cruz?

38
RHYMES/POEMS/SONGS

Note: This can be done before reading a story

LOOK AT ME
(Tune: If You’re Happy and You Know It”) For Story Time

If you’re ready for a snack look at me Sometimes my hands are at my side

If you’re ready for a snack look at me hold hands at side
If you’re ready and you know then your face will surely The behind my back they hide
show it put hands behind back
If you’re ready for a snack look at me. Sometimes I wiggle my fingers so
(Change the words to fit what you want the children to wiggle your fingers
do; such as, “If you want to hear a story sit down Shake them fast, shake them slow
please,” or “If you want to go outside line up at the shake fingers fast and slow
door.”) Sometimes my hands go clap, clap, clap
clap hands
Then I rest them in my lap
Now they're quiet as can be.
sit down and rest hands in lap

Good Morning Teacher Mother’s Day Song

by F. Santiago
Good morning dear teacher Mother dear, I love you
We are glad to see you here And you love me too
Let us sing together You’re the dearest playmate
Good morning. That I ever know.

Let's Clean Up Playmates (Finger Play)

(Tune : "Farmer In the Dell")
Begin with closed fists
Let's clean up today From a window in this house
Let's clean up today open one fist, fingers point up
We've had our fun From a window in this house
Our day is done. other fist open, fingers point up
So, let's clean up today. Playmates wave at each other
close fists, then thumbs wag at each other
They jump
hands go up and down quickly
And have such fun!
hands together and clap

Tayo’y Magligpit This Is The Way

( Tune: “This Is The Way You Brush Your Teeth”)
Tayo na’t magligpit
Magsaya’t, umawit This is the way we clean our things
Mga kagamitan, Clean our things (2x)
Ay ating hugasan This is the way we clean our things
And put these all together.
Laging iingatan
Ang anumang bagay
Huwag sanang mabasag
Nang di masugatan

39
 GOODBYE SONG Paalam Na Sa ‘Yo
(Tune: “Are You Sleeping”)
We are going, 2x Paalam na sa ‘yo? 2x
Now goodbye. 2x Bukas babalik 2x
See you all tomorrow. 2x Paalam na sa ‘yo? 2x
Now goodbye. 2x Bukas babalik

GOODBYE MY TEACHER, GOODBYE

Goodbye my teacher, goodbye (2x)

We will all come back again (2x)
Goodbye my teacher, goodbye

I’m Thinking of a Word

(Sung to the Tune of “The Wheels on the Bus”)

Teacher Sings:
I’m thinking of a word named /t/ /e/ /n/, /t/ /e/ /n/, /t/ /e/ /n/,
I’m thinking of a word named /t/ /e/ /n/,
What is my word?
Students Sings Back:
Is the word that you’re thinking called ten, ten, ten, ten, ten, ten, ten, ten, ten?

INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES

Roll Ball

Children sit in a circle with their legs stretched out. The teacher takes a beach ball or sponge ball and rolls it to a child saying, I roll the
ball to _____, and he rolls it back to me.” Continue rolling the ball to all the children in the circle. The children then take turns calling a
name and rolling the ball to that person. (You can play a similar game

Follow The Leader

The class lines up behind a chosen leader. Whatever the leader does, the rest of the class must follow. The leader may hop, march,
skip, crawl under a table, or perform other actions. Give several children a turn to play leader. (This is also fun to play outdoors.)
Circle Kick Ball

The children stand in a circle and join hands. One child begins by trying to kick a ball between the legs of another player or two
players. The children continue to kick the ball around the circle. If the ball is kicked out of the circle the player or players who let it out
are eliminated. If a child kicks the ball over the heads of other players, the child who kicked the ball is eliminated. The game continues
until there are only two children left.

Going On A Trip

The children sit in a circle. The first one says, “I’m going on a trip. And I’m taking (names anything).” The second repeats what the
first person said and adds one new item. This continues until a child forgets the items, and then the game starts over. (For older
children, have them name items in alphabetical order, such as A-apples, B-books, (c-cap, etc.)

Mother May I?

Children line U with their backs to the wall. One person is chosen to be “mother” and stands about 20 feet in front of them. One at a
time “mother” names a child and tells them a motion they must perform, such as three baby steps or four scissors steps, or two giant
steps. The child must remember to ask, “Mother May I?” before performing the movement or they must go back to the starting line.
The first one to reach “mother” becomes “it.

40
 KINDERGARTEN CLASS THIRD GRADING DAILY PLANS
WEEK 24: ________________________
Monday Tuesday Wednesday
CONTENT FOCUS: Places of Learning in the Community
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: There are schools or places of learning in a community. Message: A Madrasah is a school for Muslim children.
⇒ A Daycare center is a place for learning for very young children. Some children attend daycare classes before they go to a big Children learn about Allah and His teachings in a
school. Madrasah. They also learn how to speak, read and write
⇒ There are public elementary and high schools for older children. Families do not have to pay to send their children to a public school. Arabic in their Madrasah.
⇒ There are also private schools in some communities. Families have to pay when they send their children to these schools.
Questions: Where is our school located? Are there other schools in our community? Question: Where else do you know places for learning?
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: Diorama : Different Schools in our Community Teacher-Supervised: Where does your sibling go to school Teacher-Supervised: Target Letter : Hh Letter Poster
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Mapping: Home to School Block Play: Schools in the community • Literature-based: Story Mobile
• Block Play: Schools in the community Mapping: Home to School • Literature-based: Picture Walk
• Word Walls: CVC words Word Walls: CVC Words • Same and Different: Medial Sounds
• Call Out Letter Game Same and Different : Medial sounds • Call Out Letter Game
• Writer’s Workshop Kaya kong – (Draw what on can do in school) PEHT p. 80 • Kaya kong – (Draw what on can do in school) PEH p.80
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Game: Listen to the Sound ( medial sound) Message: Some children go to schools within their Message: There are many activities children do in school.
community. Some children live in communities where there Activities can be inside the room, they can be outdoor
are no schools so they have to walk to another village just activities. They can also be in the community, like parade,
to be able to go to school scouting activities and Alay tanim project.
Poem: I can Do Many Thing, Everybody Do this Activity: Snap and Clap
Supervised Recess Supervised Recess Supervised Recess
STORY: Ang Batang Ayaw Gumising (UNICEF) STORY: Pasan Ko si Bunso STORY: Sumunod sa Panuto
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Number Stations and Number Books Teacher-Supervised: More Than, Less Than, As Many As Teacher-Supervised: Hand Game and Cave Game
(quantities of 8; using toothpicks or squares) (comparing quantities up to 8) (concrete; quantities of 8)
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Sand Play • Sand Play • Block Play
• Cover All Game (0-8) • Playdough Numerals (0-8) • Playdough Numerals (0-8)
• Call Out Game: Numbers (0-8) • Writing Papers (8) • Writing Papers (8)
• Number Concentration (0-8) • Number stations/ number books (quantities of 8) • Number stations/ number books (quantities of 8)
• Number Connect Game • Cover All Game/Call Out Game: Numbers (0-9) • Comparing quantities: A Game for Partners
• Number Concentration/ It’s A Match (1-8) • It’s A Match (1-8)
• Picking Up Game: Numbers • Who Has More?
• Which Card is Missing
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Drop the Handkerchief INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Body Letters INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Hop Relay
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine
Homework: Draw your classroom Homework: Draw the things you usually do in school. Homework: List down the things other people in the
community do in school
41
 THURSDAY FRIDAY NOTES
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: The community uses the school in different ways. Message: The community uses the school in different ways.
⇒ Sometimes schools are used as evacuation centers. ⇒ Sometimes schools are used for special
celebrations in the community.
Question: How can the school help evacuees? ⇒ Schools are used during election.
Question: How else can the school be used by the
community?
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: Opposite Words Teacher-Supervised:
• Let’s Write : Hh
• Poster : The School can be used in different
Independent: Independent:
• Literature-based: Story Mobile • Letter H Designs
• Literature-based: Picture Walk • Opposite Words Booklet
• Find a Pair: Opposite Words • Letter Collage
• Opposite Words Booklet • Writer’s Workshop
• Letter H Designs
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Message: People in the community can help the school in many ways. Message: People in the community can help the school in
⇒ They can help clean the school before classes begin many ways.
⇒ They can volunteer when something needs to be built or made ⇒ They can cook food for the children in the Madrasah.
in the Madrasah. ⇒ They can make learning materials for children.
Game: Same and Different Medial Sound ⇒ They can set-up a garden in school.
Song This is the Way We Cross The Road
Supervised Recess Supervised Recess
STORY: Fireman Fred (Letterland Handbook) STORY: Fireman Fred (Letterland Handbook)
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Hand Game and Cave Game (concrete; Teacher-Supervised: Measuring Strings
quantities of 8)
Independent: Independent:
• Number Stations/ Number Books (quantities of 8) • Number Stations/ Number Books (quantities of 8)
• Comparing quantities: A Game for Partners • Comparing quantities: A Game for Partners
• Number Concentration/ Mixed Up Numbers (1-8) • Number Concentration/ Mixed Up Numbers (1-8)
• Cover All Game/Call Out Game: Numbers(0-8), It’s a Match • Cover All Number/Call Out Game: Numbers (0-6); It’s A
Match (1-8)
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: One Potato (PEHT 231) INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: People Counting Games
Count and Turn (up to 8) Circle Game (up to 8)
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

42
APPENDIX: WEEK 24
SMALL GROUP ACTIVITIES

A. THEME-RELATED ACTIVITIES

Mapping: Home to School

Objective: to develop fine motor coordination
Materials: newsprint
Number of players/participants: 6 - 8 children
Procedure:
1. Give each child a piece of newsprint.
2. Have him draw his house on one end of the paper and his school on the other end.
3. Let him recall the places he would pass by on his way to school and have him draw in the space between
his house and the school.
4. Have him describe his drawing or take down dictation if the child has difficulty writing sentences yet.

Diorama: Different Schools in our Community

Objective: to create a model of different kinds of school in their community
Materials: shoebox, crayons, scissors, glue, cloth/string, masking tape
Number of players/participants: 6 - 8 children
Procedure:
1. Divide the children into groups of 3 - 4
2. Distribute shoe boxes or any box of similar size for their diorama.
3. Brainstorm with them what can be seen in the school assigned to each group.
4. Using clay or play dough and other junk materials, have them recreate the school that was assigned to them.
5. Cover the box with art or construction paper and draw the natural features of the school.
6. Have them set up their clay and junk models inside the box.
7. Ask children to hang the name of the school or learning center they recreated on the box.

Graph: In what school does your sibling go to?

B. OTHER MATH ACTIVITIES

Block Play
Objectives: to explore the attributes of 3-dimensional or space figures
to demonstrate understanding of the relationship between figures
to build structures using blocks
Materials: table or floor blocks
Number of participants/players: 1 – 4 children
Procedure:
Children use table or floor blocks to build structures.
While building structures children are encouraged to talk about attributes of block (e.g. long/ short, heavy/light) and the relationship of each
block to another (e.g. 2 of these blocks make 1 of these blocks)
Children can also be encouraged to build structures based on the theme of the week (e.g. building homes, schools, establishments in the
community)
Number Stations (quantities of 8)
Objectives: to count up to quantities of 8
to see that despite differences in appearance quantities remain the same (conservation)
to develop fine motor coordination
Materials: several boxes of toothpicks, paper and pencil
Number of participants/players: small group
Procedure:
1. Teacher chooses a number to work with for the day, in this case 8.
2. Children work together exploring a given quantity of toothpicks, in this case 8, making as many arrangements as possible. Then let the
children write the number on their paper.
3. Teacher encourages the children to describe the toothpick patterns in a variety of ways.

Variation: Children can explore other materials such as pebbles, popsicle sticks, blocks and others.
43
Number Books (quantities of 8)
Objective: to use numerals to describe and record quantities
Materials: old magazines, scratch paper, crayons, pencils
Number of participants/players: small group
Procedure:
1. Help your child to draw pictures or glue in pictures from magazines of things that are important to him and write a number caption
underneath.
2. It is a good idea to include zero in your book.
3. Try making a book to illustrate a favorite number story or rhyme.
Variation: Glue the designs from the Number Stations activity on sheets of paper. Bind the paper to make a book.
Number Cover All
Objective: to match numerals
Materials: cover all boards, 2 sets of number cards, 0-8
Number of participants/players: 1 – 4 children
Procedure:
1. Give each player a cover all board
2. Players take turns to pick up a card from the deck.
3. If the number appears on their board they use this to cover the number up.
4. Continue until someone fills his/her board.
Variation: One person is a caller as in a call out game. She holds the number cards and players have to shout out the name of the number in
order to claim it to put on their board.
Concentration
Objective: to match numerals
Materials: 2 sets of number cards, 0-8
Number of participants/players: small group
Procedure:
1. Lay the cards down, either in rows or just anyhow.
2. Take turns turning over 2 cards.
3. If the cards match, you win them. If not, turn them face down again.
4. Player with most number of cards win.
Playdough Numerals (0-8)
Objective: to identify the numerals 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8
Materials: play dough
Number of players/participants: 6 children
Procedure:
1. Give each child a medium-sized ball of play dough.
2. Let them form the numerals 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8.
3. Then ask each child to create the number of objects for each numeral. (Example: 2 hearts – numeral 2)
Writing Papers (8)
Objectives: to observe sequence
to observe the form of each numeral
to develop eye-hand coordination
Materials: writing papers (with number dot patterns for each numeral), crayon
Number of players/participants: individual
Procedure:
1. Each child is given a writing paper with the numeral he is working on, in this case 8.
2. Children use a crayon to connect the dots of the number pattern.

Number Connect Game

Objectives: to recognize numbers 1-8
to match numbers that are alike
Materials: set of 28 number connect cards
Number of participants/players: small group
Procedure:
1. All number connect cards are placed face down.
2. Each player draws 8 number connect cards.
3. A player with a “double” begins to play.
44
 4. Each player in turn says the number names and then plays as in a regular connect game.
5. The winner is the player who has played all number connect cards, or the player with the smallest number of number connect cards when
all players must pass.
Number Call Out
Objective: to match numerals
Materials: Call out card for each player, calling cards, tokens
Number of participants/players: 1 or more children
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a Call out card (numerals).
2. Assign a student to call out what is written on calling cards.
3. First one to cover all spaces wins. If players go through all the cards without reaching Call out, they should reshuffle the cards, then turn
them face down again and continue playing until someone has won.
Picking Up Game: Numbers
Objective: to recognize and identify numerals
Materials: fish or guava shape cut-outs (that have the numbers 1-8 written on them) with paper clip, rod with magnet
Procedure:
1. Set up a “picking area” where fish with shapes are placed on the floor.
2. Children take turns using the picking rod to pick a ‘number’.
3. When a child picks a ‘number’ he identifies the number written on the fish or guava shape.
4. The next child takes his turn.
Mixed Up Numbers
Objectives: to read and recognize number words
to recognize the sequence of numbers
Materials: vocabulary cards of number words
Number of participants/players: small group
Procedure:
1. Place the word cards at random in the chalk tray.
2. Ask the students to say each word with you.
3. Ask the children to help you place them in correct sequence.
4. Tell the children to hide their eyes while a mischievous kitten (you) comes and change the order of the cards.
5. The children close their eyes and lower their heads on their desk.
6. The teacher switches cards and then calls on a pupil to return them to the correct places.
It’s a Match
Objective: to match numeral to set of objects/ dots
Materials: one set of cards with numerals – 0 -8
one set of cards with dots (corresponding to the numerals)
Number of participants/players: pairs or small group
Procedure:
1. Place the numeral cards face down in a box.
2. Place the corresponding dot pattern cards in the chalk tray.
3. Call on a child to get a card from the box and place it over the equivalent card in the chalk tray.
4. If correct, the child may choose the next player.
More Than, Less Than, As Many As
Objective: to compare quantities up to 8 using terms of comparison: more than, less than, the same as
Materials: fruits or any objects
Number of players/participants: 8 children
Procedure:
1. Teacher holds a tray with eight apples.
2. Group children into three groups.
3. Each group will be given objects.
I- 5 mangoes
II- 6 oranges
III- 7 bananas
4. Ask questions:
Which group has less than the given objects?
Which group has more than the given objects?
Which group has as many as the given objects?
45
Who Has More?
Objective: to compare quantities
Materials: assorted materials such as toothpicks, buttons, marbles
Number of participants/players: small group
Procedure:
1. Put out about six saucers, each with a different number of things in, for example, six toothpicks, five small buttons, four big buttons, three
peas, two pebbles, one marble.
2. The child points at two saucers and chooses without counting out, which has more. Child then checks by pairing up the contents of the
two saucers.

Variations:
1. Put the same number of things in two of the saucers.
2. Put four big things and four small things in another saucer.
3. Put out bigger number of things.

Comparing Numbers – A Game For Partners

Objective: to compare quantities
Materials: clothespins, small card numbers, more/less spinner
Number of players/ participants: 3 pairs of children
Procedure:
1. Each player draws a numeral card from a pile of cards.
2. Each player builds the appropriate clothespin stack to match his cards.
3. One child turns the more/less spinner. If it lands on less, the partner whose stack has lesser clothespins wins both stacks. If the spinner
lands on more, the partner with more clothespins wins both stacks.
4. They continue to take turns, each accumulating clothespins.
5. When the time is up or the children decide to end the game, they snap together all the clothespins. They turn the spinner to see if the
person who has accumulated more or less clothespins is the winner.
Which Card Is Missing?
Objective: to identify missing number in a series of numbers
Materials: number cards with spots drawn on them (0-8)
Number of participants/players: small group
Procedure:
1. Put in order a set of number cards.
2. While child closes her eyes, hide one of the card and close up the gap.
3. Ask the child which one is missing.
Variation: Swap two cards around instead of hiding one or spread the cards out anyhow and then hide one.
Hand Game (concrete, up to quantities of 8)
Objective: to explore different combinations that make a given quantity
Materials: any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips, or sticks
Number of participants/players: small group
Procedure:
1. Children work in small groups.
2. Teacher gives each child a given quantity of sticks, in this case 8.
3. Children separate counters in different ways and verbalize the combinations that result.

Teacher says: Children say:

"Place seven sticks in your right hand." "None and eight is eight." or "Zero and eight is eight."
"Place one stick in your left hand." "One and seven is eight."
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Two and six is eight."
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Three and five is eight."
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Four and four is eight."
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Five and three is eight."
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Six and two is eight."
"Place one more stick in your left hand." “Seven and one is eight”
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Eight and none is eight." or "Eight and zero is eight."

Variation: CAVE GAME (concrete): The game proceeds as Hand Game but the position of hands is varied.
46
Measuring Strings
Objectives: to measure lengths using non standard tools
to compare lengths of objects
Materials: 5 lengths of string labeled with a colored dot on a strip of masking tape
5 objects marked along one edge with a length of masking tape and a letter
Number of participants/players: small group
Procedure:
1. Tell the children to take the strings and match them with the masking tape, trying to find the appropriate length of string to measure each
object.
2. The children make a record of which string matches each item.
3. Repeat the activity if you change the items to be measured. At the start measurements should be quite different but as the children gain
skill the measurements should become less differentiated, requiring more accurate measurements.

C. OTHER LANGUAGE ARTS ACTIVITIES

Listen to the Sound (for Meeting Time 2)

Objective: to identify medial sounds
Materials: none
Procedure:
1. Ask children to listen to the following set of words: man, can, ban
2. Point out that all these words have the same medial sound. This sound is /a/.
3. Tell them that you want them to listen carefully to each new set of words you say and then tell you what the medial sound is.
4. Finally, ask them to provide other words that have the same medial sound.
Ask them what medial sounds do they hear in each set of words:

Other set of words: cap, map, tap hot, pot, not

bet, let, set fin, sin, bin
Same and Different (Meeting Time 2)
Objective: identify medial sounds
Materials: none
Procedure:
1. Tell the class you will read out pairs of words. Ask them to listen carefully and tell you if the words have the same or different medial
sounds.
2. Read out each set of words. Ask the class to identify which word has a different medial sound.
man, can, pen
sam, Pam , him
set, met, fat
men, hen, fun
nag, lag, beg

Word Wall – CVC words

Letter Call Out

Same and Different

Objective: to identify words with the same medial sounds
Materials: CVC word cards with different medial sounds, category cards
Preparation:
1. Prepare pairs of picture cards. Some pairs should have the same medial sound while others should have different medial sounds.
2. Prepare two category cards and write the word SAME on one and DIFFERENT on the other.
Procedure:
1. Lay the category cards on the table
2. Show each pair of picture cards.
3. Ask children if the words have the same medial sound. . If they do, have them place the card under the category
card “SAME” . Let them identify the medial sound and give its corresponding letter name.
4. If the words don’t have the same medial sound, have them place the words under the category card ” DIFFERENT “.
5. Continue until all the words have been sorted.

47
Opposite Booklets
Objective: to identify words with opposite meanings
Materials: blank booklets
Number of participants/players: 6 - 8 children
Procedure:
1. Distribute blank booklets to children.
2. On each page, have them write words or draw pictures that show opposite meanings.
Find a Pair (opposite meanings)
Objective: to identify words with opposite meanings
Materials: word cards with opposite meanings
Number of participants/players: 4 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. Spread out words on the table.
2. Ask each child to pick out two words with opposite meanings.
3. Talk about these words. Have them practice using these words in a sentence.
4. Continue the game until all words with opposite meanings have been located.

Word Walls –CVC words

Objective: to identify medial sounds
Materials: manila paper, 1/8 strips of paper, marker
Number of participants/players: 6 - 8 children
Procedure:
1. Have children think of words containing a given word chunk or word family e. g – an words (pat, sat, cat)
2. Let them write each word on 1/8 sheet of paper.
3. Ask them to paste/glue this on the manila paper.
Literature-based: Story Mobile (refer to previous instructions)

Literature-based: Picture Walk

Title: Picture Walk
Objective: to tell stories in sequence
Materials/.preparation: Your book
Number of players/participants: Picture Walk sheet
Procedure: Crayons or markers

1. Write the title and author.

2. Think about how to retell the story in pictures.
3. Decide on three key events. They should retell the beginning, middle, and
ending.
4. Draw a picture for each event in the order they happened.

Source: Reading-Writing Connections

D. SONGS/RHYMES/ POEMS
Snap And Clap
Objectives: to count backward
to develop body coordination
to count in one-to-one correspondence
to develop a sense of rhythm
Materials: none
Number of players/participants: whole or small group
Procedure:
The children clap together in rhythm, counting forward, “One, two, three, four” and then snap their fingers counting backward, “four, three,
two, one.” Repeat this over and over again without losing a beat between the last clap and the first snap.
48
I Can Do Many Things PEHT – p.162
Sung to the tune of Bahay Kubo
BATANG MUNTI BISIG BALIKAT BUHOK
Ako’y batang munti Itong ating bisig Sukatan ng lakas Itong ating buhok
Na may laging mithi Matatag, makisig Ang ating balikat Tuwid man o kulot
Maganda ang ugali Kung magkakabigkis Kung may binubuhat Sa ulo ay suklob
Mabuti ang gawi Lahat makakamit Bagay na mabigat Pampagandang lubos
Kahit batang munti Dito sa daigdig Dito sumasadlak Kaloob ng Diyos
Everybody Do This
Everybody do this (do an action such as shaking one hand
or tapping one’s shoulder)
Do this, do this
Everybody do this
Just like this
Song is repeated each time a new action is done

E. INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES
Count And Turn
Objectives: to count in sequence
to develop body coordination
to develop a sense of rhythm
to count in one-to-one correspondence
Materials: none
Number of players/participants: whole or small group
Procedure:
1. The children stomp their feet as they count, throwing their arms up in the air to emphasize the last number in the sequence. The children
change directions without losing the beat, counting “one” as they turn.

One, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight

(turn) one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight
(turn) one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight….
People Counting Games (8)
Objectives: to count in sequence
to count in one-to-one correspondence
to develop body coordination
to develop a sense of rhythm
Materials: ball or jump rope
Number of players/participants: whole or small group
Procedure:
Bouncing ball/: “One, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight” (bounce a ball/ jump rope)
Jumping rope “one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight” (bounce a ball/ jump rope)
Circle Game (8)
Objectives: to count in sequence
to count in one-to-one correspondence
to develop body coordination
to solve problems
to predict outcomes
Materials: chairs for each player
Number of players/participants: 6 - 8 children
Procedure:
Children stand in a circle with their chairs behind them. One child is designated to start the counting, and this child wears a hat to clearly
delineate his or her from the others. The starter begins the counting and each child counts off in sequence. The child who says the last
number in the sequence sits down. The children go around and around the circle, skipping over those sitting down, until only one child is
left standing.
Repeat the activity exactly, starting with the same child and going in the same direction, using the same sequence, and neither adding nor
removing any children. Ask the children to predict who they think will be the last one standing.
49
Title: Body Letters
Objective: to be able to form letters through body simulations.
Materials: Letters of the Alphabet
Number of players/participants: 3-5 children in each group
Procedure:
1. Divide the class into groups of three to five students.
2. Assign each group a letter to form with their bodies. They might form the letter individually (each child forming it), or use the entire group to
form it, e.g., four children might lie on the floor to form letter E).

50
 KINDERGARTEN CLASS THIRD GRADING DAILY PLANS
WEEK 25: _____________________

Monday Tuesday Wednesday

CONTENT FOCUS: Our Community
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: A community is a place where a group of families live together. Message: There are different places in the community.
Question: What is a community? (Draw a web while students answer
the question) Question: What are the different places in our community?
Note: Choose 1-2 places in the community you will focus on each day (ex. school, hospital, church/mosque, police
station, fire station, municipal/barangay hall, store, market)
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: Building a Community Word Wall Teacher-Supervised: Walking Trip Around the Teacher-Supervised: Walking Trip Around the
Community Community
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Making a Trip Chart • Play dough • Block Play: Reconstruct place in the community visited
• Lacing Cards • Lacing Cards • Mga Katulong sa Pamayanan (PEHT 115)
• Word Sort (High Frequency Words) • Word Sort (High Frequency Words) • Drawing: This is my community.
• *Ang Pamayanan PEHT p.116 • Pick a Part • Pick a Part
• Writer’s Workshop • Upper and Lower Case Memory Game • Opposite Words Match

MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:

Question: What places have you gone to in our community? Introduce the poem “ All Around the Neighborhood “ Message: There are natural features in the community.
Play “ Blend a Word : There are plants, animals, mountains, rivers in our
Introduce the song “ It’s I Who Build the Community community.
Game: Which does not belong? (Medial Sound)
Poem: All Around the Neighborhood
Supervised Recess Supervised Recess Supervised Recess
STORY: Ang Pambihirang Sumbrero STORY: The Mayor’s Visit STORY: Si Eman
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Hand Game (connecting up to quantities of 8) Teacher-Supervised: Walking Trip Around the Teacher-Supervised: Hand Game (connecting; up to
Community quantities of 8)
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Block Play • Block Play • Block Play
• Comparing Quantities: A Game for Partners • Comparing Quantities: A Game for Partners • Find 8
• It’s A Match/Mixed Up Numbers (1-8) • It’s A Match/ Mixed Up Numbers (1-8) • 8 Concentration
• Number Snap/ Number Concentration (0-8) • Number Snap/ Number Concentration (1-8) • Number Snap/ Mixed Up Numbers (1-8)
• Call Out Game: Numbers (0-8) • Call Out Game: Numbers (0-8) • Number Cover All/ Call Out: Numbers (0-8)
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Head race INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Hide the Letter • INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Who’s the person (song
and riddle; Community Olympics
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

51
 THURSDAY FRIDAY NOTES
Message: There are different places in the community.

Questions: What are the different places in our community? What are each for? What do you find in these places.

Note: choose 1-2 places in the community you will focus on each day (ex. school, hospital, church/mosque, police station, fire
station, municipal/barangay hall, store, market)
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: Community Map Teacher-Supervised: cont … Community Map

Independent: Independent:
• Poster: At the _________________ • Poster: At the _____________
• Dramatic Play • Dramatic Play
• Who is the helper? /Where’s the place? • Who is the helper? /Where’s the place?
• Upper and Lower Case Memory Game • Three Sound Word Building
• Three Sound Word Building • Look, Say, Name Cover, Write Check
• Who are the people in the neighborhood? • Writer’s Workshop
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Questions: Who are the people who help us in the community? What do they do for us?
Poem: People Everywhere
Play “Which does not belong?”
Supervised Recess Supervised Recess
STORY: The Gingerbread Man STORY: Isang Dosenang Sapatos
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Lift the Bowl and Peek Thru the Wall Teacher-Supervised: Weighing and Comparing
(concrete; up to quantities of 8)
Independent: Independent:
• Block Play • Block Play
• Find 8/ 8 Concentration • Find 8/ 8 Concentration
• Go 8 • Go 8/ Draw 8
• Draw 8 • Number Snap/ Mixed Up Numbers (1-8)
• Number Snap/ Mixed Up Numbers (1-8) • Call Out: Numbers (0-8)
• Call Out: Numbers (0-8)
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: People in the neighborhood INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Word Writing Race
(PEHT p117)
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

52
APPENDIX: WEEK 25

SMALL GROUP ACTIVITIES

A. THEME-RELATED ACTIVITIES

Trip Chart: Our Community

Objectives: to recall what they have seen
to make a story of what they saw
to plan and organize
Materials : clean bond paper, pencil,
Number of players/participants: 1 – 6 children
Procedure: :
1. Give each child 5 pcs. of clean bond paper (teacher made format)
2. Assign each child a partner.
3. Ask the child to fold one bond paper into 2 (crosswise).
4. On the upper part of the paper tell the children to copy and fill-up the following (teacher can prepare format for children):

My name is ___________.
Today is __________ __________, 201____..
My partner is _____________.
We will leave at __:00 A.M.
We will be back by __:30 A.M.

5. During the tour, tell the children to bring at least 3 pieces of clean bond paper or teacher made format (shown below) and pencil.
Tell them to draw the things and people they saw in the community (play ground or plaza; church; barangay hall, health center;
etc.) on the corresponding column. (see sample below)

People Things

In the barangay hall

People Things

In the church

6. After the trip, tell the children to compile their drawings (people and things in the community).
7. Talk about the visit.

Poster: At The _________________ (feature different parts of the community)

Objective: to identify different areas in the community
Materials: manila paper crayons, pencil, art paper, marker
Number of players/participants: 4-6 children
Procedure:
1. Assign a group to make a poster of one place in the community you have visited.
2. Have them draw this place on ¼ size manila paper.
3. Then let them write a short description of the place they drew.
4. Paste their drawings on Manila paper.
53
Build a Community Word Wall
Objective: to recognize words related to the theme
Materials: sentence strips or index cards, scissors, masking tape, crayons, markers
Number of players/participants: small group or big group
Procedure:
1. Brainstorm with children on words they know that tell something about the community e.g. community helpers,
sidewalk, road signs, houses, river, etc.
2. Have them write these words on strips of construction paper.
3. Paste these words on a manila paper or on your bulletin board.

Note: As children progress through the unit, help them add more words to the Wall.

Who are the people in the neighborhood? (PEHT 117)

Objective: to identify the letter that represents the sound heard
Materials: manila paper or newspaper, cutout of stars, pictures of community helpers, bean bag or small object to toss.
Number of players /participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Draw a pathway on manila paper. Divide the paths into sections. Print the beginning letters of the community helpers in each
section.
2. Let the children recite:
Who are the people in the neighborhood?
In the neighborhood, in the neighborhood
Please tell me so, tell me so. (2 times)
3. Ask one child to toss the bean bag to any section of the path, then hop from the starting point to the letter where the bean bag fell.
4. While the child is hopping, let the children say:
What G (If the bag is on letter G) is one of the people in the neighborhood?
Please tell me so, tell me so. (2 times)
5. Ask the child on the path to name the community helper whose name begins with letter G.
Example: garbage collector
6. If the child gives the correct answer give him a star.
7. Repeat activity.
Community Helpers:
Barangay official garbage collector teacher
Doctor mailman policeman
Fireman nurse vendor
Street sweeper

Mga katulong sa Pamayanan (PEHT p. 115)

Ang Pamayanan (PEHT p. 116)

Where’s the Place?

Objective: to identify areas in the community
Materials: 3 pcs of 9” x 12” sheets of cardboard; Transparent plastic wrapper; Marking pens
Pictures of structures and places in the community (example: church, barangay hall, health center, school, plaza, etc.)
Number of players /participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Tape the sheets of cardboard together.
2. Draw /paste pictures on each one depicting different job environment.
3. Paste pictures of workers, tools, etc. on the small cardboard.
4. Cover with transparent plastic.

How to play:
- The child sorts the pictures under appropriate categories
- The children can paste the workers and tools on a specific job environment.

Variation: The children can tell something about the worker and the tool. They can also describe the job environment. They can also relate
their mother or father’s work and match them with the pictures of the workers.

Who is the helper?

Objective: to identify community helpers
Materials: community helpers board game and picture cards
Number of players /participants: small group

54
Procedure:
1. Let the children take turns reading the clues on the board.
2. Have them guess which community helper is being described in each section.
3. Ask them to pick out the appropriate picture card and place this on the box.

Variation: Use these cards to play:

a. “Go Fish. “”

How to play Go Fish:

1. Divide the group into pairs.
2. Each pair uses one set of cards.
3. Partners take turns requesting cards from each other, matching workers with needs and trying to get as many
pairs as possible.

b. Memory Game
How to play:
1. Lay cards facedown.
2. At each turn, player turns over two cards at a time to try to match needs with workers.

Pantomime
Objective: to show the different people and services rendered
Materials: none
Number of players/participants: 5 -7 children
Procedure
1. Tell the children to act out one community helper and the services he gives without talking or making sound.
2. Ask the other children of the group to identify what he/she is acting out.

B. OTHER MATH ACTIVITIES

Block Play: Places in My Community

Objectives: to explore the attributes of 3-dimensional or space figures
to demonstrate understanding of the relationship between figures
to build structures using blocks
Materials: table or floor blocks
Number of players/participants: 1-4 children
Procedure:
1. Children use table or floor blocks to build structures.
2. While building structures children are encouraged to talk about attributes of block (e.g. long/ short, heavy/light) and the relationship of each
block to another (e.g. 2 of these blocks make 1 of these blocks)
3. Children can also be encouraged to build structures based on the theme of the week (e.g. building homes, schools, establishments in the
community)

Number Cover All Game (0-8)

Objective: to match numerals
Materials: cover all boards, 2 sets of number cards, 0-8
Number of players/participants: 1- 4 children
Procedure:
1. Give each player a cover all board.
2. Players take turns to pick up a card from the deck.
3. If the number appears on their board they use this to cover the number up.
4. Continue until someone fills their board.
Variation: One person is a caller as in a call out game. She holds up the number cards and players have to shout out the name of the number in
order to claim it to put on their board.

Call Out Game: Number (0-8)

Objective: to match numerals
Materials: Call out card for each player, calling cards, tokens
Number of players/participants: 2 or more children
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a call out card (numerals).
2. Assign a child to call out what is written on calling cards.
3. First one to cover all spaces wins. If players go through all the cards without reaching call out, they should reshuffle the cards, then turn them
face down again and continue playing until someone has won.

55
Number Concentration (0-8)
Objective: to match numerals
Materials: 2 sets of number cards 0-8
Number of players/ participants: 2 - 4 children
Procedure:
1. Lay the cards down, either in rows or just anyhow.
2. Take turns turning over 2 cards.
3. If the cards match, you win them. If not, turn them face down again.
4. Player with most number of cards win.

It’s A Match
Objective: to match numeral to set of objects/ dots
Materials: one set of cards with numerals 0 -8,
one set of cards with dots (corresponding to the numerals)
Number of players/participants: pairs or small group
Procedure:
1. Place the numeral cards face down in a box.
2. Place the corresponding dot pattern cards in the chalk tray.
3. Call on a child to get a card form the box and place it over the equivalent card in the chalk tray.
4. If correct, the child may choose the next player.

Mixed Up Numbers
Objectives: to read and recognize number words
to recognize the sequence of numbers
Materials: vocabulary cards of number words (1-8)
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Place the word cards at random in the chalk tray.
2. Ask the children to say each word with you.
3. Ask the children to help you place them in correct sequence.
4. Tell the children to hide their eyes while a mischievous kitten (you) comes and change the order of the cards.
5. The children close their eyes and lower their heads on their desk.
6. The teacher switches cards and then calls on a pupil to return them to the correct places.

Variation: Distribute the cards to the children. Call one of the word names. A child with the corresponding card is invited to stand.
“Neighbors” whose numbers are one less or one more than this child’s card, are then invited to join in. Continue until all are
standing in the appropriate number.

Comparing Numbers – A Game For Partners

Objective: to compare quantities
Materials: clothespins, small card numbers, more/less spinner
Number of players/participants: 3 pairs
Procedure:
1. Each player draws a numeral card from a pile of cards.
2. They each build the appropriate clothespin stack to match their cards.
3. One child turns the more/less spinner. If it lands on less, the partner whose stack has lesser clothespins wins both stacks. If the
spinner lands on more, the partner with more clothespins wins both stacks.
4. They continue to take turns, each accumulating clothespins.
5. When the time is up or the children decide to end the game, they snap together all the clothespins. They turn the spinner to see if the
person who has accumulated more or less clothespins is the winner.

Hand game (connecting level up to quantities of 8)

Objective: to explore different combinations that make a given quantity
Materials: any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips, or sticks
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Children work in small groups.
2. Teacher gives each child a given quantity of sticks, in this case 8.
3. Children separate counters in different ways and verbalize the combinations that result.

56
 Teacher says: Children say: Teacher places these cards on the
Hand Game counting board
"Place eight sticks in your right hand." "None and eight is eight." or
"Zero and eight is eight." 0 8
"Place one stick in your left hand." "One and seven is eight."
1 7
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Two and six is eight."
2 6
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Three and five is eight."
3 5
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Four and four is eight."
4 4
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Five and three is eight."
5 3
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Six and two is eight."
6 2
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Seven and one is eight."
7 1
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Eight and none is eight." or "Eight
and zero is eight" 8 0

Variation: CAVE GAME: The game proceeds as Hand Game but the position of hands is varied.

Lift the bowl (concrete, up to quantities of 8)

Objective: to explore different combinations that make a given quantity
Materials: bowl or cup, any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips, or sticks
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Game proceeds as Hand Game but bowls are used for separating quantities.

Teacher says: Children say:

"Place seven blocks under the bowl." "None and eight is eight." or "Zero and eight is eight."

"Place six block under the bowl." "One and seven is eight."

"Place five blocks under the bowl." "Two and six is eight."

"Place four blocks under the bowl." "Three and five is eight."

"Place three block under the bowl." "Four and four is eight."

"Place two blocks under the bowl." "Five and three is eight."

"Place one block under the bowl." "Six and two is eight."

"Place no blocks under the bowl." "Seven and one is eight."

"Place no blocks under the bowl." "Eight and none is eight." or "Eight and zero is eight"

Peek Thru the Wall (concrete, up to quantities of 8)

Objective: to explore different combinations that make a given quantity
Materials: a wall made of plastic with tape around the edges, any kind of counters
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Game proceeds as Hand Game but walls are used for separating quantities.
57
 Teacher says: Children say:
‘Wall off eight blocks” "None and eight is eight." or "Zero and eight is eight."

“Wall off seven blocks.” "One and seven is eight."

“Wall off six blocks.” "Two and six is eight."

“Wall off five blocks.” "Three and five is eight."

“Wall off four blocks.” "Four and four is eight."

“Wall off three blocks.” "Five and three is eight."

“Wall off two blocks.” "Six and two is eight."

“Wall off one blocks.” "Seven and one is eight."

“Wall off no blocks.” "Eight and none is eight." or "Eight and zero is eight"

Find 8
Objective: to explore different combinations that make 8
Materials: 4 sets of numeral cards 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8
Number of players/participants: 1- 4 children
Procedure:
1. All cards are dealt. Last card is turned face up. Each player keeps the cards dealt to him in a stack, face-down, without looking at
them.
2. By turns, players turn over the top card of his stack. If this card can be used with one on the table to make a total of 8, the player can
take it and keep the pair. If there are no cards that can be used, he has to discard his card in the middle of the table, face up.
3. The player who collects the most number of pairs wins.

8 Concentration
Objective: to explore different combinations that make 8
Materials: 4 sets of numeral cards 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8
Number of players/participants: 1- 4 children
Procedure:
1. Sixteen cards are placed in the middle of the table, face down, in a 4 x 4 arrangement. The remaining cards are placed face-down in
a stack.
2. The players take turns turning over two cards, trying to turn a pair that totals 8. If a pair can be made, the player keeps it and
continues to play as long as he is successful. If he is not successful, he returns the two cards to their original face-down positions and
replaces any cards he took with new ones from the deck.
3. With 16 face-down cards on the table, the turn passes to the next player to the left.
4. The person who collects the greatest number of pairs is the winner.

Variation: This game can be varied by increasing the number of cards placed on the table. A 5 x 5 or 6 x 6

Draw 8
Objective: to explore different combinations that make 8
Materials: 4 sets of numeral cards (0 –8)
Number of players/participants: 3- 5 children
Procedure:
1. One card is drawn from the deck and is set aside throughout the game, so that there will be an odd card without a mate at the end of
the game. All the other cards are dealt.
2. Each player goes through the cards received trying to find pairs that make 8. All the pairs thus made are discarded in the middle of the
table.
3. The players then take turns, each holding her cards like a fan and letting the person to her left draw one of them without looking at
them. If the person who draws the card can use it to make 8 with one of the cards in her hand, she discards the pair in the middle of
the table. If she cannot use it, she has to keep it. She then holds all her cards like a fan so that the person to her left can draw one of
them by chance.
4. Play continues until one person is left holding the odd card and loses the game.

58
Go 8
Objective: to explore different combinations that make 8
Materials: 4 sets of numeral cards (0-8)
Number of players/participants: 1- 4 children
Procedure:
1. All the cards are dealt.
2. The players take turns asking specific people for specific cards in a way similar to the card game Go Fish. For example, John may
say to Carol, Do you have a 1?" If Carol has a 1, she has to give it up to John. John then lays this 1 and a 7 in front of himself, face
up. A player can continue asking for a card as long as he gets the card he requested. If he does not get the card he asked for, the turn
passes to the person who said, "I don't have it."
3. The person who makes the greatest number of pairs is the winner.
Number Snap
Objective: to match numerals
Materials: 3 sets of number cards 0-8
Number of players/ participants: 2 – 4 children
Procedure:
1. Shuffle and deal the cards.
2. The players take turns in turning over their top card.
3. If two matching cards are turned over, the first player to shout "snap" wins both the piles concerned.
4. Continue until only one player is left.
Variation: Make a set of cards with the numbers shown in different ways.
Weighing and Comparing
Objectives: to weigh and compare objects according to their mass
to arrange objects according to their mass
Materials: common objects to be weighed; scale (made of milk carton or small box and rubber band), paper
Number of players/ participants: 2-4 children
Procedure:
1. The children select three items to weigh on the milk carton scale. As each item is weighed, they record the name of the item on the
paper behind the scale on a line with the bottom of the milk carton.
2. When they finish, they have recorded the three items in order from lightest to heaviest on their paper.
3. Other children can check this by repeating the experiment and signing their name indicating if they agree or disagree.
C. OTHER LANGUAGE ARTS ACTIVITIES
Which Does Not Belong? (Meeting Time 2)
Objective: to recognize/identify different medial sounds
Materials: set of words with different medial sounds
Number of players/ participants: big group
Procedure:
1. Ask children to listen carefully to the words you are going to say. Have them identify the word that has a different medial sound as the
rest.
2. Slowly say “man, ten, bat". Ask “What is the first sound that you hear in the first word? in the second word? in the third Which word
has a different medial sounds? “
3. Repeat the procedure using other sets of words.
cake, lake, bike
ban can, pin
cone, lone, mine
pet, met. fan
mine, line, cane
Blend a Word (Meeting Time 2)
Objective: to blend sounds orally
Materials: set of words
Number of players/ participants: big group
Procedure:
1. Say “ Im going to say a word very slowly, sound by sound. Then I’ll say the word a bit faster. Finally I’ll say the word the way it is
usually said. For example, if I hear the word parts /m/ /a/ /t/, I can blend them together like this: “ mmmmaaaat, mmaat, mat “
Initial words to blend: mat, sat, fat, rat
Sam, fan, let, men
Note: Begin with CVC words that start with continuous sounds such as m, s, l, r.
To help children visually note when you change from sound to sound as you blend the word, add movements. For example, you might
move your hands from right to left as you change from sound to sound.

59
Word Sort (High Frequency Words) – refer to instructions in Weeks 23-24.

Pick a Part
Objective: to blend 3-letter sounds
Materials: individual letter cards, word segment cards, any box or plastic container
Number of players/ participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Place the individual consonant letter cards into one bowl. Put the word segment cards (an, ap, at) into another bowl. Take turns
drawing one card from each bowl. If you can make a real word with your cards, keep them. If you can’t, return them. Cooperate to
make as many real words as you both can.

Upper and Lower Case Memory Game (played like Letter Memory Game only but this time involving matching
upper and lower case letters

Opposite Words Match (refer to instructions in Week 24)

Three Sound Word Building

Objective: to blend 3-4 letter sounds to form a word
Materials: letter cards
Number of players/participants: 8-10 children
Procedure:
1. Lay out the letters for the child to blend.
2. Have her blend each word.
3. After all letter cards have been placed, have her say each sound as you point to its letters in sequence. Once all the letters have been
placed, have her map the word on a piece of lined paper. When mapping she should say one sound at a time as she writes the letter.
Mapping should be clear, concise, and completely segmented.
Look, Say Name Cover Write Check
Objective: to read and write high frequency words
Materials: high frequency words
Number of players/participants: 8 – 10 children
Procedure
1. Distribute one word card to each student.
2. Have the children look at their cards, read it, name the letters of the word.
3. Ask them to turn over the word so the word cannot be seen.
4. Let them turn their cards again to show the word and check it against what they wrote.
D. STORIES
Ang Pambihirang Sombrero

Unlocking of difficulties: naghalungkat, baul, kandelabra, palamutian

Questions before reading:

- Ano ang ginagamit ninyong panangga kapag mainit ang araw habang kayo ay naglalakad sa labas?
- Bakit kaya kakaiba ang sombrero sa ating kwento?
Questions after reading:
- Ano ang hilig ni Mia? Ano ang kanyang nakita sa baul ng kanyang Lola?
- Ano-anong lugar ang pinuntahan ni Mia?
- Bakit kakaiba ang sombrero ni Mia?
- Kung ikaw si Mia, ano ang iyong mararamdaman ? Bakit?

The Mayor’s Visit

Questions before reading:

- What do mayors do?
- Why did the Mayor visit the school?
Questions after reading?
- What does the principal advise her teachers and pupils?
- What tools do they use in cleaning the school?
- What was the impression of the visitors?
- What was the prize received by the school?
- As a student, how can you help your school maintain cleanliness?
60
Si Eman (PEHT page 200-202)
Questions before reading:
- Nakasama ka na bang mamasyal ng iyong pamilya?
- Saan ba namamasyal ang pamilya?
Questions after reading:
- Ano ang ginawa ng mag-anak isang araw?
- Ano ang nangyari habang namamasyal ang mag-anak?
- Saan niya natagpuan ang kanyang Tatay at Nanay? Bakit?
- Kung ikaw si Eman, magtatampo ka ba sa iyong Tatay at Nanay dahil ikaw ay naiwan? Bakit?
- Anu-ano ang magagandang katangian ng Tatay ni Eman?
- Kanino siya nagsori? Nagpasalamat?
- Tama ba ang ginawa ng Tatay ni Eman na magsori sa kanya? Bakit?
The Gingerbread Man
Questions before reading:
- Do you know the story about Gingerbread Man?
- What is your idea on why we call him a gingerbread man?
Questions after reading:
- What happened to the gingerbread boy?
- What should the gingerbread boy have done?
RHYMES/POEMS/SONGS
THE Carpenter (PEHT 164) It’s I Who Build Community
This is the way he saws the wood It’s I, it’s I, It’s I who build community
(right hand saws left palm) It’s I, it’s I, it’s I who build community
Sawing, sawing, sawing It’s I, it’s I, it’s I who build community
This is the way he nails a nail It’s I … It’s I …, it’s I who build community.
(pound right fist on left palm)
Nailing, nailing, nailing Roll over the ocean, roll over the sea
This is the way he paints the house Roll over the ocean in the deep blue sea,
(right hand paints left palm) Roll over the ocean, roll over the sea
Painting, painting, painting Roll over the ocean in the deep blue sea.
Five Police Officers (PEHT 165) All Around the Neighborhood (Poem)

Five strong Police Officers standing by a store, All around the neighborhood,
(hold up one hand) People help each other.
One became a traffic cop, then there were four. The driver on the bus,
(hold up four fingers) Helps a girl and her mother.
Four strong Officers watching over me,
One took a lost boy home, then there were three The girl and her mother,
(hold up three fingers) See the butcher for meat.
Three strong Officers all dressed in blue, The butcher gives a letter,
One stopped a speeding car and then there were two. To the carrier down the street.
(hold up two fingers)
Two strong Police Officers, how fast they can run, The carrier asks the barber,
One caught a bad man and then there was one. To trim his mustache.
(hold up one finger) The barber sweeps the hair up,
One strong Police Officer saw a smoke one day, And puts out all the trash.
He called a firefighter who put it out right away.
The trash collector stops,
When a fire truck clangs its bell.
Firefighters join the police,
Who make sure all is well.

All around the neighborhood,

There's lots that people do.
All around the neighborhood,
Who helps you?
In your own little way you can help too
Clean the environment
Take care of plants and animals around you
Be responsible in everything you do.
61
 People Everywhere (Poem) Magwalis
Who are the people I see everyday?
Magwalis, magwalis
The people who work all around me?
Upang paligid ay malinis
I see them always, here and there
Walisin, walisin
There are people everywhere.
Lahat ng kalat natin.
Who are these people, these people shall I see?
Those people that I see
Coming to and fro, here and there
There are people everywhere.
Where do they go to work everyday?
The people going to and fro
Wearing a rainbow of uniforms here and suits there
There are people everywhere.

The doctor, the postman and the baker too

The teacher, the firefighter and the police officer with you
They are always here and there
They are the people everywhere.

E. INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES
Head race
Materials: balloons or books or balls
Number of players/participants: small to large groups
Procedure :
1. Organize players so that they’re into pairs and each team receives a partially inflated balloon.
2. When the game starts, teams must race to a finish line carrying a balloon between their heads (a book or ball), remember don’t
use your hands.
3. On hot days try it with water balloons or through a sprinkler.
4. You can even try an obstacle course.
Hide the Letter Game
Materials: flash cards (3” x 5”) of community words
Number of players/participants: 10 and more children
Procedure:
1. Divide the children into 2 or 3 groups.
2. Ask the group to identify the letter to be flashed by the teacher.
3. Cover first letter of a word (related to community) in a “3 x 5” flash card.
4. Ask for the class to read the text again and see if they can guess the missing letter. Ask them to say the sound of the beginning letter.
If they guess the missing letter and able to say the letter sound correctly. Then ask them to read again the word aloud.
5. The first group to say the letter sound correctly wins a point. Another point for the group to read and say the word correctly.
Who’s the person (song and riddle)
(to the tune of “where is thumbman?”)
Who’s that person, who’s that person?
Teaching in the school, teaching in the school
Writing on the blackboard, writing on the blackboard
Who is it, who is it?
Who’s that person, who’s that person?
Baking the bread, baking the bread
Working in a bakery, working in a bakery
Who is it, who is it?
Who’s that person, who’s that person?
Keeping us safe, keeping us safe
Catching the criminals, catching the criminals
Who is it, who is it?
Who’s that person, who’s that person?
Keeping us well, keeping us well
He treats us when we’re sick, he treats us when we’re sick
Who is it, who is it?
62
Community Olympics
Materials: pictures of community places
Number of players/participants: 8 – 10 children
Procedure:
1. Divide the group into teams of 8-10 players and give each team pictures of community places. Each team will complete several series
of different relays using their picture card. Here are some ideas for those relays.
• The picture under their armpit and hopping on one leg down a field and back.
• Place the picture card between the knees and hop down a field and back.
• Two teammates tossing the card and forth down the field and back.
• Place the card on the ground and each teammate must roll across the card.
• Teammates line up in leapfrog formation and first player hops over players while holding card and then tosses card to next
player in line to do the same.
• After the game, talk about and ask them who and where they will go of the actions they played. What do people in the
community do in this places.

Word Writing Race

Divide children into two teams. Have them stand in 2 rows behind a starting line. Write or post words about community and services
in the community on the board. Stand back and call out the word. Each child on each team gets a chance to race to the board. The
first team to circle the letter called out gets a point. The two children who raced go to the back of the line and those now in front do the
next race.

63
 KINDERGARTEN CLASS THIRD GRADING DAILY PLANS
WEEK 26:_____________________

Monday Tuesday Wednesday

CONTENT FOCUS: Plants in the Community
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: There are different kinds of plants in the community Message: Plants help us in many ways. Plants have different parts. Each plant part can be used in different ways.
Question: What kinds of plants do you see in the community? Questions: How do plants help people?
What are the parts of plants? How do people use each plant part?
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: Target Letter : Kk Letter Poster Teacher-Supervised: Walking Trip Teacher-Supervised: Let’s Write Kk

Independent: Independent: Independent:

• Trip Chart • Letter K Designs • Poster: Things We Get from Plants
• Letter Mosaic • Puzzle – Plant Parts • Leaf Patterns
• Lo Look, Say, Name, Cover, Write, Check • Leaf Patterns • Flowers for You ( PEHT 103-105)
• Word Concentration • Flowers for You ( PEHT 103-105) • Memory Game: Plant Parts
• Memory Game: Plant Parts • Letter K Designs
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
What kinds of plants did you see? How are plants different? What things in the classroom and outside are made from plants? What parts of plants can be eaten?
How are they the same? (classify plants: with & without
flowers; with & without fruits) Song: The Seed Cycle
Song: Old McDonald Had a Box Gulay ay Kailangan Game: Put It Together - onset and rime
Supervised Recess Supervised Recess Supervised Recess
STORY: Let as plant trees STORY: Cindy Spider STORY: The Giving Tree
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Walking Trip Teacher-Supervised: Lift the Bowl (connecting; up to quantities of 8) Teacher-Supervised: Pictographs: My Favorite Fruit (four groups)
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Block Play • Block Play • Block Play
• Playdough Numerals • Playdough Numerals • Subtraction Cards (2-8)
• Go 8 • Go 8 • Call Out Game: Addition/Subtraction (0-8)
• Draw 8 • Draw 8 • Go 5/ Draw 5/ Find 5/ 5 Concentration
• Find 8/ 8 Concentration • Find 8/ 8 Concentration • Writing Numerals (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8)
• It’s A Match/ Mixed Up Numbers (1-8) • It’s a Match/ Mixed Up Numbers (1-8) • Hand Game/Lift the Bowl worksheets (quantities of 8)
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: One Potato (PEHT p.231) INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Potato Carrier’s Relay INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: The Falling Leaves

MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

64
 THURSDAY FRIDAY NOTES
Message: Plants have many needs. All plants need Message: We care for plants in different ways.
water and sunlight. Some plants need soil. (Some plants grow in the wild and don’t need to be cared for.)
Questions: What do plants need? Do all plants need the Question: How do people care for plants?
same things? Why? Resource person (ex. farmer) talks about how to care for plants
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: Teacher-Supervised: Poster: How do we take care for plants?
• Poster: Plants need …
• Seeds Around Us
Independent: Independent:
• Flower Cut-outs (PEHT p118) • Flower Cut-outs (PEHT p118)
• Printing (PEHT p105) • Printing (PEHT p105)
• Story Banner • Seeds Around Us
• Drawing: My Favorite Plant • Playdough
• Playdough • Drawing: My Favorite Plant?
• Writer’s Workshop
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
What happens to plants if they don’t get enough water or What do you think will happen to the environment if all the
sunlight? plants died because we did not take care of them? or what do
you think will happen if you take care of plants very well?
Eight Green Speckled Frogs Ating Alagaan (Likas na Yaman) PEHT p.179
Eight Little Monkeys Farm Chores (Peht P.163)
Eight Little Fish
Supervised Recess Supervised Recess
STORY: Mayroon Akong Alagang Puno STORY: Ang Huling Puno
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Hand game (up to quantities of 8; Teacher-Supervised: Lift the bowl (up to quantities of 8; writing
writing number sentences) number sentences)
Independent: Independent:
• Block Play • Block Play
• Counting Boards (quantities of 8) • Counting Boards (quantities of 8)
• Subtraction Cards (2-8) • Subtraction Cards (2-8)
• Call Out Game: Addition/ Subtraction (0-8) • Call Out Game: Addition/ Subtraction (0-8)
• Go 8/ Draw 8/ Find 8/ 8 Concentration • Go 8/ Draw 8/ Find 8/ 8 Concentration
• Writing Numerals (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8)
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Potato and Spoon INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Potato Carrier’s Relay
Relay
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

65
APPENDIX: WEEK 26

A. THEME-RELATED ACTIVITIES

Walking Trip
Objective: to classify plants
Materials: Community Surroundings
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. The class will visit different places in the neighborhood.
2. Children draw or write down all the plants they see.
3. When the class is back in the classroom the children talk about similarities and differences between the different plants they have seen.
4. Enumerate and identify the plants.

Poster: Things We Get from Plants

Objective: to identify things we can get from plants
Materials: manila paper, 1/8 construction or newsprint, crayons
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Have children draw different kinds of plants on the manila paper.
2. Then, ask children to draw different things we can get from plants on 1/8 construction or newsprint.
3. Have them paste their drawings on the manila paper.

Plants Mobile
Objective: to identify needs of plants
Materials: cut-out of a big plant, cut-out of circles, crayons or markers
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Make a 3-D model of a plant.
2. Put a hole on top of it.
3. Have children draw different things that plants need to grow on the shape cut-outs.
4. Then let them thread a piece of string through the hole at the top of each shape and tie a knot.
5. Tie the string into the plant model.

Matching Cards
Objective: to match word-picture of plants
Materials: Word Cards, large picture or drawing of a tree
Number of players/participants: 5 groups of children
Procedure:
1. Teacher places a large picture of a tree on the board and places word cards (branch, leaves, flower, roots, fruits, stem) on the chalk board
ledge.
2. Teacher calls on volunteers to identify parts of the tree and match the word cards to each part.

Puzzle (Plant Parts)

Objective: to organize the plant parts in puzzle
Materials: Plant Parts picture (horizontally, vertically cut)
Number of players/participants: Individual
Procedure:
1. Teacher provides puzzle of pieces to different plants which children try to put together.

Seeds Around Us (PEHT p. 112-113)

Objective: to classify seeds based on their characteristics
Materials: Seeds of different kinds
Directions:
1. Ask children to bring different kinds of seeds.
Examples: mango, guava, santol, jackfruit, tamarind, avocado, squash, peanut, beans, mongo, corn and butong pakwan.
2. Put the seeds in a tray or any wide-mouthed container.
3. Let the children group the seeds, according to size, shape, color.

66
Flower For You (PEHT 103-105)
Objective: to develop fine motor coordination
Materials: old glossy colored magazines or art paper
Number of players/participants: 8 – 10 children
Procedure:
1. Give each pupil a square-shape of glossy colored magazine or art paper.
2. Fold in half to make a triangle.
3. Fold up diagonally from a bottom point beyond the center.
4. Fold up the other side in the same manner.
5. Turn upside down and fold in the other side.
6. Fold inside corner just formed.
7. Turn over the completed tulip.
For the stem:
1. Cut 6” squares into quarter lengthwise. Each strip makes one stem. Give one to each pupil.
2. Fold lengthwise in half.
3. Fold in half again.
4. Combine two leaves.
5. Do many flowers you want and give to your parents.
See Seeds Grow (PEHT p. 112)
Objective: to identify what plants need In order to grow
Materials: plastic cups, tissue paper, water and mongo seeds
Number of players/participants: 8 – 10 children
Procedure:
1. Group the class by 5s.
2. Have each group :
- Place a wad of moistened tissue paper in a plastic cup.
- Put about 10 pieces of mongo seeds on top of the tissue paper.
- Place the cup in different places of the room.
Examples: in a dark corner, on the window sill.
Printing (PEHT p105)
Objective: to show one’s creativity
Materials: spool, bottle caps, leaves, cork, a piece of woven material, water color or dye, white paper, newspaper
Number of players/participants: 8 – 10 children
Procedure:
1. Give each child a white paper.
2. Let the child select the materials for printing (example: spool).
3. Place sheet of newspaper under the paper to be printed. Have another sheet of paper on which to try the design and to ascertain whether
or not too much water color or dye is being used.
4. Cover the surface of the spool with water color and make a trial print on the other sheet of paper to eliminate excess color. One or two
prints may be tried so that too much water color is not being used.
5. Start printing.
6. Several different colors may be applied. If these colors are also applied to different areas of the spool, interesting prints may result.
Flower Cutouts (PEHT p118)
Objective: to show one’s creativity
Materials: crayon, bond paper, scissors, paste
Number of players/participants: 8 – 10 children
Procedure:
1. Prepare flower templates.
2. Children make pattern of dots using crayons on a ¼ size bond paper.
3. Vary the sizes and colors of the dots.
4. Trace the flower template on the dot pattern.
5. Cut-out the flower, arrange them on a bond paper and paste.
B. OTHER MATH ACTIVITIES
Block Play: Places in the Community
Objectives: to explore the attributes of 3-dimensional or space figures
to determine understanding of the relationship between figures
to build structures using blocks
Materials: table or floor blocks
Number of players/participants: 1- 4 children
67
Procedure:
1. Children use table or floor blocks to build structures.
2. While building structures children are encouraged to talk about attributes of block (e.g. long/ short, heavy/light) and the relationship of
each block to another (e.g. 2 of these blocks make 1 of these blocks)
3. Children can also be encouraged to build structures based on the theme of the week (e.g. building homes, schools, establishments in the
community)
Playdough Numerals (0-8)
Objective: to identify the numerals 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8
Materials: playdough
Number of players/participants: 6 children
Procedure:
1. Give each child a medium-sized ball of playdough.
2. Let them form the numerals 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8.
3. Then ask each child to create the number of objects for each numeral. (Example: 2 hearts – numeral 2).

Writing Numerals (0,1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8)

Objective: to write numerals
Materials: lined paper (blue-red-blue lines), numeral cards
Preparation: Draw the numerals on a piece of card board. The first part of the numeral is drawn with the purple crayon
and the second part with green. The purple and green marks will help children determine which stroke to do first.
Number of players/participants: 1-6 children
Procedure:
1. Provide each child with numeral cards and lined paper.
2. Let each child practice writing the numerals on lined paper.

It’s A Match
Objective: to match numeral to set of objects/ dots
Materials: one set of cards with numerals – 0 -8
one set of cards with dots (corresponding to the numerals)
Number of players/participants: pairs or small group
Procedure:
1. Place the numeral cards face down in a box.
2. Place the corresponding dot pattern cards in the chalk tray.
3. Call on a child to get a card from the box and place it over the equivalent card in the chalk tray.
4. If correct, the child may choose the next player

Mixed Up Numbers
Objectives: to read and recognize number words
to recognize the sequence of numbers
Materials: vocabulary cards of number words (1-8)
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Place the word cards at random in the chalk tray.
2. Ask the students to say each word with you.
3. Ask the children to help you place them in correct sequence.
4. Tell the children to hide their eyes while a mischievous kitten (you) comes and change the order of the cards.
5. The children close their eyes and lower their heads on their desk.
6. The teacher switches cards and then calls on a pupil to return them to the correct places.
Variation: Distribute the cards to the children. Call one of the word names. A student with the corresponding card is invited to stand.
“Neighbors” – those whose numbers are one less or one more than this child’s – are then invited to join in. Continue until all are
standing in the appropriate number.
Draw 8
Objective: to explore different combinations that make 8
Materials: 4 sets of numeral cards (0 –8)
Number of players/participants: 3-5 children
Procedure:
1. One card is drawn from the deck and is set aside throughout the game so that there will be an odd card without a mate at the end of the
game. All the other cards are dealt.
2. Each player goes through the cards received trying to find pairs that make 8. All the pairs thus made are discarded in the middle of the
table.
68
 3. The players then take turns, each holding her cards like a fan and letting the child to her left draw one of them without looking at them. If
the child who draws the card can use it to make 8 with one of the cards in her hand, she discards the pair in the middle of the table. If she
cannot use it, she has to keep it. She then holds all her cards like a fan so that the child to her left can draw one of them by chance.
4. Play continues until one child is left holding the odd card and loses the game.

8 Concentration
Objective: to explore different combinations that make 8
Materials: 4 sets of numeral cards (0-8)
Number of players/participants: 1-4 children
Procedure:
1. Sixteen cards are placed in the middle of the table, face down, in a 4 x 4 arrangement. The remaining cards are placed faced-down in a
stack.
2. The players take turns turning over two cards, trying to turn a pair that totals 8. If a pair can be made, the player keeps it and continues to
play as long as he is successful. If he is not successful, he returns the two cards to their original face-down positions and replaces any
cards he took with new ones from the deck.
3. With 16 face-down cards on the table, the turn passes to the next player to the left.
4. The person who collects the greatest number of pairs is the winner.

Find 8
Objective: to collect pairs of cards
Materials: 4 sets of numeral cards (0-5)
Number of players/participants: 3-5 children
Procedure:
1. All cards are dealt. Last card is turned face up. Each player keeps the cards dealt to him in a stack, face-down, without looking at them.
2. By turns, players turn over the top card of his stack. If this card can be used with one on the table to make a total of 5, the player can take
it and keep the pair. If there are no cards that can be used, he has to discard his card in the middle of the table, face up.
3. The player who collects the most number of pairs wins.

Go 8
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes 8
Materials: 4 sets of numeral cards (0-8)
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. All the cards are dealt.
2. The players take turns asking specific people for specific cards in a way similar to the card game Go Fish. For example, John may say to
Carol, “Do you have a 1?" If Carol has a 1, she has to give it up to John. John then lays this 1 and a 7 in front of himself, face up.
A player can continue asking for a card as long as he gets the card he requested. If he does not get the card he asked for, the turn passes
to the person who said, "I don't have it."
3. The person who makes the greatest number of pairs is the winner.

Subtraction Cards
Objective: to subtract quantities up to 8
Materials: subtraction cards, counters
Number of players/participants: 1-4 children
Procedure:
1. Teacher reads the total on the card, in this case 8.
2. Children get 8 counters.
3. Teacher says "take away one" while lifting the right hand flip.
4. Children take away 1 counter, count remaining counters and say "seven".
5. Teacher shows the group the seven remaining dots on the subtraction card.

Call Out: Addition (up to quantities of 8)

Objective: to match an addition fact with its correct sum
Materials: call out card for each player calling cards tokens
Number of players/participants: 1-4 children
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a call out card.
2. Assign a student to call out what is written on calling cards.
3. First one to cover all spaces wins. If players go through all the cards without reaching Call out, they should reshuffle the cards, then turn
them face down again and continue playing until someone has won.

69
Call Out: Subtraction (up to quantities of 8)
Objective: to practice subtraction up to quantities of 8
Materials: call out card for each player, calling cards, tokens
Number of players/participants: 1-4 children
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a call out card.
2. Assign a student to call out what is written on calling cards.
3. First one to cover all spaces wins. If players go through all the cards without reaching call out, they should reshuffle the cards, then turn
them face down again and continue playing until someone has won.
Counting Boards (concrete, up to quantities of 8)
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes a given quantity
Materials: counting boards & counters (example: webs & spiders, rivers & fish, stores &
hats, tables & chairs, sinks & plates)
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Give each child one counting board.
2. Have the children take the number of counters being worked with for the day and decide what they want to represent.
3. Take turns in telling a story to go with the counters.
Ex: Three fish were swimming. Three more came. That makes six fish swimming.
I saw seven mangoes in the tree. I climbed the tree and got two mangoes. Five mangoes were left.
Lift The Bowl (connecting, up to quantities of 8)
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes a given quantity
Materials: bowl or cup, any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips, or sticks
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
Game proceeds as Hand Game but bowls are used for separating quantities.
Teacher says: Children say: Teacher places these cards on the Lift the Bowl counting board
"Place eight blocks under the bowl." "None and eight is eight." or 0
"Zero and eight is eight."

"Place one block on the bowl." "One and seven is eight."

1

"Place two blocks on the bowl." "Two and six is eight."

2

"Place three blocks on the bowl." "Three and five is eight."

3

"Place four blocks on the bowl." "Four and four is eight." 4

Continue until you reach…

"Place eight blocks on the bowl." "Eight and none is eight." or "Eight and 8
zero is eight."
0

Hand Game (symbolic, up to quantities of 8)

Objective: to explore different combinations that makes a given quantity
Materials: any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips or sticks, numeral cards, work mats
Number of players/participants: 8 children
70
Procedure:
1. Children work in small groups.
2. Teacher gives each child a given quantity of sticks, for example 3.
3. Children separate counters in different ways and verbalize the combinations that result.
4. Children write a number sentence to represent number combinations.
Teacher says: Children say: Children write:
"Place eight sticks in your right hand." "None and eight is eight." or 0+8=8
"Zero and eight is eight."
"Place one stick in your left hand." "One and seven is eight." 1+7=8
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Two and six is eight." 2+6=8
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Three and five is eight." 3+5=8
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Four and four is eight." 4+4=8
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Five and three is eight." 5+3=8
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Six and two is eight." 6+2=8
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Seven and one is eight." 7+1=8
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Eight and none is eight." or 8+0=8
"Eight and zero is eight"

After 1 round children can be introduced to the word PLUS. “Instead of using the word AND I’d like you to use the word PLUS instead.
PLUS means put two groups of objects together.”

Lift The Bowl (symbolic; up to quantities of 8)

Objective: to explore different combinations that makes a given quantity
Materials: bowl or cup, or any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips, or sticks
Number of players/participants: 8 children
Procedure:
1. Game proceeds as Hand Game but bowls are used for separating quantities.
2. Children write a number sentence to represent number combinations.

Teacher says: Children say: Children write:

"Place five blocks under the bowl." "None and eight is eight." or 0
"Zero and eight is eight." +8
8
"Place one block under the bowl." "One and seven is eight." 1
+7
8
"Place one block under the bowl." "Two and six is eight." 2
+6
8
"Place one block under the bowl." "Three and five is eight." 3
+5
8

"Place one block under the bowl." "Four and four is eight." 4
+4
8

"Place no blocks under the bowl." "Eight and none is eight." or "Eight and 8
zero is eight.." +0
8

After 1 round children can be introduced to the word PLUS. “Instead of using the word AND I’d like you to use the word PLUS instead.
PLUS means to put two groups of objects together.”

Hand Game – Worksheet

Objectives: to write addition equations involving quantities of 4
to conserve number
Materials: counters, Hand game work mat, Hand game worksheet, pencil
Number of players/participants: small group

71
Procedure:
1. Instruct children to play the Hand game as before.
2. Tell them to record or write equations that represent their concrete manipulations on the Hand game worksheet
If worksheets are not available, teacher can simply write the combinations
0 + 5 = ____ 1 + 4 = _____ 2 + 3 = ____ 3 + 2 = _____ 4 + 1 = _____ 5 + 0 = _____
5 – 0 = ____ 5 – 1 = _____ 5 – 2 = _____ 5 – 3 = _____ 5 – 4 = _____ 5 – 5 = _____

Lift the Bowl - Worksheet

Objectives: to write addition equations involving quantities of 4
to conserve number
Materials: counters , Lift the Bowl work mat, Lift the Bowl worksheet, pencil
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Instruct children to play the Lift the Bowl activity as before.
2. Tell them to record or write equations that represent their concrete manipulations on the Lift the Bowl worksheet.
If worksheets are not available, teacher can simply write the combinations in the following vertical position
0 5
+5 −5

1 5
+4 −4

2 5
+3 −3

3 5
+2 −2

4 5
+1 −1

5 5
+0 −0

C. OTHER LANGUAGE ARTS ACTIVITIES

Refer to instructions from previous weeks for the following activities: Letter Poster, Letter Mosaic,
Look, Say, Cover, Say Word Concentration Letter K Designs
Draw Your Favorite Part
Objective: to make personal connections to the story
Materials: storybook, newsprint, crayons or colored markers
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Draw a picture of your favorite part of the book.
2. Write a few sentences describing your favorite part.
3. Write a few sentences telling why this was your favorite part.
Story Banner
Objective: to identify story details
Materials: manila paper/kraft paper
Number of players/participants: 6-8 children
Procedure:
1. Talk about the story you have just read.
2. Discuss what possible details they can include in the banner.
3. Have the students write details about the story in small strips of paper.
4. Paste this on the 1/8 manila paper.
5. Invite children to design the banner.
72
 D. STORIES

Let Us Plant Trees

Questions before reading:

- How do trees help us?

Questions after reading:

- How are trees different from one another?
- What are the different uses of wood?
- What do you think will happen if there were no trees in our neighborhood? Why?

E. RHYMES/SONGS/POEMS

The Seed Cycle(PEHT p.161) Farm Chores (PEHT P.163)

(sung to the tune of Farmer in Dell)
Five little farmers woke up with the sun
The farmer sows his seeds. (hold up hand, palm forward)
The farmer sows his seeds It was early morning and the chores must be done
Hi-ho the dairy-o The little farmer went out to milk the cow
The farmer sows his seeds. (hold up hand, point to the thumb)
The second little farmer though he’d better plow.
– The wind begins to blow. (hold up hand, point to index finger)
– The rain begins to fall. The third little farmer cultivated weeds
– The sun begins to shine. (point to middle finger)
– The seeds begin to grow. The fourth little farmer planted more seeds.
– The plants grow big and tall. (point to the fourth finger)
– The farmer cuts them all. The fifth little farmer drove this tractor round.
– He puts them in his barn. (point to last finger)
– He’s happy in the farm. Five little farmers, the best that can be found.
(hold up hand)

Gulay ay kailangan Eight Little Fish

Saluyot at petsay Eight little fish swimming in the water

Kangkong at malungay Swimming in the water,
Mga dahong gulay Swimming in the water
Sagana sa mineral. Eight little fish swimming in the water,
Bubble, bubble, bubble, bubble, splash!!!
Kulitis, sili at saluyot (On the word splash, “one child in each group falls to
Pagkaing pampalusog the ground.)
Karot at dilaw na kalabasa
Sagana sa bitamina A. Repeat the rhyme until no fish are left.

Mga bitaminang taglay

Ng mga dahong gulay
Nagpapalusog, nagpapalakas
Ng ating katawan

73
 Eight Green Speckled Frogs Eight Little Monkeys

Eight green speckled frogs Eight little monkeys sitting on a tree

Sat on a speckled log Teasing Mr. Crocodile, “You can’t catch me, no you
Eating the most delicious bugs, “Yum, yum!” can’t catch me!”
One jumped into the pool where it was nice and cool Along came Mr. Crocodile hungry as can be and
Then there were seven green speckled frogs SNAP!
Repeat until no more frogs are left on the log. Seven little monkeys sitting on a tree teasing Mr.
Crocodile,
“You can’t catch me, no you can’t catch me!”

Repeat until no more monkeys are left on the tree.

F. INDOOR/OUTDOOR GAMES

One Potato (PEHT p. 231)

Procedure:
1. Have the children sit in a circle.
2. Ask them to close their fists with both hands and hold them in front of their bodies.
3. Choose a leader to tap the fists of each child while everybody is reciting the rhyme:

One potato, two potatoes

Three potatoes, four.
Five potatoes, six potatoes
Seven Potatoes, more.

4. The first that is tapped on the word “more” goes behind the back or is out.
5. Start the game again and continue until only one child remains.
6. That child becomes the leader for the next game.

The Falling Leaves

1. Take the class outside the classroom.
2. Let pupils collect leaves of different sizes.
3. When inside the classroom, pupils trace the leaves on a cardboard, color then cut.
4. Teacher asks the children :
Show me a big leaf
Show me a small leaf.
Show me a leaf that is not green.

Potato and Spoon Relay

Materials: one spoon and one potato for each team

Two meters in front of each team there is a circle with a piece of potato in it; at the turning line there is another circle, empty. Give a spoon each to
the first player of each team. At the signal, he runs to the potatoes, picks it up in the spoon without the use of the other hand, runs to the second
circle, deposits the potato in it returns to the starting line, and gives the spoon to the second player. This player runs to the potatoes, picks it up, and
brings it back to the first circle, and so on.

Potato Carrier’s Relay

Materials: one basket and eight potatoes per team

In front of each team’s position is a row of eight circles with a potato in each basket. The first player runs down the course, picks up all the potatoes
continue until all have run

74
 KINDERGARTEN CLASS THIRD GRADING DAILY PLANS
WEEK 27: __________________________
Monday Tuesday Wednesday
CONTENT FOCUS: Different Kinds of Animals
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: There are different kinds of animals. Some animals live Message: Some animals live only in water. Other animals live in rivers and lakes Animals have different body parts. Some animals have
only on land. (fresh water). Some animals live in the sea or ocean (salt water). While still special body parts. These body parts help the animal in
some animals live on both land and water. different ways.

Questions: Where do other animals live? Questions: Which animals live in water? Which animals live in both land and water? legs

live in both
live only wings tail
on land land andwater
live only Body parts

in water

fins beak

WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1

Teacher-Supervised: Paper Plate Animals Teacher-Supervised: Target Letter: Vv Poster: Animals in our Community Teacher-Supervised: Chart: How many legs does it
Poster: Animals that Live in Land Independent: have? What about the other parts?
Independent: • Sand Play (If available, use plastic animals for those that live both in land and Independent:
• Fish Mobiles water) • Hand Antler Headbands
• Make Me an Animal • Poster: Animals that Live In Water • Animal Match (Picture-Word)
• CVC Picking Up Game • Animal Match (picture-word) • Letter Collage
• RSW Activity • CVC Picking Up Game • Word Blocks
• Writer’s Workshop • Letter for the Day • Writer’s Workshop
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Activity: Bugtungan: Mga Hayop sa Paligid (Animal living in land) Activity: Bugtungan: Mga Hayop sa Paligid (Animal living in land) Show Classification chart
Count and Turn (9) Break the Code Questions: Are there animals with 3 legs? Why not?
Activity: Stand and Sit (9)
Supervised Recess Supervised Recess Supervised Recess
STORY: Miss Moo Goes to the Zoo STORY: Sa Ilalim ng Dagat STORY: Si Langgam at si Tipaklong
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Number Stations and Number Books Teacher-Supervised: Who Has More? (quantities of 9 Teacher-Supervised: Which Card is Missing? (1-9)
(quantities of 9; using toothpicks or squares) Comparing Quantities: A Game for Partners
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Block Play • Block Play • Block Play

75
• Sand Play: Mark the Scoops • Playdough Numerals (0-9) • Playdough Numerals (0-9)
• Number Cover All (0-9)/ Call Out: Numbers (0-9) • Writing Papers (9) • Writing Papers (9)
• Number Concentration/Picking Up Game: Numbers (0-9) • Number Stations/ Number Books (quantities of 9) • Number Stations/ Number Books (quantities of 9)
• Number Connect • Number cover All/Call Out: Numbers (0-9) • Comparing quantities: A Game for Partners
• Number Concentration/ It’s A Match (1-9) • More than, Less than, As Many as
• It’s A Match (1-9)
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Calling the Kittens INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: A Fish Story INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Duck.. Duck.. Goos
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine
THURSDAY FRIDAY NOTES
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: Animals differ in the number of legs they have. Message: Animals have different coverings that help and protect them.
⇒ Some animals have two legs. Note: Draw a web for body coverings. Write the children’s answers while discussing
⇒ Some animals have four legs. animal body coverings. Web strands will depend on the body coverings the class
⇒ Some animals have no legs. talks about.
Question: Do animals have the same number of legs?
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: Let’s Write Vv Teacher-Supervised: Fish Mobile or Underwater Diorama
Chart” Animal Body Covering
Independent: Independent:
• Hand Antler Headbands • Make Me An Animal
• Make Me An Animal • Elephant Paper Plate Mask
• CVC Memory Game • CVC Memory Game
• Word Family Wheels • Fold a Word
• Fold a Word • Writer’s Workshop
MEETING TIME 2: Sound it Out MEETING TIME 2: Snap and Clap (9)
Supervised Recess Supervised Recess
STORY: Ang Isang Mayang Uhaw STORY: Si Pilandok at ang Buwaya
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Hand Game and Cave Game (concrete; Teacher-Supervised: Hand Game and Cave Game (concrete; quantities of 9)
quantities of 9)
Independent: Independent:
• Number Stations/ Number Books (quantities of 9) • Number stations/ number books (quantities of 9)
• Comparing quantities: A Game for Partners • Comparing quantities: A Game for Partners
• More than, Less than, As many as • It’s A Match (1-9)
• It’s A Match (1-9) • Number Concentration/ Mixed Up Numbers (1-9)
• Number Concentration/ Mixed Up Numbers (1-9) • Number Cover All/Call Out: Numbers (0-9)
• Number Cover All/Call Out: Numbers(0-9)
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Animal Relay (animal movements) INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Animal Relay (animal movements)
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

76
APPENDIX: WEEK 27

SMALL GROUP ACTIVITIES

A. THEME-RELATED ACTIVITIES

Paper Plate Animal Masks

Objectives: to identify animals in the community
to construct faces of animals using paper plates
Materials: paper plates, glue, cardboard or construction paper, scissors, markers, rubber bands
Number of player/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Ask each child to choose animal he would like to make a mask of.
2. Brainstorm what parts will be included in the mask (e.g. whiskers for cats, scales for fish).
3. Each child draws a pair of eyes and cuts this. (Children may need help in determining position of eyeholes that
match the position of their eyes and in cutting the holes).
4. Each child adds parts to the mask.

Fish Mobile
Objectives: to make fish designs
to develop fine motor coordination
Materials: construction paper, sticks, glue, tape, scissors, yarn
Number of players/participants: 10 children
Preparation: sample template of fishes (different sizes)
sticks crossed and tied together
sample of mobiles
Procedure:
1. Each child chooses a fish template and traces this on a piece of construction paper.
Variation: Children can cover the construction paper with cut-out magazine to make fish designs more colourful.
2. Teacher helps children fasten a piece of string to each fish, and hangs this on the mobile. String length should be
varied.

Underwater Diorama
Objectives: to identify animals that live in water
to construct a diorama depicting life in rivers. Lakes or oceans
Materials: shoe box (or other box of similar size), cardboard, coloring materials, pencils, scissors, glue
Number of players/participants: groups of 4 children
Procedure:
1. Each group decides what kind of water environment to make – ocean, river, lake
2. The groups brainstorm and decide what is found in the water environment they decided on – fish, shrimps, crabs,
snakes, seaweeds, rocks, sand, waves, etc
The group makes cut-outs of these and glues/ pastes these on the box.

Poster: Animals in the Community

Objectives: to develop fine-motor coordination
Materials: ½ oslo paper or bond paper
Number of players/participants: 8-10 children
Procedure:
1. Have children think of animals that they have seen in their community.
2. Let them draw these on oslo or bond paper.
3. Have them glue these on the manila paper.

How many legs they have?

Objectives: to identify the number of legs of an animal
Materials: Manila paper, bond paper, scissors, paste or glue, crayons
Number of players/participants: 10-15 pupils (2-3 pupils per group)

77
Procedure:
Preparation: Teacher prepares a classification chart on animal legs on Manila paper.
Animals without legs Animals with two legs Animals with four legs

1. Ask children to think of examples of animals without legs, with two legs and four legs.
2. Have them draw these animals in 1/8 construction paper.
3. Let them paste/glue their drawings on the appropriate column.

Posters: Animals Have Different Body Coverings

Objectives: to identify the body covering of an animal
to classify animals based on their body covering
Materials: Manila paper, bond papers, scissors, paste or glue, crayons
Number of players/participants: 6-8 pupils children
Procedure:
Preparation: Teacher prepares a classification chart on animal body coverings on Manila paper.

Animals have Different Body Coverings

Hair/Fur Scales Feathers Shell

1. Ask children to think of examples of animals with hair/fur, scales, feathers, and with shell.
2. Have them draw these animals in 1/8 construction paper.
3. Let them paste/glue their drawings on the appropriate column.

Animal Match (picture-word)

Objective: to match animal pictures with words
Materials: pictures of animals, word cards
Number of players/participants: 3-5 children
Procedure:
1. Teacher will prepare the cards with pictures of land animals and cards with words corresponding to the pictures.
2. Children match the pictures and the word.

Picture of a dog dog

Picture of a cat cat

Picture ot hen hen

Picture of a horse horse

Picture of a pig pig

Poster: Animals that live on land (note: same instructions for poster: Animals that Live in Water)
Objective: to sort animals according to their habitat
Materials: ½ or ¼ manila paper
Number of players/participants: 6-8 children
Procedure:
1. Have children think of animals that live on land.
2. Let tthem draw each animal on 1/8 bond or construction paper.
3. Have them glue these on the manila paper.

78
Hand Antler Headbands
Objective: to develop fine-motor coordination and creativity
Materials: kraft paper, scissors, brown construction paper, glue
Number of players/participants: 6-8 children
Procedure:
1. Trace the child's hands onto brown paper.
2. Have the child cut out the hand shapes.
3. Measure your child's head, and have the child cut a piece of brown construction paper long enough to create a
headband.
4. Glue the paper together so the headband fits snugly on your child's head but is loose enough to take off easily.
5. Then affix the hands for antlers.

Elephant Paper Plate Mask

Objective: to develop fine-motor coordination and creativity
Materials: paper plate, scissors, string, puncher, construction paper, yarn
Number of players/participants: 6-8 children
Procedure:
1. Each child should paint a paper plate gray. When it is dry, have the child cut out two huge ear shapes from gray
paper and attach them to the plate with staples.
2. Cut out a hole for the nose and push a gray sock through the hole so the toe of the sock is the end of the nose

Make Me An Animal
Objectives: to mold animal figures out of play dough
to develop fine motor coordination
Materials: play dough
Number of players/participants: individual or small group
Procedure:
1. Give each child some playdough and tell him/her to mold animal figures out of this.
2. While child is molding figures, encourage the children to discuss the different physical characteristics of each
animal, to talk about where the animal lives, what it eats.

B. OTHER MATH ACTIVITIES

Block Play
Objectives: to explore the attributes of 3-dimensional or space figures
to demonstrate understanding of the relationship between figures
to build structures using blocks
Materials: table or floor blocks
Number of players/participants: 1-4 children
Procedure:
1. Children use table or floor blocks to build structures.
2. While building structures children are encouraged to talk about attributes of block (e.g. long/ short, heavy/light) and
the relationship of each block to another (e.g. 2 of these blocks make 1 of these blocks).
3. Children can also be encouraged to build structures based on the theme of the week (e.g. building homes,
schools, establishments in the community).

Playdough Numerals (0-9)

Objective: to identify the numerals 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9
Materials: playdough
Number of players/participants: 6 children
Procedure:
1. Give each child a medium-sized ball of playdough.
2. Let them form the numerals 0,1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9.
3. Then ask each child to create the number of objects for each numeral. (Example: 2 hearts – numeral 2)

79
Writing Papers (9)
Objective: to learn sequence
to observe the form of each numeral
to develop eye-hand coordination
Materials: writing papers (with number dot patterns for each numeral), crayon
Number of players/participants: individual
Procedure:
1. Each child is given a writing paper with the numeral he is working on, in this case 9.
2. Children use a crayon to connect the dots of the number pattern.

Number Stations
Objectives: to count up to quantities of 9
to see that despite differences in appearance quantities remain the same (conservation)
to develop fine motor coordination
Materials: several boxes of toothpicks, paper and pencil
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Teacher chooses a number to work with for the day, for example 9.
2. Children work together exploring a given quantity of toothpicks, in this case 9, making as many arrangements as
possible. Then let the children write the number on their paper.
3. Teacher encourages the children to describe the toothpick patterns in a variety of ways.

Variation: Children can explore other materials such as pebbles, popsicle sticks, blocks and others.

Number Books
Objective: to use numerals to describe and record quantities
Materials: old magazines, scratch paper, crayons, pencils
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Help your child to draw pictures or glue in pictures from magazines of things that are important to him and write a
number caption underneath.
2. It is a good idea to include zero in your book.
3. Try making a book to illustrate a favorite number story or rhyme.

Variation: Glue the designs from the Number Stations activity on sheets of paper. Bind the paper to make a book.

Number Cover All Game

Objective: to match numerals
Materials: cover all boards, 2 sets of number cards, 0-9
Number of players/participants: 1-4 children
Procedure:
1. Give each player a cover all board.
2. Players take turns to pick up a card from the deck.
3. If the number appears on their board they use this to cover the number up.
4. Continue until someone fills their board.

Variation: One person is a caller as in a call out game. She holds the number cards and players have to shout out
the name of the number in order to claim it to put on their board.

Concentration
Objective: to match numerals
Materials: 2 sets of number cards, 0-10
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Lay the cards down, either in rows or just anyhow.
2. Take turns turning over 2 cards.
3. If the cards match, you win them. If not, turn them face down again.
4. Player with most number of matched cards wins.

80
Number Connect Game
Objectives: to recognize numbers 1-10
to match numbers that are alike
Materials: set of 28 number connect cards
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. All number connect cards are placed face down.
2. Each player draws 7 number connect cards.
3. A player with a “double” begins the play.
4. Each player in turn says the number names and then plays as in a regular connect game.
5. The winner is the player who has played all number connect cards, or the player with the smallest number of
number connect cards when all players must pass.

Number Call Out Game

Objective: to match numerals
Materials: call out card for each player, calling cards tokens
Number of players/participants: 1 or more
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a call out card (numerals).
2. Assign a pupil to call out what is written on calling cards.
3. First one to cover all spaces wins. If players go through all the cards without reaching Call out, they should
reshuffle the cards, then turn them face down again and continue playing until someone has won.

Number Picking up Game

Objective: to recognize and identify numerals
Materials: fish cut-outs (that have the numbers 1-9 written on them) with paper clip, fishing rod with magnet
Procedure:
1. Set up a “fishing area” where fish with shapes are placed on the floor.
2. Children take turns using the fishing rod to catch a ‘fish’.
3. When a child catches a ‘fish’ he identifies the number written on the fish.
4. The next child takes his turn.

Mixed Up Numbers
Objectives: to read and recognize number words
to recognize the sequence of numbers EIGHT
Materials: vocabulary cards of number words
Number of player/participants: small group SIX
Procedure:
1. Place the word cards at random in the chalk tray.
2. Ask the students to say each word with you. NINE
3. Ask the children to help you place them in correct sequence.
4. Tell the children to hide their eyes while a mischievous kitten (you) comes and change the order of the cards.
5. The children close their eyes and lower their heads on their desk.
6. The teacher switches cards and then calls on a pupil to return them to the correct places.

It’s a Match
Objective: to match numeral to set of objects/ dots
Materials: one set of cards with numerals – 0 -9
one set of cards with dots (corresponding to the numerals)
Number of player/participants: pairs or small group
Procedure:
1. Place the numeral cards face down in a box.
2. Place the corresponding dot pattern cards in the chalk tray.
3. Call on a child to get a card from the box and place it over the equivalent card in the chalk tray.
4. If correct, the child may choose the next player.

81
 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
[

More Than, Less Than, As Many As

Objective: to compare quantities up to 7 using terms of comparison: more than, less than, the same as
Materials: fruits or any objects
Number of players/participants: 8 children
Procedure:
1. Teacher holds a tray with eight apples.
2. Group children into three.
3. Each group will be given objects.
5 - mangoes
6 - oranges
7 - bananas
4. Ask questions:
Which group has less than the given objects?
Which group has more than the given objects?
Which group has as many as the given objects?
Who Has More?
Objective: to compare quantities
Materials: assorted materials such as toothpicks, buttons, marbles
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Put out about six saucers, each with a different number of things in it, for example, six toothpicks, five small
buttons, four big buttons, three peas, two pebbles, one marble.
2. The child points at two saucers and chooses without counting out, which has more. Child then checks by pairing
up the contents of the two saucers.
Variations:
1. Put the same number of things in two of the saucers.
2. Put four big things and four small things in another saucer.
3. Put out bigger number of things.
Comparing Numbers – A Game For Partners
Objective: to compare quantities
Materials: clothespins, small card numbers, more/less spinner
Number of players/ participants: 3 pairs
Procedure:
1. Each player draws a numeral card from a pile of cards.
2. They each build the appropriate clothespin stack to match their cards.
3. One child turns the more/less spinner. If it lands on less, the partner whose stack has lesser clothespins wins both
stacks. If the spinner lands on more, the partner with more clothespins wins both stacks.
4. They continue to take turns, each accumulating clothespins.
5. When the time is up or the children decide to end the game, they snap together all the clothespins. They turn the
spinner to see if the person who has accumulated more or less clothespins is the winner.
Which Card Is Missing?
Objective: to identify missing number in a series of numbers
Materials: number cards with spots drawn on them (0-9)
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Put in order a set of number cards.
2. While child closes his eyes, hide one of the cards and close up the gap.
3. Ask the child which one is missing.
Variation: Swap two cards around instead of hiding one or spread the cards out anyhow and then hide one.

82
Hand Game (concrete, up to quantities of 9)
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes a given quantity
Materials: any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips, or sticks
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Children work in small groups.
2. Teacher gives each child a given quantity of sticks, in this case 8.
3. Children separate counters in different ways and verbalize the combinations that result.

Teacher says: Children say:

"Place seven sticks in your right hand." "None and nine is nine." or "Zero and nine is nine."

"Place one stick in your left hand." "One and eight is nine."

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Two and seven is nine."

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Three and six is nine."

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Four and five is nine."

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Five and four is nine."

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Six and three is nine."

"Place one more stick in your left hand." “Seven and two is nine”

"Place one more stick in your left hand." “Eight and one is nine”

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Nine and none is nine." or "Nine and zero is nine."

Variation: CAVE GAME (concrete): The game proceeds as Hand Game but the position of hands is varied.

C. OTHER LANGUAGE ARTS ACTIVITIES

Note: Refer to instructions in previous weeks for the following activities: Letter Collage, CVC Memory Game

Please refer to the following for Word Blocks, Fold a Word and Word Family Wheels

83
Story Mobile
Objective: to note details in a story heard
Materials: hanger glue, string, large triangles, rectangles and circles per mobile, glue, art paper, newsprint, scissors, crayons
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. After storytelling, have children talk about the characters, setting and major events of the story.
2. Tell them that they will make a story mobile showing these different story elements.

84
 3. Have students work in groups of three. Give each group pieces of string, one of each of the three shapes. (Shapes
will have a hole at the top which you have punched ahead of time) Explain to pupils that the shapes are going to
be used to represent different aspects of the story.
• The triangle represents the setting.
• The circle represents the characters.
• The rectangle represents the main events in the story.
4. Have them draw the characters and story events on the shape cards.
5. Then let them thread a piece of string through the hole at the top of each shape and tie a knot.
6. Let them tie the string to the hanger.

Rime Time
Objective: to demonstrate understanding that words are made up of letters
Procedure:
1. Teach children various decoding strategies such as chunking, blending sounds, using picture clues and context,
and recognizing sight words and watch reading confidence soar!
2. Try any of these ideas below to help children manipulate letters and make new words. Young children can
manipulate only two “chunks” of information at a time in their brain. That’s why word family “chunking” is such a
powerful decoding strategy for beginning readers.

STORIES

Miss Moo Goes to the Zoo

NOTE: Teacher may change the animal characters based on the situation in the community.

Questions before reading:

- Nakapunta ka na ba sa Zoo? Or Anong mga hayop ang nakikita mo sa inyong lugar?

Questions while reading

- Bakit umalis si Miss Moo sa kanyang lugar?
- Saan sya napunta at sino-sinong mga hayop ang kanyang nakita at nakausap?

Questions after reading?

- Paano naalis ang pagkainis ni Miss Moo sa lugar na kanyang pinuntahan?
- Kung kayo si Miss Moo titira ba kayo sa Zoo?

Sa Ilalim ng Dagat
Kwento ni: Augie Rivera, Jr.
Guhit ni: Katti Sta. Ana

Question before reading:

- Ano kaya ang mga nakikita sa ilalim ng dagat?

Questions while reading:

- Ano ang naging pakiramdam ni Pugita nung siya’y tinamaan din ng milagrong sakit?
- Ano ang ginawa kay Pugita ng kanyang mga kasamahan?

Questions after reading:

- Paano nalunasan ng mga nilalang sa ilalim ng dagat ang milagrong sakit na dumapo sa kanila?

Si Langgam at Tipaklong by Alberta Angeles (Adarna House Inc.)

Question before reading:

- Paano ninyo ilalarawan ang isang langgam?
- Paano gumalaw ang isang tipaklong?

Questions while reading:

- Paano hinarap ni Langgam si Tipaklong nung ito’y kumatok sa kanya na basang-basa ng ulan?

85
Question after reading:

Kung kayo si Langgam, gagawin din ba ninyo ang ginawa niya kay Tipaklong?

Ang Isang Mayang Uhaw by Victoria Anonuevo

(Paano Siya Makaiinom ng Tubig sa Baso)
Guhit ni: Jimmy Torres

Question:
- Ano ba ang pakiramdam mo kapag nauuhaw?

Question while reading:

- Makakainom pa kaya si Maya ng kakaunting tubig sa baso?

Question after reading:

- Ano ang naging suliranin ni Maya?

- Ano ang naging paraan ni Maya upang makainom?
Si Pilandok at ang Buwaya
Muling isinalaysay ni: Virgilio S. Almario

Questions before reading:

- Nakakita na ba kayo ng isang buwaya?
- Maari ba ninyong ilarawan ang itsura ng buwaya?

Questions while reading:

- Ano kaya ang gagawin ni Pilandok upang makatawid sa kabilang pampang?
- Paano naman makababalik si Pilandok sa kanyang pinagmulang pampang?

Questions after reading:

- Kung kayo si Pilandok, gagawin ba ninyo ang kanyang ginawa upang makasunod sa utos ng ina?

SONGS/RHYMES/POEMS

BUGTUNGAN: MGA HAYOP SA PALIGID

Note: Teacher will compose additional Riddle (Bugtong) for enrichment.

Animals that live on land Animals that live in water.

Ako’y may apat na paa Tubig na malinaw

Bunto’t at dalawang tenga Ang aking tirahan
Aw,aw, aw ang tahol ko Pag ako’y lumalangoy
Tumatakbo ang mga tao Buntot ko’y gumagalaw

Sino Ako? ____________ Sino Ako? _____________

Dalawa ang paa ko May ulo walang leeg

Dalawang pakpak saka ulo May tiyan walang puwit
Sa sapa ay kay saya Kapag siya’y natatakot
Quack, quack langoy na kita Tinta nya’y ginagamit

Sino Ako? ____________ Sino Ako? __________

Damo sa bakuran May berde, dilaw at pula,

Pagkain ko araw-araw Bibig at mata laging nakabuka
Sa matulis kong sungay Wala man silang paa
Mee, mee, takot ang kaaway Nakakapasyal din siya

Sino Ako? ____________ Sino Ako? __________

86
Sungay koy matataba Walang katawan, ngunit may ulo,
Buntot ko’y di mahaba Ang kamay niya ay walo.
Pag ako’y umuunga
Natatakot ang mga bata Sino Ako? __________

Sino Ako? _____________

Sa akin ay natatakot
Matatakaw na daga
Pag ngiyaw ko’y narinig
Takbo sila sa lungga

Sino Ako? ____________

Count and Turn

Objectives: to count in sequence
to develop body coordination
to develop a sense of rhythm
to learn one-to-one correspondence
Materials: none
Number of players/participants: whole or small group
Procedure:
1. The children stomp their feet as they count, throwing their arms up in the air to emphasize the last number in the
sequence, in this case 9. The children change directions without losing the beat, counting “one” as they turn.

One, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, niiiiine

(turn) one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, niiiiine
(turn) one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, niiiiine

Stand and Sit

Objectives: to count in sequence
to learn one-to-one correspondence
to develop body coordination
to develop a sense of rhythm
Materials: chairs
Number of players/participants: whole or small group
Procedure:
1. Children who are seated count, “one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight…” and the ninth child stands up when
he/she counts, “nine”. The next seated child starts counting again.

Snap and Clap

Objective: to count in sequence
to learn one-to-one correspondence
to develop body coordination
to develop a sense of rhythm
Materials: none
Number of players/participants: whole or small group
Procedure:
Children count, “one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight…” while snapping their fingers and the ninth child
claps when he/she counts, “nine”. The next child starts counting again.

87
 The Eency-Weency Spider Malilit Na Gagamba

The eency-weency spider climbed up the Ang maliit na gagamba

water spout Umakyat sa sanga
Down came the rain and washed the spider Dumating ang ulan
out At itinapon siya
Out came the sun and dried up all the rain Sumikat ang araw
And the eency-weency spider was happy Natuyo ang sanga
again Ang maliit na gagamba
Palaging masaya
Maliliit na gagamba ay umakyat sa sanga
Dumating ang ulan at tinaboy sila
Sumikat ang araw natuyo ang sanga
Ang maliliit na gagamba ay lagging Masaya

Ang Mga Isda Tong, Tong, Tong

Ang mga isda na lumalangoy, Minamahal ng Tong, tong, tong, tong, Pakitong-kitong
Diyos di kumukupas Alimango sa Dagat, Malaki at masarap
Ang mga isda na lumalangoy, minamahal ng Mahirap mahuli, sapagkat nangangagat. (2X)
Diyos di kumukupas
Wag ka nang malungkot oh Praise the Lord!

Palitan ang may salungguhit ng:

IBON – LUMILIPAD
ASO – TUMATAKBO
PALAKA - LUMULUNDAG

May Siyam Na Chicadee (Maya) Nine Little Parakeets

(Nine little Chickadees)
May isang chichadee dumapo sa sanga
Dumating ang isa dalawa na sila NIne little parakeets sitting on a tree,
Chickadee, chickadee lipad, lipad One flew away and then there were eight,
Chickadee, chickadee lipad, lipad Parakeets, parakeets, happy and gay
Dalawang chickadee dumapo sa sanga Parakeets, parakeets, fly away
Dumating ang isa tatlo na sila
Chickadee, chickadee lipad, lipad Eight little parakeets sitting on a tree,
Chickadee, chickadee lipad, lipad One flew away and then there were seven,
Tatlong chickadee dumapo sa sanga Parakeets, parakeets, happy and gay
Dumating ang isa apat na sila Parakeets, parakeets, fly away
Chickadee, chickadee lipad, lipad
Chickadee, chickadee lipad, lipad Seven little parakeets sitting on a tree,
Apat na chickadee dumapo sa sanga One flew away and then there were six,
Dumating ang isa lima na sila Parakeets, parakeets, happy and gay
Chickadee, chickadee lipad, lipad Parakeets, parakeets, fly away
Chickadee, chickadee lipad, lipad
(NOTE: gawin hanggang siyam na chickadee) Six little parakeets sitting on a tree,
One flew away and then there were five,
Parakeets, parakeets, happy and gay
Animal Homes (sung to “On Top of Old Smoky”) Parakeets, parakeets, fly away

On top of a mountain Five little parakeets sitting on a tree,

Or under the sea, One flew away and then there were four,
There are so many places Parakeets, parakeets, happy and gay
Where creatures may be, Parakeets, parakeets, fly away

88
Alone in a desert, Four little parakeets sitting on a tree,
Or grouped on a farm, One flew away and then there were three,
Or tucked in a tree trunk Parakeets, parakeets, happy and gay
Away from all harm. Parakeets, parakeets, fly away

On bright, sunny grasslands, Three little parakeets sitting on a tree,

Or in a dark cave, One flew away and then there were two,
In jungles and forests, Parakeets, parakeets, happy and gay
Where all must be brave. Parakeets, parakeets, fly away

On ice in the Arctic, Two little parakeets sitting on a tree,

Or holed underground, One flew away and then there were one,
There are so many places Parakeets, parakeets, happy and gay
Where creatures are found! Parakeets, parakeets, fly away

One little parakeet sitting on a tree

It flew away and then there was one

INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES

Calling All The Kittens

Objectives: to develop the ability to follow instructions properly.
to exercise big muscles.
to promote sportsmanship.
Materials: piece of cloth as big as man’s handkerchief
A blindfolded child pretends to be the mother cat. All the remaining players are the kittens. The mother cat calls
her kittens by saying,“ meow, meow, come home to mother”. The kittens run and try to tag the mother cat. The
mother cat tries to catch a kitten. The kitten who gets caught becomes the next blind-folded “mother cat”
A Fish Story
Ask the children to form a circle. Choose one child to be the fish. He stands in the middle. Ask the fish to make a “fish face”
while the rest of the children recite the following poem:
1,2,3,4,5
I caught a fish
6,7,8,9,10
We let it go again
While you are saying “We let it go again,” open up the circle and allow the fish to “swim” out. Choose another child to be the
fish.

Note: You can change the fish to other animals like whales (butanding), frogs, turtles)

Duck, duck, goose

Let the children form a circle and then sit down. Ask for a volunteer to be ‘It’. The ‘It’ goes around the circle, tapping each
child in the head while saying,’Duck, duck, duck…’ The ‘It’ chooses to tap and call one of the children, ‘Goose”. The Goose
tries to run after the ‘It’. The ‘It’ runs around the circle until he/she is able to reach and sit on the empty space left by the
Goose. If the ‘It’ is able to reach the empty space before the Goose catches him/her, the Goose becomes the next ‘It’. If the
Goose is able to catch the ‘It’, he/she remains to be the ‘It’.

Animal Relay (animal movements)

Group the children into 5. Arrange the group in parallel columns of files.
First line: Duck (2legs)
Second line: Bird (2 legs)
Third line: Frog (4 legs)
Fourth line: Horse (4 legs)
Fifth line: Fish (no leg) (snake OPTIONAL)

The teacher asks for a volunteer who will demonstrate the movement of each animal. Relay will start after the cue of the
teacher. (Teacher can use whistle for cuing) At a signal, the first player of each team moves/runs forward around the turning
point and back to the starting line. Here he/she touches the second player who repeats. This continues until all have fun.
First group to finish will be declared as a winner.

89
 KINDERGARTEN CLASS THIRD GRADING DAILY PLANS
WEEK 28: ________________________
Monday Tuesday Wednesday
CONTENT FOCUS: There are Many Things that Animals can Do.
MEETING TIME 1: Crawl/ creep
MEETING TIME 1:

Message: Animals move in different ways. Message: Animals make different sounds.
Note: Draw this web on a sheet of Manila paper. fly Walk/run

Write the children’s answers while discussing the different Animal moves in
different ways
ways animals move. The web strands will depend on the Question: Why do animals make sounds?
different movements the class will talk about.
Questions: How do animals move? Can you name animals hop/ jump swim

that can ____________? (refer to the web )

Introduce the poem : Animal Movement (for Tuesday)
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: Animal Movement Web Teacher-Supervised: Target Letter: Qq Letter Poster Teacher-Supervised: Let’s Write: Qq

Independent: Independent: Independent:

• Animal Shape Designs • Animal Shape Designs • Go Fish Rhyming Game
• Animal Puppets • Animal Puppets • Letter for the Day
• Animal Alphabet Book (cont…) • Animal Cover all • Letter Mosaic
• Animal Cover All • Go Fish Rhyming Game • Make Me an Animal
• Writer’s Workshop • Writer’s Workshop
MEETING TIME 2 MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Everybody Do This (animal movements) Show final web with drawing. Poem: Five Little Kittens

Song: Tong, Tong, Tong… Questions: What will happen if you pull out the wings of insects? What Song: Tong, Tong, Tong…
Vary the song by substituting the beginning letter. will happen if you pull out the legs of grasshoppers? Vary the song by substituting the medial sound.
Poem : Jump or Jiggle
Ex. bong bong bong bong babibong bibong”
Supervised Recess Supervised Recess Supervised Recess
STORY: Si Aling Oktopoda at Walong Pugita STORY: Sina Linggit Laban Kay Barakuda STORY: The Blind Duckling
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Hand Game (connecting; up to Teacher-Supervised: Hand Game (connecting; up to quantities of 9) Teacher-Supervised: Lift the Bowl and Peek Thru the Wall
quantities of 9) (concrete; up to quantities of 9)
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Block Play • Block Play • Block Play
• Comparing numbers • Stack, Tell, Spin and Win • Find 6/ 6 Concentration
• Grab Bag Counting • Roll and Count • Mixed Up Numbers (1-9)
• It’s A Match/Mixed Up Numbers/ Number Concentration/ • It’s A Match/ Mixed Up Numbers/ Number Concentration/Call Out: • Number Cover All/ Call Out: Numbers / Number Connect(0-9)
Call Out: Numbers (0-9) Numbers (0-9)
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Puppies Go Free INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Animal Relay INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Rat, rat, Cat
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine
90
 THURSDAY FRIDAY NOTES
MEETING TIME 1:
Message: Animals are important. Animals help us in different ways.

Question: How do animals help us?

WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: Poster: Animals help us in many ways. Teacher-Supervised: Big Book: All About Animals

Independent: Independent:
• Sand/Water Play • Sand/Water Play
• Animal Connect • Animal Connect
• ABC Race • ABC Race
• Picture-Letter Puzzles • Picture Letter Puzzles
• Sand Paper Letters/Form a Letter • Writer’s Workshop
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Poem: Ako’y May Alaga
Song “ I’m a Little Fish “ People Counting Games (9)

Supervised Recess Supervised Recess

STORY: Ang Mabait na Kalabaw STORY: Who lives on the farm?
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Lift the Bowl and Peek Thru the Wall Teacher-Supervised: Walk the Number Line (1-9)
(concrete; up to quantities of 9)

Independent: Independent:
• Block Play • Block Play
• Find 9/ 9 Concentration • Find 9/ 9 Concentration
• Go 9/Draw 9 • Go 9/ Draw 9
• Addition Call out/ Subtraction Call Out • Addition Call Out/ Subtraction Call Out
• Mixed Up Numbers (1-9) • Mixed Up Numbers (1-9)
• Call Out: Numbers/ Number Connect (0-9) • Call Out: Numbers/ Number Connect (0-9)
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Cat and Mouse INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Animal Relay
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

91
APPENDIX: WEEK 28
SMALL GROUP ACTIVITIES

A. THEME-RELATED ACTIVITIES

Venn diagram samples for Meeting Time 2 discussions

Teacher may also compare frog and grasshoppers, carabao and horse or other animals found in the community

breathes
jumps
through lungs breathes only through
gills
lives on land lives in both land swims in water
barks has four legs meows and water lives only in water
has hair lives in water when
has bigger teeth has a tail has smaller teeth has legs very small has fins
can be a pet
eats bugs eats small fish

Dog Cat Frog Fish

Web: Animal Movements

Objective: to identify animal movements
Materials: Manila paper, newsprint, scissors, crayon, glue or paste, scotch / masking tape
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
Preparation: Write the following web on a sheet of manila paper:
Out of the pupils:

Drawing of animals that hop

walk

Out of the pupils:

Out of the pupils:
Drawing of animals that
wiggle hop
wiggle Drawing of animals that
Animals hop
move in
different
ways

Out of the pupils:

Out of the pupils:
swim fly Drawing of animals that
Drawing of animals that fly
swim

92
 1. Brainstorm and discuss How do animals move? Try to identify as many animals as possible.
2. Divide the group into five and assign each group to a particular animal movement.
A – walk
B – hop
C – fly
D – swim
E - wiggle
3. Children will draw animals that move in a particular way.
4. As children finish drawing animals he/she pastes his/her drawing on the web.

Animal Puppets
Objective: to develop fine motor coordination; to describe animal features/characteristics
Materials: popsicle stick or tongue depressors, construction paper or folder, crayons/colored markers
Number of players/participants: 6-8 children
Procedure:
1. Have children choose an animal they want to describe/talk about in class.
2. Let them draw their animal of choice on construction paper or folder.
3. Encourage them to color/design their animals.
4. Help each one glue or tape their drawings on a popsicle stick or tongue depressor.
5. Stick their puppets on a pan or box of sand.
Animal Shape Designs
Objective: to create animal figures out of paper, to develop fine-motor coordination
Materials: art paper cut-outs, paste/glue, scissors, ½ bond paper
Number of players/participants: 6-8 children
Procedure:
1. Distribute assorted shape cut-outs among the children.
2. Ask each child to create an animal figure out of the shape cut-outs and paste this on
1/2bond or oslo paper.
3. After everyone is done with their animal designs, let them take turns showing their animal
designs. Have them describe the features/characteristics of the animal of their choice.
Animal Cover All (Note: played like Letter Cover All but instead of using letters, you use animal picture cards.)

Poster: Why Do Animals Move

Objective: to understand why animals move
Materials: Manila paper, newsprint or bond paper, crayons, paste, pencil, scotch/masking tape
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
Preparation: Write the following chart on a sheet of Manila paper.

WHY ANIMALS MOVE?

Pupil drawings Pupil drawings

To look for food To get away from danger

Pupil drawings Pupil drawings

For reproduction For shelter

1. Brainstorm and discuss why animals move.
2. The group is divided into 4 and is assigned to draw animals that belong to their assigned category.
A – To look for food
B – To get way from danger
C – for reproduction
D – for shelter
3. Children draw as many animals that belong to their assigned category.
4. As children finish drawing, they paste their drawing on the appropriate space.

93
Poster: Animals help us in many ways:
Objective: to identify ways animal help people
Materials: Manila or kraft paper, markers, crayons, bond or construction paper
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Ask children to think of ways animals help people.
2. Each child gets to draw at least one way on ½ construction or bond paper.
3. After everyone has finished, have them glue/paste their drawings on ½ manila paper.

Sand /Water Play

Objectives: to explore the properties of sand and water (e.g. how water and sand behave when poured, how water and
sand feel
to improve skills at pouring by developing arm and hand muscles
to develop eye-hand coordination
to learn social skills of sharing, negotiation, communication
to develop creative thinking and imagination
Materials: plastic or rubber animals, colander, strainer ,old teapot, toy buckets, jugs and containers, sponge, small watering
can funnel whisk, hollow ball, plastic bottles
Number of players/participants: individual or small group
Procedure:
1. Let children take turns constructing animal homes using sand and water and available play accessories.
2. Encourage to use plastic or rubber animals as accessories or props.

Animal Alphabet Book

Objective: to identify animals that begins with a particular letter
Materials: big book
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Ask children to think of animals that begin with the letter for the day. For example, have them think of words that
begin with letter D.
2. Read with pictures or clues in case children get stuck thinking of words that begin with the given letter.

Note: You may work on 2-3 letters per day. You may also opt to use Filipino instead of English text.

Make Me An Animal
Objectives: to mold animal figures out of play dough
to develop fine motor coordination
Materials: play dough
Number of players/participants: individual or small group
Procedure:
1. Give each child some playdough and tell him/her to mold animal figures out of this.
2. While child is molding figures, encourage the children to discuss the different physical characteristics of each
animal; to talk about where the animal lives, what it eats.

Animal Connect Game (Note: played like Letter Connect Game but instead of using letters, you use animal picture cards).

B. OTHER MATH ACTIVITIES

Block Play
Objectives: to explore the attributes of 3-dimensional or space figures
To demonstrate understanding of the relationship between figures
to build structures using blocks
Materials: table or floor blocks
Number of players/participants: 1-4 children
Procedure:
1. Children use table or floor blocks to build structures.
2. While building structures children are encouraged to talk about attributes of block (e.g. long/ short, heavy/light) and
the relationship of each block to another (e.g. 2 of these blocks make 1 of these blocks)

94
 3. Children can also be encouraged to build structures based on the theme of the week (e.g. building homes,
schools, establishments in the community)
Hand Game
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes a given quantity
Materials: any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips, or sticks
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Children work in small groups.
2. Teacher gives each child a given quantity of sticks, for example 9.
3. Children separate counters in different ways and verbalize the combinations that result.
Teacher says: Children say: Teacher places these cards on
the Hand Game counting board
"Place nine sticks in your right hand." "None and nine is five." or 0 9
"Zero and nine is nine."
"Place one stick in your left hand." "One and eight is nine." 1 8

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Two and seven is nine." 2 7

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Three and six is nine." 3 6

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Four and five is nine." 4 5

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Five and four is nine." 5 4

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Six and three is nine." 6 3

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Seven and two is nine." 7 2

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Eight and one is nine." 8 1

"Nine and none is nine." Or

"Place one more stick in your left hand." 9 0
“nine and zero is none”
Variation: Cave Game: The game proceeds as Hand Game but the position of hands is varied.
Lift The Bowl
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes a given quantity
Materials: bowl or cup, any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips, or sticks
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
Game proceeds as Hand Game but bowls are used for separating quantities.
Teacher says: Children say:
"Place nine blocks under the bowl." "None and nine is nine." or
"Zero and nine is nine."
"Place one block under the bowl." "One and eight is nine."

"Place two blocks under the bowl." "Two and seven is nine."

"Place three blocks under the bowl." "Three and six is nine."

"Place four blocks under the bowl." "Four and five is nine."

"Place five blocks under the bowl." "Five and four is nine."

"Place six blocks under the bowl." "Six and three is nine."

"Place seven block under the bowl." "Seven and two is nine."

"Place eight blocks under the bowl." "Eight and one is nine."

95
 "Nine and none is nine." Or
"Place nine blocks under the bowl."
“nine and zero is none”
Peek thru the wall (concrete, up to quantities of 9)
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes a given quantity
Materials: a wall made of plastic with tape around the edges, any kind of counters
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Game proceeds as Hand Game but walls are used for separating quantities.
Teacher says: Children say:
‘Wall off eight blocks” "None and nine is nine." or "Zero and nine is nine."

“Wall off seven blocks.” "One and eight is nine."

“Wall off six blocks.” "Two and seven is nine."

“Wall off five blocks.” "Three and six is nine."

“Wall off four blocks.” "Four and five is nine."

“Wall off three blocks.” "Five and six is nine."

“Wall off two blocks.” "Six and seven is nine."

“Wall off one blocks.” "Seven and eight is nine."

“Wall off one blocks.” "Eight and one is nine."

“Wall off no blocks.” "Nine and none is nine." or "Nine and zero is nine"

Grab Bag Counting

Objective: to compare quantities
Materials: colored clothespin (2 colors), Grab bag
Number of players/participants: 2-4 children
Procedure:
1. A child takes a handful clothespin from a grab bag (or two handfuls if her or his hands are too small to take as
many as you need them to take). The clothespins of each color are snapped together, and the group compares
them to see which color is more and which is less.
2. The clothespins of each color are snapped together, and the group compares them to see which color is more and
which is less.

Extension: Ask the children to tell how many more and how many less one number is than another.

Comparing Numbers
Objective: to compare quantities
Materials: clothespins, small card numbers, more/less spinner
Number of players/participants: 2-4 children
Procedure:
1. Each player draws a numeral card from a pile of cards.
2. They each build the appropriate clothespin stack to match their cards.
3. One child turns the more/less spinner. If it lands on less, the partner whose stack has lesser clothespins wins both
stacks. If the spinner lands on more, the partner with more clothespins wins both stacks.
4. They continue to take turns, each accumulating clothespins.
5. When the time is up or the children decide to end the game, they snap together all the clothespins. They turn the
spinner to see if the person who has accumulated more or less clothespins is the winner.

Stack, Tell, Spin and Win

Objective: to compare quantities
Materials: clothespins, more/less spinner

96
Number of players/participants: 2-4 children

Procedure:
1. Each partner begins the game with a clothes train the same length as the other (about twenty clothespins long).
Accomplishing this task is an interesting first step that can be handled in a variety of ways. One way is to have
about forty clothespins in a baggie available to the children when they play this game. They can snap the
clothespins together, comparing lengths until they end up the same. That can be a valuable problem-solving
situation in itself. Another way to handle the task is to provide a string that is the appropriate length, and have the
children each build a train as long as the string. A third way is to have a line drawn on the chalkboard that
indicates the appropriate length.
2. Once they have identical trains, the children sit facing each other, putting their trains behind their backs.
3. With their hands behind their backs, the partners simultaneously break off a piece of their trains (clothespins) and
place those pieces in front of them.
4. Each child tells the other if his or her stack is more or less than the other child’s stack. (If the stacks are the same,
they put those back and put out different lengths.)
5. One partner turns the spinner. If it comes up on more, the child whose clothespins were longer takes both stacks.
If the spinner lands on less, the child with less takes both stacks.
6. They continue to play until one player runs out of clothespins.

Roll and Count

Objective: to compare quantities
Materials: plus and minus spinners, die, newsprint or bond paper for each child, clothespins
Number of players/participants: 2-4 children
Procedure:
1. The children take turns rolling the die and turning the spinner.
2. Each child adds or subtracts clothespin from his or her working space paper according to the die and spinner.
3. If the spinner and die indicate they are to take away more clothespins than they have on their papers, the children
say “impossible” and spin again.
4. If they are to add more clothespins than they have room for on their working space papers, they each get an
additional paper.

Number Cover All Game

Objective: to match numerals
Materials: cover all boards, 2 sets of number cards, 0-9
Number of players/participants: 2-4 children
Procedure:
1. Give each player a cover all board.
2. Players take turns to pick up a card from the deck.
3. If the number appears on their board they use this to cover the number up.
4. Continue until someone fills their board.

Variation: One person is a caller as in a call out game. She holds up the number cards and players have to shout out
the name of the number in order to claim it to put on their board.

Concentration
Objective: to match numerals
Materials: 2 sets of number cards, 0-9
Number of players/participants: 2-4 children
Procedure:
1. Lay the cards down, either in rows or just anyhow.
2. Take turns turning over 2 cards.
3. If the cards match, you win them. If not, turn them face down again.
4. Player with most number of cards win.

Number Connect Game

Objectives: to recognize numbers 1-9
to match numbers that are alike
Materials: set of 28 number connect cards
Number of players/participants: small group

97
Procedure:
1. All number connect cards are placed face down.
2. Each player draws 7 number connect cards.
3. A player with a “double” begins play.
4. Each player in turn says the number names and then plays as in a regular connect game.
5. The winner is the player who has played all number connect cards, or the player with the smallest number of
number connect cards when all players must pass.

Number Call Out Game

Objective: to match numerals
Materials: call out card for each player, calling cards, tokens
Number of players/participants: 1 or more children
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a call out card (numerals).
2. Assign a student to call out what is written on calling cards.
3. First one to cover all spaces wins. If players go through all the cards without reaching Call Out, they should
reshuffle the cards, then turn them face down again and continue playing until someone has won.

Number Picking Up Game

Objective: to recognize and identify numerals
Materials: fish cut-outs (that have the numbers 1-9 written on them) with paper clip, fishing rod with magnet
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Set up a “fishing area” where fish with shapes are placed on the floor.
2. Children take turns using the fishing rod to catch a ‘fish’.
3. When a child catches a ‘fish’ he identifies the number written on the fish.
4. The next child takes his turn.

Mixed Up Numbers
Objectives: to read and recognize number words EIGHT
to recognize the sequence of numbers
Materials: vocabulary cards of number words
Number of players/participants: small group SIX
Procedure:
1. Place the word cards at random in the chalk tray.
2. Ask the students to say each word with you. NINE
3. Ask the children to help you place them in correct sequence.
4. Tell the children to hide their eyes while a mischievous kitten (you) comes and change the order of the cards.
5. The children close their eyes and lower their heads on their desk.
6. The teacher switches cards and then calls on a pupil to return them to the correct places.

It’s a Match
Objectives: to match numeral to set of objects/ dots
Materials: one set of cards with numerals – 0 -9, one set of cards with dots (corresponding to the numerals)
Number of players/participants: pairs or small group
Procedure:
1. Place the numeral cards face down in a box.
2. Place the corresponding dot pattern cards in the chalk tray.
3. Call on a child to get a card form the box and place it over the equivalent card in the chalk tray.
4. If correct, the child may choose the next player.

Addition Call Out Game

Objective: to match an addition fact with its correct sum
Materials: call out card for each player, calling cards, tokens
Number of players/participants: 1 -4 children
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a call out card.
2. Assign a student to call out what is written on calling cards.
3. First one to cover all spaces wins. If players go through all the cards without reaching Call Out, they should
reshuffle the cards, then turn them face-down again and continue playing until someone has won.

98
Subtraction Call Out
Objective: to practice subtraction
Materials: call out card for each player, calling cards, tokens
Number of players/participants: 1-4 children
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a call out card.
2. Assign a student to call out what is written on calling cards.
3. First one to cover all spaces wins. If players go through all the cards without reaching Call Out, they should
reshuffle the cards, then turn them face down again and continue playing until someone has won.
Find 9
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes 9
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 9)
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. All cards are dealt. Last card is turned face up. Each player keeps the cards dealt to him in a stack, face-down,
without looking at them.
2. By turns, players turn over the top card of his stack. If this card can be used with one on the table to make a total
of 9, the player can take it and keep the pair. If there are no cards that can be used, he has to discard his card in
the middle of the table, face up.
3. The player who collects the most number of pairs wins.
Draw 9
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes 9
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 8)
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. One card is drawn from the deck and is set aside throughout the game, so that there will be an odd card without a
mate at the end of the game. All the other cards are dealt.
2. Each player goes through the cards received trying to find pairs that make 9. All the pairs thus made are discarded
in the middle of the table.
3. The players take turns. Each players holds the cards like a fan to let the person to the left draw one of them
without looking. If the person who draws the card can use it to make 9 with one of the cards in one hand then, the
card is discarded and placed in the middle of the table.
4. Play continues until one person is left holding the odd card and loses the game.
Nine Concentration
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes 9
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 9)
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Sixteen cards are placed in the middle of the table, face down, in a 4 x 4 arrangement. The remaining cards are
placed faced-down in a stack.
2. The players take turns turning over two cards, trying to turn a pair that totals 9. If a pair can be made, the player
keeps it and continues to play as long as he is successful. If he is not successful, he returns the two cards to their
original face-down positions and replaces any cards he took with new ones from the deck.
3. With 16 face-down cards on the table, the turn passes to the next player to the left.
4. The person who collects the greatest number of pairs is the winner.
Variation: This game can be varied by increasing the number of cards placed on the table. A 5 x 5 or 6 x 6
arrangement may be more interesting.
Go 9
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes 9
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 9)
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. All the cards are dealt.
2. The players take turns asking specific people for specific cards in a way similar to the card game Go Fish. For
example, John may say to Carol, Do you have a 1?" If Carol has a 1, she has to give it up to John. John then
lays this 1 and a 9 in front of himself, face-up.
3. A player can continue asking for a card as long as he gets the card he requested. If he does not get the card he
asked for, the turn passes to the person who said, "I don't have it."
4. The person who makes the greatest number of pairs is the winner.

99
Walk The Number Line
Objective: to sequence numbers
Materials: chalk, number cards 0 to 6
Number of players/participants: 1 – 8 children
Procedure:
1. Chalk a line outdoors, long enough to include all the numbers 0 to 10 one step apart
2. Make a mark where each number will come but don’t actually write them in.
3. Shuffle a set of number cards
4. Take turns to take a number card and walk along the line from the start, stepping on the markers and counting out
loud as you do so.
5. When you get to the correct spot for your number, put the card on the ground.
6. When all the cards are in position, turn them face down. Ask your child to walk slowly along the line from the
beginning until you shout “stop”. Then see if she can tell you which number she is on. Check by turning the card
over.

C. OTHER LANGUAGE ARTS ACTIVITIES

Go F-I-S-H Rhyming Game

Objective: to identify rhyming words
Materials: fish (with a three-letter word) cut-outs with paper clip, fishing rod with magnet
Procedure:
1. Set up a “fishing area” where the fish are placed on the floor.
2. Children take turns using the fishing rod to catch a ‘fish’.
3. When a child catches a ‘fish’ he reads the word on the fish and gives a word that rhymes with it.
4. The next child takes his turn.

My Alphabet Book (letter for the week - Ll)

(This is a year-long activity wherein each child will make his own alphabet book. Teacher compiles each child’s worksheets
in a short folder as each child works with only one letter at a time.)
Objective: to identify the letter name and letter sound of LI and to give words that begin with Ll
Materials: individual (letter for the week - Ll) worksheet, pencils, crayons (Teacher draws a big, fat letter L in the middle of
the bond paper for each child where he will draw and label the pictures that begin with the Ll should.)
Number of players/participants: 8 children
Procedure:
1. Give each child a worksheet with the L outline.
2. Tell each child to think of words that begin with the Ll sound then ask him to draw that.
3. Help each child label the pictures by sounding out the letter sounds and guiding him how to write the letters.
ABC Race
Objective: to give words that begins with each particular letter sound
Materials: paper, pencil
Number of players/participants: 8 children
Procedure:
1. Teacher writes the name of each child in a vertical fashion on the left most side of the paper and a horizontal line
beside each letter.
C _________________

A _________________

L _________________

O _________________

Y _________________

2. Ask him to think of as many words as they can that begins with each letter.
3. Teacher helps him write the words by sounding out the letter sound and guiding him how to write the letters.
4. Find out what letter in each child’s name will have the most words.

100
Upper and Lower Case Memory Game (Note: This is played like Letter Memory Game but instead of identical letters, he
will have to match upper and lower case letters.)

STORIES

Sina Linggit Laban Kay Barakuda (Aklat Batibot)

Question:
- Ano-anong mga isda na ang inyong nakita?
- Ano ang mga itsura nila?

Questions while reading:

- Makakain kaya ng Barakuda si Linggit at iba pang maliit na isda?

Question after reading:

- Paano hinarap ng mga malilit na isda ang isang malaking isda?

The Blind Duckling

Written by: Alma S. Dimaculangan
Illustrated by: Willy R. Macazo

Questions before reading:

- Ano ang nararanasan ninyo pag “black-out” sa gabi sa inyong bahay?
- Paano ninyo pinupuntahan ang inyong mga kasama?

Questions while reading:

- Bakit naligaw si Della?
- Tuluyan na kayang maliligaw si Della?

Questions after reading:

- Sino ang tumulong kay Della para makabalik sa kanyang pamilya?
- Ano kaya ang aral na natutunan niya?

SONGS/RHYMES/POEMS

Jump Or Jiggle I Love Little Pussy

Frogs jump I love little pussy,

Caterpillars hump Her coat is so warm,
Worms wiggle And if I don’t hurt her
Bugs jiggle She’ll do me no harm.
Rabbits hop So I’ll not pull her tail,
Horses clop Nor drive her away,
Snakes slide But pussy and I
Seagulls glide Very gently will play.
Mice creep She shall sit by my side,
Deer leap And I’ll give her some food;
Puppies bounce And pussy will love me
Kittens pounce Because I am good.
Lions stalk,
But
I walk!

101
 Animal Movement Bugs
(sung to “ Goodnight, Ladies”) (sung to “When the Saints Go Marching In”)
Hello, eagle, hello, robin, Oh, when the bugs go marching in,
Hello, sparrow, we love to watch you go! Oh, when the bugs go marching in,
Merrily you fly along, fly along, fly along, Oh, how I’ll see the ants and the beetles,
Merrily you fly along, Oh, when the bugs go marching in,
Yes, that is how you move!
Oh when the bugs begin to crawl,
Hello, dolphin, hello, marlin, Oh when the bugs begin to crawl,
Hello, salmon, we love to watch you go! Oh, how I’ll see the roaches and termites,
Merrily you swim along, swim along, swim along, Oh, when the bugs begin to crawl,
Merrily you swim along,
Yes, that is how you move! Oh, when the bugs come flying in,
Oh, when the bugs come flying in,
Hello, beetle, hello turtle, Oh, how I’ll see the moths and mosquitoes,
Hello, inchworm, we love to watch you go! Oh, when the bugs come flying in.
Merrily you crawl along, crawl along, crawl
along, Oh, when the bugs begin to buzz,
Merrily you crawl along, Oh, when the bugs begin to buzz,
Yes, that is how you move! Oh, how I’ll hear the bees and cicadas,
Hello, cricket, hello, rabbit, Oh, when the bugs begin to buzz.
Hello, froggy, we love to see you go!
Merrily, you hop along, hop along, hop along, Oh, when the bugs begin to leap,
Merrily you hop along, Oh, when the bugs begin to leap,
Yes, that is how you move! Oh, how I’ll see the fleas and the crickets,
Oh, when the bugs begin to leap!
Hello, ostrich, hello, cheetah,
Hello, greyhound, we love to see you go!
Merrily you run along, run along, run along,
Merrily you run along,
Yes, that is how you move!

Huni / Tunog ng mga Hayop

Ang kahol ng aso Ang kokak ng palaka
Sa may bakuran ninyo Doon sa may sapa
“ Ang batang magulo “Matipid na bata
Ay hindi natututo.” Sa salapi ay sagana.”
Ang ngiyaw ng pusa Ang ee-ek ng baboy
Sa may kusina Sa kulungan ni Amboy
“ Magulang ay natutuwa “Ang batang lagging lumalaboy
Sa mabait na bata.” Tulad ay walang silbing kahoy.”
Ang unga ng baka
Tuwing umaga Ang tilaok ng manok
“Batang pintasera Sa hapunang nabaluktot
Kinaiinisan ng iba.” “Ang batang palasagot
Kailangang tumira sa bundok.”
Ang unga ng kalabaw
Doon sa lubluban Ang bulong ng bubuyog
“Ang batang magalang Sa butas ng punong niyog
Dangal ng magulang.” “ Kapag ang bata’y laging natutulog
Kapalaran ay di dudulog.”
Ang mee ng kambing
Sa may punong saging Ang bulong ng paru-paro
“ Kapag ang bata’y maagang magising Sa dinapuang damo
Masipag siya at matulungin.” “ Batang laging nakatungo
Hindi magandang totoo.”
Ang halinghing ng kabayo
Sa loobang madamo
“Ang batang matigas ang ulo
Wala sa kanyang magkakagusto”

102
 AKO’Y MAY ALAGA MRS. HEN

Ako’y may alagang asong mataba, Chook, chook, chook, chook, chook
Bunto’t niya’y mahaba, makinis ang mukha Good morning, Mrs. Hen
Mahal niya ako, mahal ko rin siya How many chickens have you got?
Sa aking paglalaro, kami’y kaging magkasama. Madam, I’ve got ten.
Four of them are yellow,
And four of them are brown,
And two of them are speckled,
The nicest in the town.

I'm a Little Fish (to the tune of I'm a Little Teapot)

I'm a little fish, I like to swim

(put hands in prayer position facing away from you... they're the fish. Wiggle them back and forth like a fish swimming
through the water.)

You can't catch me, 'cause I have fins

(shake finger back and forth "no no no")

When I swim past my friends, I hear them say

(put hand to ear like you're listening)

Stop your swimming and come and play!

(make a STOP gesture with hand and then jump up in the air)
Awit ng Hayop
Objectives: to imitate animal sounds
to identify animals that make a particular sound
Materials: Manila paper, newsprint or bond paper), crayons, paste, pencil, scotch/masking tape
Number of players/participants: all pupils
Procedure:
1. Divide the class into five groups.
A – ASO AY KAKAHOL (aw...aw...aw...)
B – PUSA AY NGINGIYAW (ngiyaw... ngiyaw..... ngiyaw...)
C- PALAKA AY KOKOKAK (kokak. Kokak.)
D – IBON AY HUHUNI (twit... twit... twit)
E - BAKA AY UUNGA ( moo. Mooo. Mooo.)
2. Teacher asks children to demonstrate different animal sounds.
3. The teacher will sing the song and the pupils will follow.
Awit Ng Hayop
(Sa Himig ng Ang Matanda)

Group 1: ASO AY KAKAHOL (aw...aw...aw...)

Group 2: PUSA AY NGINGIYAW (ngiyaw... ngiyaw..... ngiyaw...)
Group 3: PALAKA AY KOKOKAK (kokak. Kokak.)

Mga bata na masigla

Ay aawit ay aawit
At kekendeng

Anong saya anong ganda

Kung ang ____ ay _______.

Group 4: IBON AY HUHUNI (twit... twit... twit)

Group 5: BAKA AY UUNGA (moo. Mooo. Mooo.)
LAHATAN (SABAY- SABAY)

103
People Counting Games (9)
Objectives: to count in sequence
to learn one-to-one correspondence
to develop body coordination
to develop a sense of rhythm
Materials: ball or jump rope
Number of players/participants: whole or small group
Procedure:
1. Stand and sit: “one” (sit), “two” (stand), “three” (sit), “four”(stand)
2. Hopping forward: “One, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine” (change direction)
“one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine” (change direction)
3. Bouncing ball: “one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine” (bounce a ball)
“one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine” (bounce a ball)
4. Jumping rope: “one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine” (jump rope)
“one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine” (jump rope)

INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES:

Puppies, Go Free
Group children by threes, comprising a dog family: Father dog, Mother Dog and a Puppy. The child not belonging to a
“family” becomes the “it”. Father and mother dogs hold hand together and the puppies stand inside. When the “it” shouts
“Puppies, Go Free” all the puppies run to the other dog Families. The “it” also runs to a dog family. The child who does not
get into a dog family becomes the next ‘it”.

Rat, Rat, Cat!

Let the children sit on the floor in a circle and choose a child to be ”it”. That child walks around the circle and taps the others
on the head, saying “rat”. When she/he taps a child on the head and says “cat” that child gets up and runs around the circle
trying to tag the child who is “it”. If the child who is “it” sits down in the empty place before is caught, the new child becomes
“it”.

Animal Relay
Group the children into 5 and ask them to form 5 lines. By turns, children run towards the post, moving like the animal
assigned to him/her.
• First – Bird (fly)
• Second – Grasshopper (hop)
• Third – Fish (swim)
• Fourth – Dog (ran)
• Fifth – Turtles (crawl)
• Sixth (optional) – worm (wiggle)

104
 KINDERGARTEN CLASS THIRD GRADING DAILY PLANS
WEEK 29:____________
Monday Tuesday Wednesday
CONTENT FOCUS: Caring for Animals
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: Animals need food to live. Some animals eat Message: Animals need shelter. Animals live in different homes. Message: Some animals are cared for by their parents when they are
plants. Some animals eat other animals. Some young. Some animals are left to feed for themselves after
animals eat both plants and animals. they are born.

Questions: What do animals need to live and grow? What do Question: Where do animals live? What animal homes do you see Questions: Have you seen animals take care of their young? How do
animals eat? around you? they take care of their young?
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: Animals Eat Too Teacher-Supervised: Animal Pet Graph Teacher-Supervised: Poster: How do animals take care of their young?
Literature-based: Story Filmstrip: The Little Red Hen

Independent: Independent: Independent:

• Animal Mosaic • Animal Mosaic • Animal Cover All Game ( animals and their young)
• Animal Masks • Animal Masks • Literature-based: Story Trail: The Little Red Hen
• What do animals eat? • What do animals eat? • Animal Clothesline ( Animal Habitat)
• Playdough • Sand Play: Animal Homes • Sand Play: Animal Shelters
• Sound Call Out • Form a Word • High Frequency Words Box
• Form a Word • Construction Toys/Table Blocks
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:

Poem: This Little Cow Introduce the poem “ Animal Homes “ Song: Baby Animals Play “ Put It Together “
Supervised Recess Supervised Recess Supervised Recess
STORY: Lester The Fat Cat STORY: The Little Red Hen STORY: Whose Home
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Lift the Bowl (connecting; up to quantities Teacher-Supervised: Lift the Bowl (connecting; up to quantities of 9) Teacher-Supervised: Exploring One Shape at a Time
of 9)
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Block Play: Building Houses • Block Play: Building Houses • Block Play: Building Houses
• Playdough Numerals • Playdough Numerals • Subtraction Cards (2-9)
• Go 9/Draw 9/ Find 9/ 9 Concentration • Go 9/ Draw 9/Find 9/ 9 Concentration • Call Out: Addition (0-9)/ Call Out: Subtraction (0-9)
• It’s A Match/ Mixed Up Numbers (1-9) • It’s a Match/ Mixed Up Numbers (1-9)\ • Go 9/ Draw 9/ Find 9/ 9 Concentration
• Grab Bag with Partners • Grab Bag with Partners • Writing Numerals (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9)
• Hand Game/Lift the Bowl worksheets (quantities of 9)
• Number Train Graph
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Duck, Duck Goose INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Animals Run Home INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Blend Baseball
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

105
 THURSDAY FRIDAY NOTES
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: We take care of animals at home. Message: We take care of animals both the parent and their
Questions: Do you have pets at home? young.
Questions: Who takes care of them? How do you take care of them?

WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1

Teacher-Supervised: Target Letter: Ww Teacher-Supervised: Let’s Write Ww
Poster: How do we take care of our pets?
Independent: Independent:
• Animal Sort • Animal Sort
• You’re My Baby • You’re My Baby
• Letter Poster • Sound Switcheroo
• Sound Switcheroo • Letter Collage
• Letter Mosaic • High Frequency Word Box
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Poem: Whose Home? Review new poems/songs introduced this week
Nine Little Monkeys
Supervised Recess Supervised Recess
STORY: Nasaan ang Nanay Ko? STORY: The Forgetful Hen
WORK PERIOD 2 WORK PERIOD 2
Teacher-Supervised: Hand game (up to quantities of 9; Teacher-Supervised: Lift the bowl (up to quantities of 9; writing
writing number sentences) number sentences)

Independent: Independent:
• Block Play • Block Play
• Counting Boards (quantities of 9) • Counting Boards (quantities of 9)
• Subtraction Cards (2-9)B • Subtraction Cards (2-9)
• Call Out: Addition/ Call Out: Subtraction (0-9) • Call Out: Addition/ Call Out: Subtraction (0-9)
• Go 9/ Draw 9/ Find 9/ 9 Concentration • Go 9/ Draw 9/ Find 9/ 9 Concentration
• Writing Numerals (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9) • What Numbers Can You Make
• Number Train Graph

INDOOR/OUTDOOR Activity: Animals Run Home Indoor/Outdoor Activity: Team Sound Off
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

106
APPENDIX: WEEK 29
SMALL GROUP ACTIVITIES
A. THEME-RELATED ACTIVITIES

Venn Diagram: What do animals eat?

Objectives: to identify that food is a basic need of animals
to develop fine motor coordination
to classify animals according to the food they eat
Materials: manila paper, strips of bond paper or newsprint, glue, pencils/ coloring materials
Number of players/participants: small group
Preparation:
1. Prepare a Venn diagram like the one below on 1/4 manila paper:

eats meat and

plants

eats meat only

eats plants only

Procedure:

1. Show the diagram to the children. Read each category to them and explain how the diagram can be used.
2. Ask children to draw animals that eat meat. Ask them where they should paste/glue this pictures in the diagram.
3. Then have them draw animals that eat plants only. Again ask them to figure out where their drawings should be
placed in the diagram.
2. Then have them draw animals that eat both plants and animals. Have them glue these on the appropriate space.
Animal Pet Graph
Objectives: to identify animals that can be cared for as pets
to develop fine motor coordination
Materials: strips of paper, manila paper or cartolina with graphing chart, glue, pencils/coloring materials
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Ask the children which among the animals on the list they choose to take care of as a pet.
2. Give each child a piece of paper where he/she will draw his animal of choice.

Cat Dog Fish Turtle Snake

3. Have children paste their drawing on the appropriate column.

4. Ask children to look at the graph carefully and answer the following questions:
Which animal was the most popular choice for a pet?
Which was the least popular?
Did more people choose cats than dogs? (note: You can substitute these with other animals. The point is to
compare two animals at a time.)
5. How many other children chose the animal you want for a pet?

107
Animal Mosaic
Objectives: to identify places where animals live
to develop fine motor coordination
Materials: colored paper or old magazine (from which small pieces of paper can be torn), glue, pencil, oslo paper or cartolina
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Tell the children to choose an animal and draw this animal and its home.
2. Tell the children to use paper cut-outs to cover their drawing to make a mosaic.
3. Tell the children to write a sentence or two to describe their animal and its home.
Note: Teacher can assist children when they do their write-up.

You’re My Baby (memory game)

Objective: to find mother-baby animal pairs
Materials: mother-baby animal cards
Number of players/participants: 2-4 children
Procedure:
1. Lay all the mother and baby animal cards in rows and columns.
2. Children take turns opening 2 cards at a time. If the cards match, the child keeps the cards and continues his/her
turn. If the cards do not match, the next player takes his/her turn.
3. The player with the most number of cards wins the game.

Animal Cover All Game

Variation of Letter Cover All (refer procedure in Letter Cover All from previous weekly plans)

Animal Masks
Objective: to develop fine motor coordination; to identify animal features
Materials: paper plate, brown paper bag, glue, art paper, yarn, assorted junk, scissors
Number of players/participants: individual or pairs
Procedure:
1. Have children create animal masks out of paper plate or brown paper bag.
2. Let them think about specific facial features of the animal they are representing and have them show these in the
masks they are making.
3. Let children wear the mask during meeting time. Call in each child in front and have the rest of the class guess
which animal is being shown.

Animal Clotheslines
Objective: to classify animals according to habitat
Materials: animal pictures, category cards where the following words are printed out: WATER, AIR, LAND, clothesline,
clothespin
Number of players/participants: 6-8 children
Procedure:
Preparation: Set up a clothesline in one part of the room. Divide the clothesline into three parts. Hang one category
card on each part.
1. Ask children to look at the pictures carefully and let them figure out which animals live in land, water and air.
2. Have them hang the pictures in the appropriate area along the clothesline.

Sand and Water Play

Objectives: to develop eye-hand coordination
to learn social skills of sharing, negotiation, communication
to develop creative thinking and imagination
Materials: plastic or rubber animal strainer, props they can use for their animal cages/shelters, toy buckets, assorted plastic
containers, sponge, funnel, plastic bottles
Number of players/participants: individual or small group
Procedure:
1. Have children to create animals homes/shelters out of sand and assorted containers and other junk materials that
can be used as props.
2. Encourage children to label their constructions.

108
B. OTHER MATH ACTIVITIES

Block Play:
Objectives: to explore the attributes of 3-dimensional or space figures
To demonstrate understanding of the relationship between figures
to build structures using blocks
Materials: table or floor blocks
Number of players/participants: 1-4 children
Procedure:
1. Children use table or floor blocks to build structures.
2. While building structures children are encouraged to talk about attributes of block (e.g. long/ short, heavy/light) and
the relationship of each block to another (e.g. 2 of these blocks make 1 of these blocks)
3. Children can also be encouraged to build structures based on the theme of the week (e.g. building homes,
schools, establishments in the community).

Playdough Numerals (0-9)

Objective: to identify the numerals 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9
Materials: playdough
Number of players/participants: 6 children
Procedure:
1. Give each child a medium-sized ball of playdough.
2. Let them to form the numerals 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9.
3. Then ask each child to create the number of objects for each numeral. (Example: 2 hearts – numeral 2)

Writing Numerals (0,1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9)

Objective: to write numerals
Materials: lined paper (blue-red-blue lines) numeral cards
Number of player/participants: small group
Procedure:
Preparation: Draw the numerals on a piece of card board. The first part of the numeral is drawn with the purple crayon
and the second part with green. The purple and green marks will help children determine which stroke to
do first.
1. Provide each child with numeral cards and lined paper.
2. Let each child practice writing the numerals on lined paper.

Lift The Bowl (connecting up to quantities of 9)

Objective: to explore different combinations that make a given quantity
Materials: bowl or cup, any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips, or sticks
Number of player/participants: small group
Procedure:

1. Game proceeds as Hand Game but bowls are used for separating quantities.

Teacher says: Children say: Teacher places these cards on the Lift
the Bowl counting board

"Place nine blocks under the "None and nine is nine." or 0

bowl." "Zero and nine is nine"

"Place one block under the bowl." "One and eight is nine."

109
 2
"Place two blocks under the
"Two and seven is nine."
bowl."
7

3
"Place three blocks under the
"Three and six is nine."
bowl."
6

4
"Place four blocks under the
"Four and five is nine."
bowl."
5

5
"Place five blocks under the
"Five and four is nine."
bowl."
4

"Place six blocks under the bowl." "Six and three is nine."

7
"Place seven block under the
"Seven and two is nine."
bowl."
2

8
"Place eight blocks under the
"Eight and one is nine."
bowl."
1

9
"Place nine blocks under the "Nine and none is nine." Or
bowl." “nine and zero is none”
0

Hand Game
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes a given quantity
Materials: any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips, or sticks
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Children work in small groups.
2. Teacher gives each child a given quantity of sticks, 9 in this case.
3. Children separate counters in different ways and verbalize the combinations that result.

110
 Teacher says: Children say: Children write:
"Place nine sticks in your right hand." "None and nine is nine." or 0+9=9
"Zero and nine is nine."

"Place one stick in your left hand." "One and eight is nine." 1+8=9

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Two and seven is nine." 2+7=9

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Three and six is nine." 3+6=9

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Four and five is nine." 4+5=9

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Five and four is nine." 5+4=9

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Six and three is nine." 6+3=9

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Seven and two is nine." 7+2=9

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Eight and one is nine." 8+1=9

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Nine and none is nine." Or “Nine 9+0=9
and zero is nine.”

Lift The Bowl

Objective: to explore different combinations that makes a given quantity
Materials: bowl or cup, any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips, or sticks
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
Game proceeds as Hand Game but bowls are used for separating quantities.
Teacher says: Children say: Children write:
"Place nine blocks under the bowl." "None and nine is nine." or 0
"Zero and nine is nine." +9
9
"Place one block under the bowl." "One and eight is nine." 1
+8
9
Continue until "Nine and none is nine." or 9
"Place 9 blocks under the bowl." "Nine and zero is nine." +0
9
Mixed Up Numbers
Objectives: to read and recognize number words
to recognize the sequence of numbers
Materials: vocabulary cards of number words
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Place the word cards at random in the chalk tray.
2. Ask the students to say each word with you.
3. Ask the children to help you place them in correct sequence.
4. Tell the children to hide their eyes while a mischievous kitten (you) comes and change the order of the cards.
5. The children close their eyes and lower their heads on their desk.
6. The teacher switches cards and then calls on a pupil to return them to the correct places.

111
It’s a Match
Objective: to match numeral to set of objects/ dots
Materials: one set of cards with numerals – 0 -9, one set of cards with dots (corresponding to the numerals)
Number of players/participants: pairs or small group
Procedure:
1. Place the numeral cards face down in a box.
2. Place the corresponding dot pattern cards in the chalk tray.
3. Call on a child to get a card from the box and place it over the equivalent card in the chalk tray.
4. If correct, the child may choose the next player.

Grab Bag with Partners (up to quantities of 9)

Objective: to practice addition skills
Materials: clothespins, paper sack, individual chalkboards
Number of players/participants: pairs
Procedure:
1. Get a partner.
2. Partner A fills the bag with 9 clothespins (or depending on what number is being worked with).
3. Partner B reaches into the bag and takes out some clothespins, showing Partner A what has been removed.
4. Partner A & B predict how many clothespins they both think are left.
5. Then they check their predictions, and each child records the equation on a chalkboard or a sheet such as the one
below.
Name________________________________
I played a game today.
These are the equations I made.

Subtraction Cards (quantities of 9)

Objective: to subtract quantities
Materials: subtraction cards, counters
Number of players/participants: individual or pairs
Procedure:
1. Child 1 reads the total on the card, for example 9.
2. Child 2 gets 9 counters.
3. Child 1 says "take away three".
4. Child 2 gets the subtraction card and lifts the right hand flap that indicates 3 dots.
5. Child 1 counts remaining dots and say "six".
6. Both children write the corresponding equation: 9 – 3 = 6

Addition Call Out Game

Objective: to match an addition fact with its correct sum
Materials: call out card for each player, calling cards, tokens
Number of players/participants: 1 - 4 children
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a call out card.
2. Assign a student to call out what is written on calling cards.
3. First one to cover all spaces wins. If players go through all the cards without reaching Call Out, they should
reshuffle the cards, then turn them face down again and continue playing until someone has won.
Subtraction Call Out Game
Objective: to practice subtraction
Materials: call out card for each player, calling cards, tokens
Number of players/participants: 1 - 4 children

112
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a call out card.
2. Assign a student to call out what is written on calling cards.
3. First one to cover all spaces wins. If players go through all the cards without reaching Call Out, they should
reshuffle the cards, then turn them face down again and continue playing until someone has won.
Find 9
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes 9
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 9)
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. All cards are dealt. Last card is turned face up. Each player keeps the cards dealt to him/his in a stack, face-
down, without looking at them.
2. By turns, players turn over the top card of his stack. If this card can be used with one on the table to make a total
of 9, the player can take it and keep the pair. If there are no cards that can be used, he has to discard his card in
the middle of the table, face up.
3. The player who collects the most number of pairs wins.
Draw 9
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes 9
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 9)
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. One card is drawn from the deck and is set aside throughout the game, so that there will be an odd card without a
mate at the end of the game. All the other cards are dealt.
2. Each player goes through the cards received trying to find pairs that make 9. All the pairs thus made are discarded
in the middle of the table.
3. The players then take turns, each holding her cards like a fan and letting the person to her left draw one of them
without looking at them. If the person who draws the card can use it to make 9 with one of the cards in her hand,
she discards the pair in the middle of the table. If she cannot use it, she has to keep it. She then holds all her
cards like a fan so that the person to her left can draw one of them by chance.
4. Play continues until one person is left holding the odd card and loses the game.
Nine Concentration
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes 9
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 9)
Procedure:
1. Sixteen cards are placed in the middle of the table, face down, in a 4 x 4 arrangement. The remaining cards are
placed face-down in a stack.
2. The players take turns turning over two cards, trying to turn a pair that totals 9. If a pair can be made, the player
keeps it and continues to play as long as he is successful. If he is not successful, he returns the two cards to their
original face-down positions and replaces any cards he took with new ones from the deck.
3. With 16 face-down cards on the table, the turn passes to the next player to the left
4. The person who collects the greatest number of pairs is the winner.

Variation: This game can be varied by increasing the number of cards placed on the table. A 5 x 5 or 6 x 6
arrangement may be more interesting.

Go 9
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes 9
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 9)
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. All the cards are dealt.
2. The players take turns asking specific people for specific cards in a way similar to the card game Go Fish. For
example, John may say to Carol, Do you have a 1?" If Carol has a 1, she has to give it up to John. John then
lays this 1 and a 9 in front of himself, face up.
3. A player can continue asking for a card as long as he gets the card he requested. If he does not get the card he
asked for, the turn passes to the person who said, "I don't have it."
4. The person who makes the greatest number of pairs is the winner.

113
Number Train Graph (up to quantities of 9)
Objective: to practice addition skills
Materials: clothespin (2 colors), Manila or kraft paper
Number of players/participants: individual or small group
Procedure:
1. The children try to find all the possible arrangements for the combinations that make up 9
2. As they find the arrangements, place it in the appropriate column of the Manila paper. (The links can be labeled
with the labeled possible combinations, or the children can label the links as needed.)

What Numbers Can You Make (up to quantities of 9)

Objective: to practice addition skills
Materials: clothespin, crayons,
Number of players/participants: individual or small group
Procedure:
1. The children make clothespin links (each link made with different color clothespin and no stack more than nine
clothespins long). There can be more than one link of any particular number. The object is to try to make each of
the numbers from one to nine in as many ways as possible.
2. The children are allowed to use more than one link to make any number, but they may not break any links apart. If
they can’t make a number, they are to cross it out. If they can make the number, they write the equation that
describes the trains used.
3. The game can be played over and over, as it will be a new experience each time the numbers used changes.

Exploring One Shape at a Time

Objective: to explore characteristics of a shape
Materials: shape cut outs (one shape at a time)
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Allow children to focus on particular attributes of a shape.
Ask: What can you make using only circles? Only squares?
What new creations can you make if you can cut the circles (or squares) apart?
Note: Observe how children work.
How do the children proceed with the task?
Do they just start building/ constructing with little or no obvious planning?
Do they randomly place the pieces with little or no attention to symmetry?
Do they build first and then decide what it is they made? Or do they start with an idea and build toward it?
Do they seem to know what they need to follow through on their idea?
Do they add details to their creations?
Do they find unusual ways to create these details?
Are the relative sizes of their creations appropriate or not?
Do they seek out materials to work with that will help them create whatever they have in mind?
Do they see potential in items that might otherwise be thrown away, and then create something based on that
potential? Are they able to copy ideas from others successfully?
When given a model to copy, do they need to have the model close in order to see what to do, checking and
rechecking to make sure they are doing it as in the model? Or do they see the model once and then go to
work without checking back?

C. OTHER LANGUAGE ARTS ACTIVITIES

Put it Together (for Meeting Time 2)

For this activity you say words in parts. Children should listen carefully and orally blend the parts to say the word as a
whole. For example, if you say /m/ /a/ /n/, children are to respond with man.

Literature-based: Filmstrips:
Objective: to arrange story events in correct sequence
Materials: pencil, markers, black art paper
Number of players/participants: 6-8 children

114
Procedure:
1. Write the title of the story in strip # 1.
2. Let children make borders around each strip using tiny cut-out of black art paper. The borders must resemble the
holes in the old-fashion camera films.
3. Children recall story events and choose which ones they will illustrate in the filmstrip.
4. Each child gets to draw one story event.
5. After all strips have been completed, glue them together and hang on the wall.

Sound Switcheroo
(Source: Blevins, W, Phonics from A to Z, A Practical Guide, Scholastic Professional Books, p. 41)
Objective: to identify initial/middle/final sounds
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Explain to the children that you want them to listen carefully to the sounds in the word you’re going to say.
2. Tell them you’ll play switcheroo (change one sound in the word- the beginning, middle or ending sound) with one
of these sounds.
3. Children should then tell you which sound was switched. For example, if you say mat and then sat, children
should respond that /m/ was switched with /s/. Continue with these and other word pairs:
• man/pan • fan/fat • run/sun
• hat/hot • pick/pack • ball/bell
• leaf/loaf • pig/pin • fish/dish
• gate/game • tap/tape • van/ran
• zip/lip • cup/cap • hot/hop
High-Frequency Box
Objectives: to read high frequency words
to develop fine motor coordination
Materials: shoe-box, targeted high-frequency words, pocket chart
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Place a set of high-frequency word cards in a shoe box.
2. Children take turns in picking out a card.
3. At each turn, a child leads the group in spelling aloud the word, reading it and using it in a sentence.
4. The rest of the group must write the word on a sheet of paper as they say each letter aloud.
5. Display it in a pocket chart.
6. At different times of the day, let the class read the words in the pocket chart.
7. By the end of the week, this small set of words will have been reviewed many times.
Form a Word (animal words)_
Objective: to form animal words
Materials: letter cards, individual cards bearing animal names
Number of players/participants: individual or small group
Procedure:
1. Have each child pick out a word card.
2. Let him form this word on his own by using the letter cards.
SONGS/RHYMES/POEMS

Nine Little Monkeys Nine Green Speckled Frogs

Nine little monkeys sitting on a tree Nine green speckled frogs

Teasing Mr. Crocodile, “You can’t catch me, no you Sat on a speckled log
can’t catch me!” Eating the most delicious bugs, “Yum, yum!”
Along came Mr. Crocodile hungry as can be and One jumped into the pool where it was nice and cool
SNAP! Then there were eight green speckled frogs
Eight little monkeys sitting on a tree teasing Mr.
Crocodile, Repeat until no more frogs are left on the log.
“You can’t catch me, no you can’t catch me!”

Repeat until no more monkeys are left on the tree.

115
 Nine Little Fish Oh, Mr. Postman (sing to the tune “Oh, Susana”)
(Source: Fehl, M and Williams, B, Math Learning
Nine little fish swimming in the water Songs and Activities, p. 18-19)
Swimming in the water,
Swimming in the water Oh, Mr. Postman
Nine little fish swimming in the water, Now whatcha got for me?
Bubble, bubble, bubble, bubble, splash!!! I have 6 letters,
(On the word splash, “one child in each group I’d like 1 more.
falls to the ground.) How many would that be?
(Change the number combinations, do the same
Repeat the rhyme until no fish are left. with other sums)

Animal Homes (sung to “On Top of Old Smoky”) This Little Cow (finger play)
On top of a mountain This little cow eats grass (hold up your thumb)
Or under the sea, This little cow eats hay (hold up first finger)
There are so many places This little cow drinks water (holds up next finger)
Where creatures may be, This little cow does nothing
But just lies down all day (hold up your pinkie)
Alone in a desert,
Variation
Or grouped on a farm,
• Choose five children to be the cows.
Or tucked in a tree trunk
Away from all harm. • Talk about the different things that each cow
does.
On bright, sunny grasslands, • One cow eats grass- this child pretends to eat
Or in a dark cave, grass.
In jungles and forests, • One cow eats hays- this child pretends to eat
Where all must be brave. hay.
• One cow drinks water- the child pretends to
On ice in the Arctic, drink water from a pail.
Or holed underground, • Another cow runs away- the child runs across
There are so many places the room.
Where creatures are found! • The fifth cow lies down all day-this child lies on
the floor. On the words “chase her, chase her”,
the fifth child gets up and runs across the room
while the other child chase her.

Baby Animals (sung to “Mary Had a Little Lamb”)

Note: introduce a few or only those that are familiar to
the children
Sheep give birth to little lambs
Little lambs, little lambs.
Sheep give birth to little lambs,
Yes, that’s the baby’s name.
Dogs and seals have little pups,
Little pups, little pups.
Dogs and seals have little pups,
Yes that’s the baby’s name.
Cows and whales have little calves,
Little calves, little calves.
Cows and whales have little calves,
Yes that’s the baby’s name.

116
 Ostriches and hens have chicks,
Little chicks, little chicks.
Ostriches and hens have chicks,
Yes that’s the baby’s name.
Bears and lions both have cubs,
Little cubs, little cubs.
Bears and lions both have cubs,
Yes, that’s the baby’s name.
Deer give birth to little fawns,
Little fawns, little fawns.
Deer give birth to little fawns,
Yes, that’s the baby’s name.
Antelope have little kids,
Little kids, little kids.
Antelope have little kids,
And people have kids, too!

STORIES

Whose Home? (adapted from Benette, David)

Question before the story:

- Where do animals live?
Questions while reading:
- Why can’t all animals live in a tree? In a hole? In a shell?
Questions after reading:
- Why do animals live in different homes?
The Lost Kitten (Albee, J (1992). McClanahan Book Company, New York)
Questions before the story:
- Have you ever found something that you wanted to keep as your own?
Questions during reading:
- What did Jodi feel every time someone came to check the cat?
- Did you ever felt that way?
Questions after reading:
- How did Jodi take care of the cat?
- If you were Jodi, would you have done the same?
- What do you think Jodi would feel if the real owner of the cat appeared?

INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES

Duck, duck, goose

Let the children form a circle and then sit down. Ask for a volunteer to be ‘It’. The ‘It’ goes around the circle, tapping each
child in the head while saying,’Duck, duck, duck…’ The ‘It’ chooses to tap and call one of the children, ‘Goose”. The Goose
tries to run after the ‘It’. The ‘It’ runs around the circle until he/she is able to reach and sit on the empty space left by the
Goose. If the ‘It’ is able to reach the empty space before the Goose catches him/her, the Goose becomes the next ‘It’. If the
Goose is able to catch the ‘It’, he/she remains to be the ‘It’.

Blend Baseball
Prepare markers as bases for the baseball. Divide the class into two teams. Say aloud a word in parts, such as /s/ /a/ /t/. If
the child can blend the word, he or she can go to first base. Play the game just like baseball.

Animals Run Home (PEHT p. 232)

117
Team Sound-Off
Objectives: to blend phoneme to phoneme
to develop gross motor coordination
Materials: none
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Divide the group into teams of three or four children.
2. Assign each team a sound, such as /s/.
3. Then call to the front of the classroom three children, for example one child from the /s/ group, one child from the
/a/ group, and one child from the /t/ group.
4. Have the three children sequence their sounds to form a word. Then they should say the sounds and ask the rest
of the group to blend together the sound to form the word.
5. Teams take turn answering, and each team that guesses correctly gets one point.
6. Team who make the chart number of guesses wins.

MEETING TIME 3

Summing Up The Day

1. Have children report daily news.

2. Ask them to suggest significant events that can be entered on the calendar.
3. Write the news reporter’s choice exactly as the children tell. But if you have older children who are able to write,
you may let the new reporter write it.
4. Ask the whole group to listen carefully and tell you what letters correspond to the sounds they hear as the news is
written for all to see on a piece of chart paper like the one below.

118
 KINDERGARTEN CLASS THIRD GRADING DAILY PLANS
WEEK 30:___________________________
Monday Tuesday Wednesday
CONTENT FOCUS: Places in the Community: Sari-sari Store
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: There are places in the community where we can Message: Today, we will visit a sari-sari store. Message: People can buy different goods from a sari-sari store. Some
buy food. People buy food and other goods from goods can be sold in smaller quantities such as oil, eggs,
a sari-sari store. salt, sugar, candies, biscuits.

Question: What does your family buy from the sari-sari store Question: What rules do we need to follow during a fieldtrip? Question: What do they sell in a sari-sari store?
in your community?
Introduce the song “Off We Go to a Sari-sari Store”
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: Target Letter: Yy Teacher-Supervised: Field Trip Teacher-Supervised: cont. Fieldtrip to the Sari-sari Store

Independent: Independent: Independent:

• Trip Chart • Form a Letter • Sari-sari store Collage
• Letter Poster • Sand Paper Letter • Dramatic Play
• Letter/Word Collage • Letter Mosaic • Playdough: Things That can be bought from the sari-sari store
• Syllable Sort • Upper and Lower Case Connect • Go Fish : Upper and Lower Letters
• Upper and Lower Case Connect • Construction Toys/Puzzle • Three-Letter Sort : W, Y, Q
• Writer’s Workshop
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Talk about the trip chart. Go over each question and each part Introduce the song “ Ang Tindahan “ Continue discussion of jobs that people do in a sari-sari store.
of the trip chart and explain how children are expected to Do Snap and Clap Rhymes
accomplish this.

Talk about rules to be observed during the fieldtrip. Play “Round Robin Rhyme “
Supervised Recess Supervised Recess Supervised Recess
STORY: Kilo of Sugar (Adapted) STORY: Alphabet in the Sari-sari Store STORY: Araw sa Palengke ni May-Tobias Papa
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: pictograph of preferred products (eg. Teacher-Supervised: Fieldtrip to the Sari-sari store (Batch 2) Teacher-Supervised: Subtraction Cards (writing number sentences)
soap, softdrinks, snack, biscuits)
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Block Play • Block Play • Block Play
• Call Out: Addition/ Call Out: Subtraction (0-9) • Call Out: Addition/ Call Out: Subtraction (0-9) • Call Out: Addition/ Call Out: Subtraction (0-9)
• 9 Concentration/ Find 9 • 9 Concentration/ Find 9 • Draw 9/Go 9
• Roll and Count (up to quantities of 9) • Roll and Count (up to quantities of 9) • Roll and Count (up to quantities of 9)
• Writing Numerals (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9) • Writing Numerals (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9)
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Build a Castle INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Gossip INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: To Market To Market
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

119
 THURSDAY FRIDAY NOTES
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: People have different jobs to do at the sari-sari Message: Storeowners get some of their goods from other
store. There are specific things that are needed in communities. Sometimes they travel to other places to get
sari-sari store e.g. containers, weighing scale, these goods. Sometimes these goods are delivered to the sari-
refrigerator. sari store.

Question: What kind of work do people do in a sari- Questions: Which goods come from our own community?
sari store? What things do people use for their Which ones have to be bought from other communities?
work at the sari-sari store?

WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1

Teacher-Supervised: Bottle Graph Teacher-Supervised: Poster: Saan Nanggaling ang mga
Paninda sa Sari-sari store

Independent: Independent:
• cont. Sari-sari store Collage • Dramatic Play
• Mobile: Mga Paninda sa sari-sari store • Playdough
• Dramatic Play • Triorama: At the Sari-sari store
• Playdough • Picture a Rhyme
• Triorama: At the Sari-sari store • Writer’s Workshop
• Sari-sari store Word Sort
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Play: What’s Missing? Song: Twinkle, Twinkle Little Word

STORY: At the Market (Adapted) STORY:

Teacher-Supervised: Measures mass using nonstandard tools Teacher-Supervised: Train Ride

(home-made balance) Balloons
Independent: Independent:
• Block Play • Block Play
• Call Out: Addition/ Call Out: Subtraction (0-9) • Subtraction Cards (writing number sentences)
• Draw 9/Go 9 • 9 Concentration/ Find 6/ Draw 9/Go 9
• Roll and Count (up to quantities of 9) • Roll and Count (up to quantities of 9)
• Writing Numerals (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 67, 8, 9)
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Relay Game INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Mother May I

MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

120
APPENDIX: WEEK 30

SMALL GROUP ACTIVITIES

A. THEME-RELATED ACTIVITIES

Trip Chart
Objective: to record through drawings and words what they see at the sari-sari store
Materials: bond paper or newsprint, pencil
Number of players/participants: individual
Procedure :
1. Give each child 3 pieces of bond paper (teacher-made)
2. Ask the child to fold 1 sheet of bond paper in half (crosswise).
3. On the upper part of the paper tell the children to copy and fill-up the following (teacher can prepare format
for children):

My name is ___________
Today is ________ ___, 201____
My partner is _____________
We will leave at __:00 A.M.
We will be back by __:30 A.M.

4. Tell the children that they will use the trip chart to draw and write what they see during trip.
5. At the lower part of page 1 let the children copy the following:

On the way to the sari-sari store I saw…

6. On page 2 let the children copy the following:

I saw people at the sari-sari store.

7. On page 3 let the children copy the following:

I saw many things at at the sari-sari

store.

121
 8. On page 4 let the children copy the following:

These goods come from our own

community:

These goods come from other

communities:

9. On page 5 let the children copy the following:

People do different jobs at the store

These are the things they need in a

sari-sari store:

Sari-sari Store Fieldtrip

Objectives: to observe what happens in a sari-sari store
to observe that people buy goods that they need or want at a sari-sari store
to observe that people stay at the sari-sari store to talk with friends and neighbors
Materials: Trip chart, pencil
Number of players/participants: individual or group of 4
Procedure:
1. Before leaving the classroom, remind the children of
a. the rules when going on a fieldtrip
b. the purpose of the trip and the importance of drawing and writing on their trip charts
2. While walking, ask the children: “What do you see?” “Who do you see?”
3. At the sari-sari store, ask children to bring out their trip charts.
4. Have them read the first question/statement or read it to the children. Ask them to look around the sari-sari store
and then draw the people they saw at the store.
5. Go to the next question and again have them gather information by looking around the store.
6. The last two questions require them to interview the storeowner or helpers in the store.
7. After they have accomplished their trip charts, ask the children if they have further questions they want to ask the
people in the store.
8. Before leaving the store, make sure the children thank the owner and the helpers for their time and cooperation.
9. Back in school, give children time to finish their drawings. Assist them as they write words/sentences to
accompany their drawings.

122
Bottle Graph
Objectives: to collect data about favorite beverage or drink
to analyze results of survey
Materials: 4-5 empty 1.5 softdrink bottles, scoop or ice cream cup, funnel, pail of water
Number of players/participant s: small group
Procedure:
1. Line up 4 empty bottles in a row. Label each bottle with a particular beverage e.g. juice, water, softdrink milk
2. At each turn, ask a child to choose which of these beverages he/she likes best. Once he has identified
his favorite drink, have him pour a cup of water into the bottle representing his favorite beverage.
3. When everyone has done this, have them compare the volume of water in each bottle. The one with the greatest
amount of water is naturally the most popular beverage among this group of children.
4. Ask them the following questions::
Which is the most popular beverage?
Which is the least popular?
Did anyone else choose your favorite beverage?
Which bottles have the same amount of water?

Mobile: Mga Paninda sa Sari-sari Store

Objective: to develop fine motor coordination
Materials: string, glue, cards, crayons. scissors, hanger, blank shape cards
Number of players/participants: 4-6 children
Procedure:
1. Have children draw the goods they saw in the sari-sari store on the blank cards.
2. Help children fasten a piece of string to each shape card which in turn will be tied to the hanger. String length
should be varied. Encourage children to color their drawings.

Sari-sari Store Collage

Objective: to develop fine motor coordination
Materials: art paper, old magazines, bond paper, markers, crayon, scissors, candy or canned good wrappers
Number of players/participants: 4-6 children
Procedure:
1. Have children draw or cut out from magazines examples of goods that are sold in a sari-sari store.
2. Make a collage out of these drawings, magazine-cut-outs and wrappers that you have collected.
3. Have them label the goods shown in the collage.

Poster: Saan Nanggaling ang mga Paninda sa Sari-sari store

Objective: to develop fine motor coordination
Materials: bond paper, art paper markers, crayons, scissors
Number of players/participants: 4-6 children
Procedure:
1. Have them draw places where storeowners buy the goods that they sell on brown paper bags
2. Encourage children to use crayons to make drawings colorful.
Variation: Children can form a collage of these places instead of simply drawing it.

Dramatic Play: Tinda-Tindahan

Objectives: to recreate real-life situations (buyer, seller)
to negotiate roles and cooperate to portray a role
to develop fine motor coordination and practice eye-hand coordination
to practice visual discrimination skills when putting away props and materials
to create pictures in one’s head about past experiences
to use language to explain what one is doing
to ask and answer questions
Materials: toy products or empty boxes or containers of products (ex. soap, toothpaste) Paper money
Note: Teachers can ask children to bring empty containers to help build the ‘Sari-sari store’
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Small groups of children take turns playing at the dramatic play corner.
2. After each time a child plays in this area, he/she can draw what he/she did during this time.

123
Sari-sari Store Collage
Objective : to make a collage of a sari-sari store
Materials : cartolina, scissors, glue, old magazine, bond paper, pencil, crayon
Number of players/participant s: 3 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. Tell the children to talk about and plan how they will draw and set up the sari-sari store – what products they will
include in their store, in what part of the store they will put each product.
2. Encourage the children to divide the work among themselves so that they can work in an orderly manner.

B. OTHER MATH ACTIVITIES

Train Ride
Objective: to add and subtract single-digit numbers
Materials: chalk and chalkboard
Number of players/participant s: small or whole group
Procedure:
1. Divide the group into 2.
2. The first player in each group goes to the chalkboard and draws a train engine. As directed the leader writes a
numeral, for example 8, on the drawing of the train.
3. The second player then comes up to draw a coach, on which he writes a combination that names the number
selected for the engine, such as 6 + 2.
4. Continue in order until a member of the group thinks that all combinations have been shown.
5. The team whose train shows all combinations for the engine number wins.

Balloons Concept: Addition-Subtraction

Objective: to add and subtract single-digit numbers
Materials: chalk and chalkboard
Number of players/participant s: individual, small or whole group
Procedure:
1. Draw pictures of balloons on the chalkboard and write an addition or subtraction combination on each.
2. Players take turns by trying to “pop the balloons” by giving answers to the combinations. Children may indicate
the popping of balloons by clapping hands

Variation: Instead of drawing balloons, flowers, leaves and other more familiar objects can be drawn.
How Heavy?
Objectives: to measure the weight of objects using a home-made balance or weighing scale
to compare weights
Materials: home-made balance, common objects, cubes
Number of players/participants: pairs small group

Procedure:
1. Ask a child to estimate the weight of an object: How many cubes heavy is your object?
2. Let the child place this object on one side of the balance and measure its weight using the cubes.
3. Determine if his/her estimate is close or too far from the actual weight.
Equation Dice Toss
Objective: to practice addition skills
Materials: 1 die with dots, 1 die with numeral, recording sheet
Number of players/participants: individual, pair or small group

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Procedure:
1. Child rolls both dice.
2. Child read the numbered die and adds the dotted die number.
3. Once the child finds the total he/she writes the equation in the appropriate column.
4. The child continues until a column is completed.

124
Subtraction Cards (quantities of 9)
Objective: to subtract quantities
Materials: subtraction cards, counters
Number of players/participant s: individual or pairs
Procedure:
1. Child 1 reads the total on the card, for example 9.
Clap Clap Snap fall Clap Clap Snap ball
Clap Clap Snap hall Clap Clap Snap small

2. Child 2 gets 9 counters.

3. Child 1 says "take away three".
4. Child 2 gets the subtraction card and lifts the right hand flap that indicates 3 dots.
5. Child 1 counts remaining dots and say "six".
6. Both children write the equation: 9 – 3 = 6

Seesaw
Objectives: to master addition fact
to compare whole numbers
Materials: 4 dice, SEESAW game board, score sheet
Number of players/participant s: 2 players
Procedure
1. Each player rolls two dice on the same turn. Put the pairs of dice on opposite sides of the seesaw.
2. If the equation is true, say, “SEESAW!” The first to say it (and be correct) wins the first round.
3. If the sums are unequal, player 1 has two choices:
• Switch the two outside numbers
• Re-roll any one of the four dice
4. If the new value balances the equation, say, SEESAW!” to win.
5. Keep taking turns until the equation balances. Write the final equation on the score sheet. Write the winner’s
initials next to it.
6. Player 2 starts the next round. The first player to win seven rounds wins the game.

C. OTHER LANGUAGE ARTS ACTIVITIES

For Meeting Time 2:
Snap and Clap Rhymes
Objective: to identify words that rhyme
Materials: none
Number of players/participants: whole class during circle time or in half groups
Procedure:
1. Begin with a simple clap and snap rhythm.
2. Get more complex as children move along in rhyming.

Picture a Rhyme
Objective: to supply words that rhyme
Materials: none
Number of players/participants: any number of children (small group activity)
Procedure:
1. Have children fold a piece of paper in half.
2. Ask them to draw pictures of two things whose names rhyme. For example, a hat and a bat.
3. Help children label the picture names. For children struggling with this activity, provide them with the name of one
item such as a star, pan, pig, pen or coat.
4. Gather the drawings and bind them into a book entitled “A Rhyme Book “
5. Display the book they made so they can browse through it during reading time.

Round Robin Rhyme

Objective: to supply words that rhyme
Materials: none
Number of players/participants: 8-10 participants (small group)

125
Procedure:
1. Have the children sit in a circle. Tell them that you are going on an imaginary trip. You will say one item that you
want to take on the trip.
2. The children are to repeat the item and the name another item name that rhymes. For example, if you say, “I’m
going to the park, I’m taking a mat,” The next child in the circle might say “I’m taking a mat and a hat.”
3. Continue around the circle until no more rhyming names can be found.

Variation: Children may state aloud items which names begin with the same sound. For example, “I’m going to the
park and I’m taking a ball, a bat, a basket, a blanket, and a banana.”

What’s Missing?

Introduce this chant below:

If your Mom is “Om” and your dad is “Ad”), it must be Missing Sound Day. Can you figure out what a grown-up wants if he
says “Bring me an:
encil (Pencil)
up (cup)
ork (fork)
ubber band (rubber band)
able (table)
aper (paper)

Syllable Sort
Objective: to identify number of syllables in a word
Materials: assorted objects or pictures
Number of players/participant: 6-8 children
Procedure:
1. Gather toys and objects or pictures. Make a graph with 3 columns. Write 1 on the first, 2 on the second and 3 on
the third column.
2. Children take turns picking an object or picture. At each turn, a child names the object, clap the number of
syllables, write down the word and paste this on the appropriate column in the graph.
3. A child name the subject in each turn, while clapping the number of syllables.
4. Write down the word and paste this on the appropriate column with graph.

Letter Poster .Letter/Word Collage - refer to instructions in previous weeks

Upper and Lower Case Connect Game (played like letter connect game but instead of connecting identical letters, you
connect upper case form with the lower case form of a particular letter

Go Fish: Upper and Lower Letters (Note: played like Go Fish letters but instead of matching identical letters, you
match upper and lower case letters)

Three-Letter Sort: W, Y, Q
Objective: to classify words according to their initial letter
Materials: ¼ manila paper divided into three parts, glue, strips of paper, crayons, marker
Preparation: Divide the manila paper into three parts. Write W on top of the first column, Y on the second and Q on the third
column.
Number of players/participants: 6-8 children
Procedure:
1. Have children draw pictures of objects, people or places that begin with each of the target letters.
2. Let them paste these on the appropriate column

Sari-sari store Word sort

Objective: to classify words in multiple ways e.g. according to beginning letter, number of letters in a word
Materials: 2 x 4 blank cards
Number of players/participants: 6-8 children

126
Procedure:
1. Brainstorm on words related to a sari-sari store. These can include goods that are sold in the sari-sari store,
things that they use in the store, people who work there, places where they buy their goods, signs and labels you
see in a store. As they name each word, teacher lists down these words on the board.
2. Have children copy these words on the blank cards.
3. After all words have been written down, have them sort these words in different ways.

STORIES

Alphabet In The Sari-Sari Store

Questions before telling the story:

- Have you ever been to a supermarket?
- What can you see in the supermarket?
Questions during the storytelling:
- What did he see in the supermarket?
- What does Mom buy together with leaves?
Questions after the storytelling.
- What is the difference between a sari-sari store and a supermarket?
- What can you buy from both places? What are found in the supermarket that are not sold in a sari-sari store?

Araw Sa Palengke Ni May

ni: Tobias Papa
Questions before telling the story:
- Nakarating ka na ba sa palengke? Ano ang nakikita sa palengke?
- Bakit pumupunta ang mga tao sa palengke?

Questions during the storytelling:

- Bakit gumising ang bata?
- Ano ang bilin ni Nanay bago pumunta sa palengke? Bakit?

Questions after the storytelling.

- Saan nagpunta ang nanay at ang kanyang anak ? Ano ang kanilang dala-dala papuntang palengke ?
- Ano-ano ang bilin ng Nanay sa kanyang anak ?
- Ano-ano ang napansin ng bata sa palengke ?
- Bakit hindi nagustuhan ng bata ang amoy sa palengke ?
- Anong magandang katangian ng bata ang ipinakita sa kwento kahit siya ay pagod na at nang Makita niya ang
munting palayok ?
- Ikaw, pinipilit mo ba ang iyong nanay na bilhin ang nagustuhan mo sa mall o sa palengke kahit may bilin siya na
huwag kang magtuturo o magpapabili? Bakit ?

At The Market (Adapted)

Questions before telling the story:

- Who has been to the market already?
- What did you do in the market?
- What do people do in the market?

Questions during the storytelling:

- Why did Jenny and Brenda wake up early?
- What will they do in the market?
Questions after the storytelling.
- Who took a bath at the open well?
- Who went with Jenny to the market?
- What did Jenny buy in the market?
- What did Brenda ask Jenny to buy for her?
- Why did Brenda feel so happy?

127
RHYMES / SONGS / POEMS

Ang Tindahan (to the tune of bahay kubo) The Worker in the Store
( to the tune of The Farmer in the Dell)
Ang tindahan, kahit munti
Ang paninda doon ay sarisari The workers in the store
Tinapay at biskwit The workers in the store
Karne norte’t sardinas Hi-ho the workers yo!
Toyo, suka, mantika The workers in the store
Asukal at asin
Patis at bagoong *The workers can be changed to cashier,
At saka meron pa guard, seller, owner.
Walis at panlinis
Sibuyas, kamatis, bawang at luya
Sa paligid ligid ay puno ng paninda.

Shopping Song Twinkle, Twinkle, Little Word

(to the tune of Row, Row Your Boat) (Sung to the tune of “Twinkle, Twinkle, Little Star”)
Twinkle, twinkle, little word
Go, go here we go
In the sari-sari store What’s the new word to be heard?
Buy, buy we will buy If I take off the FIRST sound
Get your bag and go.
What new word will now be found?
Take the /sh/ right off of shout.
Now the new word sounds like…
_______________. (out)
Twinkle, twinkle, little word
What’s the new word to be heard?
If I take off the LAST sound
What new word will now be found?
Take the /er/ right off of hammer.
Now the new word sounds like…
_______________. (ham)

INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES

Build a Castle
Two people hold a jump rope so that it is touching the ground. The children line up single file and jump over the rope one at
a time. After every child has jumped, the rope is lifted a few inches above the ground. Continue lifting the rope as the
children jump over it. When a player can no longer jump the height, they are out of the game.

Gossip
Children sit in a circle. The leader or teacher whispers a sentence in one child’s ear. He or she whispers what they have
heard to the next person and so on around the circle. The last child must tell everyone what he/she has heard. The leader
then repeats what was really said.

To Market To Market
Choose one child to be the “pig.” The “pig” stands at one end of the room. Choose another child to go to the market who will
stand at the opposite end of the room. The other children chant the rhyme.
To market, to market to buy a fat pig.
Home again, home again, rig-a-jig-jig.

The child who is going to the market hops across the room to get the pig. He takes the “pig’s” arm and together they hop to
the door. Choose another pair to act out the rhyme.

128
Relay Game
Divide the class into teams with five or six players each. Have players line up single file, and one at a time run to a
designated point and go back. The first player tags the second player who then runs the distance. The first team to have all
players run is the winner. You can also do ball relays, animal relays, hopping or skipping relays, a back-to-back relay using
partners; a dressing relay where children put on and take off clothes, etc.

Mother May I
Children line U with their backs to the wall. One person is chosen to be “mother” and stands about 20 feet in front of them.
One at a time “mother” names a child and tells them a motion they must perform, such as three baby steps or four scissors
steps, or two giant steps. The child must remember to ask, “Mother May I?” before performing the movement or they must
go back to the starting line. The first one to reach “mother” becomes “it.”

129
 KINDERGARTEN CLASS FOURTH GRADING DAILY PLANS
WEEK 31:____________________
Monday Tuesday Wednesday
CONTENT FOCUS: Places in the Community: Public Market
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: Some people buy food from the public market. Message: People do different jobs in the market. They weigh Message: There are dry and wet goods in the market.
goods. They clean the fish. They slice the meat. They repack some
of their goods.
Question: Have you ever been to the market? Questions: What kind of work do stall owners and their helpers do? Question: What kind of goods do you see in the market?
What does your family buy in the market?
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: Target Letter Zz Teacher-Supervised: Market/Worker Puppets Teacher-Supervised: Alphabet Freeze
Letter/Word Collage Poster: At the Market Place

Independent: Independent: Independent:

• WS: Make a Match- Upper and Lower Case Letters • WS: Find the Missing Letter • Dramatic Play: At the Marketplace
• Stuffed Fruits and Vegetables • A-Z Market List: Magpabili tayo sa palengke ng… • Sand Play
• Dramatic Play :Market Set-up • Fruit/Vegetable Lacing Cards • Market Goods Collage
• Playdough: Food in the Market • Dramatic Play: Market Set Up • Letter Lacing Card (Z)
• Playdough: Food in the Market • Find the Letter

MEETING TIME 2: Brainstorm on market words for your word MEETING TIME 2: Show stick puppets of market workers. MEETING TIME 2: Play the Game: What’s Missing?
wall. Add to this list as the unit progresses. Talk about the kind of work each one does.

Game: Clap and Snap Rhymes Sing: Tong, Tong

Variation: Change vowels

Supervised Recess Supervised Recess Supervised Recess

STORY: Araw sa Palengke STORY: Alamat ng Ampalaya STORY: Halo-Halo Espesyal
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Coins Are Us; Magic Box Teacher-Supervised: Crayon Count; Number Name Cover All Teacher-Supervised: Grasshopper; Number stations/ Number
books (quantities of 10)
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Playdough Numerals (1-10) • Playdough Numerals (1-10) • Playdough Numerals (1-10)
• Call Out: Numbers (1-10) • Call Out: Numbers (1-10) • Call Out: Numbers (1-10)
• Mixed Up Numbers (1-10) • Mixed Up Numbers (1-10) • Number Picking Up Game/ Number Concentration (1-10)
• Number Concentration (1-10) • Number Concentration (1-10) • Number Name Cover All
• Literature-based: Story Mobile : Ang Alamat ng Ampalaya • Literature-based: Story Quilt : Ang Alamat ng Ampalaya

INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Market Race INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Insect Race INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: To Market To Market
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

130
 THURSDAY FRIDAY NOTES
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: Message:
Some of the goods they sell come from the community: Some of the goods they sell come from other communities.
 Some fruits and vegetables are grown in the community.  Some buy from markets in other communities.
 Some meat and poultry products come from the  Some stall owners have suppliers who bring goods to their
community. stalls.

Question: Which goods come from our own community? Questions: What goods come from other communities? How are
these brought to the market?
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: Bottle Graph Teacher-Supervised: Poster: Saan Nanggaling ang mga paninda
sa palengke?
Independent:
• A-Z Market List Independent:
• What’s Missing? • Goods Mobile: Dry Goods/Wet Goods
• WS: Picture-Sound Match • Market Words: What starts with ____? What’s Missing?
• Yarn Mosaic • Yarn Mosaic
• Block Play • WS: Which does not belong?
• Block Play
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Guessing Game : Fruits and Vegetables (see appendix) Game: Charades: Jobs people do in the market

Play: I am … I like Song: Ang Gatas at ang Itlog

STORY: Halo-Halo Espesyal STORY: Si Owel ang Batang Matakaw

WORK PERIOD 2 WORK PERIOD 2
Teacher-supervised: Catch Flies for the Frog Teacher-Supervised: Sorting Shapes on a Geoboard

Independent: Independent:
• Number Stations/ Number Books (quantities of 10) • Number Stations/Number Books (quantities of 10)
• It’s A Match/ Number Concentration (1-10) • It’s a Match/Number Concentration (1-10)
• Number Picking Up Game (1-10)/Number Name Cover All • Number Name Cover All
• Tapatan • WS: Identifies Which Does not Belong/Same and Different
• Accordion Book: Halo-halo Espesyal • Drawing/Write-up: Kung Ikaw si Owel, ano ang gusto mong
• WS: Identifies Which Does not Belong/Same and Different kainin at bakit?
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: If Your Name Starts with… INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Form a Word

MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

131
APPENDIX WEEK 31

SMALL GROUP ACTIVITIES

A.THEME-RELATED ACTIVITIES

Poster: At the Market Place

Objectives: to draw 4-5 part figures; to write words and phrases; to notes details
Materials: manila/kraft paper, markers or crayons, ¼ bond paper
Preparation: Draw an outline of the market on kraft or manila paper.
Number of players/participants: 6 children
Procedure:
1. Ask children to recall what they saw at the market.
2. Have them draw these on the small pieces of paper.
3. Let children glue their drawings on the appropriate space on the kraft/manila paper.

Market Goods Collage

Objective: to draw 4-5 part figures; to cut with scissors; to note details
Materials: manila/kraft paper, markers or crayons, ¼ construction market
Number of players/participants: 6 children
Procedure:
1. Have children draw different goods sold at the market.
2. Let them make a collage of these goods on kraft paper.

What’s Missing?
Objective: to identify different kinds of vegetables; to identify what is missing
Materials: picture of vegetables or plastic vegetables
Number of players/participants: 6 children
Procedure:
1. Place five or more familiar vegetables ( either pictures of vegetables or plastic vegetables) on a tray and
have children sit around it in a circle.
2. Discuss the names and characteristics of these vegetables.
3. Then ask the children to close their eyes while you remove one of the vegetables. When they open their eyes,
have the children take turns trying to guess which of the vegetables is missing.
4. After a correct answer is given, mix up the positions of the vegetables and start the game again.

Yarn Mosaic
Objective: to develop fine motor coordination
Materials: cardboard, yarn (assorted colors), scissors, glue
Number of players/participants: 6-8 children
Procedure:
1. Let children help cut pieces of different colored yarn. Have them cut many different sizes short and long and everything in between.
2. Then have them make some designs with the glue. Allow children to create lines and patterns on the cardboard with the glue.
3. Ask them to cover the glue lines with the yarn, following along the designs they have made using the different
sized pieces of yarn in any combination
4. Let them set aside their mosaics to dry.

Goods Mobile: Dry Goods/Wet Goods

Objectives: to draw 4-5 part figures; to cut and paste; to note details, to group by function
Materials: 2 hangers, yarn, construction paper, cardboard, scissors, glue
Number of players/participants: 6 children
Procedure:
1. Have children recall goods they saw at the market.
2. Let them draw these goods on construction paper.
3. Then have them glue these on the cardboard.
4. Punch a hole on the board and tie a yarn on each hole.
5. Have children hang the dry goods on one hanger and the wet goods on another.

Saan nanggaling ang mga paninda sa palengke?

Objectives: to arrange events in sequence; to note details
Materials: 1/2 construction paper or oslo paper, cardboard, scissors, glue, clothespin, clotheline
Number of players/participants: 6 children

132
Procedure:
1. Have children draw possible places where goods in the market come from.
2. Let them hang their drawings along the clothesline.

Matching Cards: Foods sold in the market

Objective: to match pictures of foods sold in the market
Materials: picture cards of different foods sold in the market (10-15 pairs)
Number of players/participants: 4 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. Pre-game preparation: Adult will prepare one set of picture cards of different food items sold in the market (you may cut-out pictures
from magazines and reproduce to make duplicates, or draw your own pictures).
2. Shuffle the deck of matching cards. Arrange it on a table in a 5x4 or 5x6 grid.
3. Each child will open two cards and check if they both have the same picture. If yes, the child can open two more cards until he
encounters two cards that are not the same.
4. When he opens two cards and they do not match, he returns the pictures side-down and the next player takes his turn.
5. The game ends when all the cards have been matched, with the winner being the child with the most number of pairs.

Dramatic Play: Market Set-up

Objective: to act out scenes commonly observed in the market place.
Materials: old boxes, benches, plastic foods – any materials which can be used to recreate a market/palengke scene
Number of players/participants: 4 – 5 children
Procedure: Set up of a market/palengke and let children get engage in a dramatic play.
Suggested areas: fish vendor, vegetables vendor, butcher, rice vendor,etc.

Play dough: Food

Objective: to develop fine motor skills coordination
Materials: play dough, plastic plates and eating utensils
Number of players/participants: 4 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. Encourage children to mold different kinds of food items which are commonly sold in the market.
2. Have them place their molded clays on the plates.
3. Let them share about what they did.

Market Worker Puppets

Objective: to draw and describe different kinds of market workers
Materials: brown paper bags, pencils, markers and coloring materials
Number of players/participants: 4 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. Give each child one brown paper bag. Explain to them that they are going to make paper bag puppets of people who work in the
market. Let each child choose one market worker and explain why he chose that particular worker.
2. Have the child draw that market worker on one side of the paper bag, and ask him to trace and color his work.
3. On the other side of the paper bag puppet, the child can write the name of his/her market worker and,
1-2 sentences that describe his job and what he needs to perform it.

Food Connect Game

Objective: to recognize foods sold in the market by playing the connect game.
Materials: food connect cards
Number of players/participants: 4 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. Prepare one set of food connect cards (foods that are sold in the market).
2. Distribute the food connect cards to the players and put the last card in the middle of the table.
3. In a clockwise manner, each player will connect one food connect card to either end of the first card on the table. If the current player
does not have a card which he can connect to the card trail, he says “PASS” and lets the next player take his turn.
4. The game ends when all of the cards are on the table. The first person to rid himself of all his cards wins the game.

B. OTHER MATH ACTIVITIES

Coins Are Us
Objective: to identify coins: 5-, 10-, 25-centavo coins and 1, 5, 10 peso coins
Materials: a chart with enlarged pictures of each coin (front and back sides), a collection of coins in a paper bag
Number of players/participants: 4 – 6 children

133
Procedure:
1. The teacher shows the children the chart of enlarged pictures of each coin.
She identifies each coin and helps children describe each one.
2. Each child gets a coin from the paper bag and matches the coin with the picture.
The teacher initially helps the child identify the coins.
(With practice, children are encouraged to identify the coins they pick independently).

Magic Box
Objective: to identify coins
Materials: a box with different coins
Number of players/participants: 6 children
Procedure:
1. Each child will be given opportunity to get a coin from the magic box.
2. The child will tell the correct name of the coin
3. The child who can tell the correct name of the coin writes down the denomination on the score
4. Play three rounds of getting coins from the magic box. After three rounds, the teacher will add up the total scores
(denominations) of each child. The child with the highest score wins.

Crayon Count
Objectives: to count
to recognize numerals
Materials: crayon box counting card for each child
number cards 0-10 placed in a sack
crayons (for each child, the quantity depending on the number to be practiced)
Number of players/participants: pairs or small group
Procedure:
1. Have students sit in a circle. Give each child a crayon box counting card and a set of crayons
2. Pass the sack around so each child can pick a number. (place only the numbers the children need to practice.)
3. Students read their numbers and put many crayons in the crayon box counting card. Go around the circle having each child
tell how many crayons are in their box. If a child makes a mistake, have him touch each crayon and count in sequence.
4. Collect the number cards and pass the sack around again to continue to play.

Variation: For Beginners

Call a child to come and sit with you. Place a number of crayons on a crayon box counting card. The child counts the crayons and puts the
same amount next to the card. If the child is not yet counting independently, have him place a crayon below each one on the card, and then
touch and count the crayons with you. Repeat this with each child in the group using a different number of crayons each time.

Number Name Cover All Game

Objective: to match numerals 1-10 with their number names
Materials: 6 sets number name cards, 4-6 pieces numeral boards (w/ random numbers between1-10)
Number of players/participants: 4 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. Explain to the children that they are going to play a cover all game. Give each child a numeral board. Shuffle the six sets of number
name cards and place it in the middle of the table.
2. Each child will take turns opening the top card and saying the numeral name out loud. If that number is found on his board, he takes
that card and uses it to cover the space where that number is. If not, he returns it to the bottom of the pile.
3. The first person to finish covering his board with the right numeral-number name matches wins the game.

Grasshopper
Objective: to recognize and identify numerals
Materials: An empty floor space for jumping around,
number cards (0-10)
Procedure:
The teacher announces a number from 0-10. The student hops to the card that has that number.
Variation: The teacher announces or shows an addition or subtraction problem. The student hops to the card that has the answer.

Number Stations
Objective: to count up to quantities of 10
to see that despite differences in appearance quantities remain the same (conservation)
to develop fine motor coordination
Materials: several boxes of toothpicks, paper and pencil
Number of players/participants: small group

134
Procedure:
1. Teacher chooses a number to work with for the day, for example 9.
2. Children work together exploring a given quantity of toothpicks, in this case 9, making as many arrangements as possible. Then let
the children write the number on their paper.
3. Teacher encourages the children to describe the toothpick patterns in a variety of ways.
Variation: Children can explore other materials such as pebbles, popsicle sticks, blocks and others.
Number Books
Objective: to use numerals to describe and record quantities
Materials: old magazines, scratch paper, crayons, pencils
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Help your child to draw pictures or glue in pictures from magazines of things that are important to him and
write a number caption underneath.
2. It is a good idea to include zero in your book.
3. Try making a book to illustrate a favorite number story or rhyme.
Variation: Glue the designs from the Number Stations activity on sheets of paper. Bind the paper to make a book.
Catch Flies for the Frog
Objectives: to count
to recognize numerals
Materials: large playing board, large plastic or rubber frog
small flies (rubber or plastic or paper cut outs from reproducible)
small paper plate with a drawing of a frog (1 for each player)
Number of players/participants: pairs or small group
Procedure:
1. Tape the board to the floor. Put a strip of masking tape several steps away from the board to mark where the playerwill stand. (The
distance will depend on the age and motor development of your student.)
2. Each player stands behind the masking tape marker and throws the frog at the board to catch flies.
3. Have the players read the number the bean bag lands on. The player then counts out that many flies from the storage bag and places
them on his frog plate.
4. After each child has had a turn, go around the group and ask each child to tell how many flies the frog has eaten.
5. Continue play until each child has had several turns. Repeat steps 3 and 4 each time.
Sorting Shapes on the Geoboard
Objective: to recognize, sort and describe shapes according to specific attributes
Materials: geoboards and rubberbands
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Children each make a shape on a geoboard and wait for the teacher to give a sorting clue.
2. Teacher should look at the shapes that the students have made on their boards and decides on a particular attribute to sort by but
does not tell the children. As students watch, the teacher chooses a few geoboards and makes two small groups, lining them up on
the chalkboard or clustering them on the floor according to the particular attribute. (One group of boards has the attribute, and the
other group has not)
3. Teacher is directed to study the shapes in both groups and find other shapes that match those attributes
4. After watching the teacher sort a few examples, they try to figure out the sorting rule.
5. One child at a time is called on to show his/her geoboard to the class.
6. Class members analyze the geoboard and point to the group in which they think it belongs. When everyone has had a turn, all the
children to discuss their decisions.
7. Continue to sort in a variety of ways over time. You can sort by:
Number of corners
Number of sides
Open or closed figures
Right angles or no right angles
Symmetrical or not
No nails inside, one nail inside, etc.
Variation 1: The children could draw their shapes into smaller sized geoboard paper and these shapes could be used
to sort and resort shapes in a variety of ways.
Variation 2: Children need to learn to recognize shapes that are identical but in different positions. They can explore this with the following:

135
Playdough Numerals (1-10)
Objective: to identify the numerals 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10
Materials: playdough
Number of players/participants: 6 children
Procedure:
1. Give each child a medium-sized ball of playdough.
2. Let them to form the numerals 0,1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10.
3. Then ask each child to create the number of objects for each numeral. (Example: 2 hearts – numeral 2)
Concentration
Objective: to match numerals
Materials: 2 sets of number cards, 0-10
Number of players/participants: 1 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. Lay the cards down, either in rows or just anyhow.
2. Take turns turning over 2 cards.
3. If the cards match, you win them. If not, turn them face down again.
4. Player with most number of cards win.
Number Call Out game
Objective: to match numerals
Materials: call out card for each player, calling cards, tokens
Number of players/participants:1 or more
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a call out card (numerals).
2. Assign a student to call out what is written on calling cards.
3. First one to cover all spaces wins. If players go through all the cards without reaching Call Out, they should reshuffle the cards, then
turn them face down again and continue playing until someone has won.
Number Picking Up Game
Objective: to recognize and identify numerals
Materials: fish cut-outs (that have the numbers 1-10 written on them) with paper clip, fishing rod with magnet
Number of players/participants: 1 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. Set up a “fishing area” where fish with shapes are placed on the floor.
2. Children take turns using the fishing rod to catch a ‘fish’.
3. When a child catches a ‘fish’ he identifies the number written on the fish.
4. The next child takes his turn.
Mixed Up Numbers
Objectives: to read and recognize number words EIGHT
to recognize the sequence of numbers
Materials: vocabulary cards of number words
Number of players/participants: small group SIX
Procedure:
1. Place the word cards at random in the chalk tray.
2. Ask the students to say each word with you. NINE
3. Ask the children to help you place them in correct sequence.
4. Tell the children to hide their eyes while a mischievous kitten (you) comes and change the order of the cards.
5. The children close their eyes and lower their heads on their desk.
6. The teacher switches cards and then calls on a pupil to return them to the correct places.
It’s a Match
Objectives: to match numeral to set of objects/ dots
Materials: one set of cards with numerals – 0 -9
one set of cards with dots (corresponding to the numerals)
Number of players/participants: pairs or small group
Procedure:
1. Place the numeral cards face down in a box.
2. Place the corresponding dot pattern cards in the chalk tray.
3. Call on a child to get a card form the box and place it over the equivalent card in the chalk tray.
4. If correct, the child may choose the next player.
Tapatan (tic-tac-toe's brainy Filipino cousin)
Materials: playing board, 3 markers of two colors (3 red and 3 blue)
Number of players/participants: 1 – 6 children

136
Procedure: Players take turns placing one marker at a time on any of the board points. When all six pieces are placed, the players take turns
sliding from point to point along the board lines until one player is able to arrange 3 markers of the same color in a row.
(The object of the game is to arrange 3 markers of the same color in a row along any of the board lines -
horizontally, vertically or diagonally).

C. OTHER LANGUAGE ARTS ACTIVITIES

A-Z Market List: Magpapabili tayo sa palengke ng...

Objective: to identify initial sounds of words
Materials: scratch or bond paper, coloring materials, scissors, markers, masking tape.
Number of players/participants: 4 - 5 at a time
Procedure:
1. Explain to the children that they are going to make an A-Z market list of things they would like to buy at the market. Assign a letter or
ask each child to choose one letter from the alphabet and give an example of a market/palengke item/good that begins with the same
letter (ex. B- Bigas, R- Repolyo etc.)
2. Each child will draw and label his chosen item on a piece of paper.
3. After drawing and labelling, ask them to color and cut their work. Tape each drawing on the classroom wall alphabetically and in a
horizontal (left to right) manner. Note to teacher: some letters might be left blank – such as x, q, z – if the children find difficulty in
giving examples of items/goods that begin with those letters. If there are not enough letters to go around, some letters can have more
than one example.
Alphabet Freeze
Objective: to identify upper and lower case letters
Materials: letter cards
Number of players/participants: 6 – 8 children
Procedure:
1. Place one of each of the 15 letters of the alphabet on index cards (or you can use pre-made flashcards.
2. Put the cards randomly around the area of the carpet you have space to move around.
3. Have children move around the letters as you play a song.
4. When it stops, have each child find a letter to stand on. Then have him or her identify a word that begins with the letter.
5. Ask each child what letter he/she is standing on and then have them identify words that begin with that letter.
Market Words: What starts with?
Objective: to identify words that begin with a given letter
Materials: paper, pencil
Number of players/participants: 8 – 10 children
Procedure:
1. Distribute pieces of paper to the children.
2. Have them draw picture of objects found in the market that begins with a given letter.

Accordion Book: Halu-Halo Espesyal

Objective/competencies: retell events in a story
Materials: blank accordion books, pencil, coloring materials
Number of players/participants: 4 - 5 at a time
Procedure:
1. Pre-activity: Prepare one blank accordion book for each child in the class, with around 4-6 pages.
2. Give one accordion book to each child in the group. Ask them to draw the events in the story Halo-Halo Espesyal
in chronological order on the accordion book in a left-right manner.
3. With the help of the teachers, write 1-2 sentences for each event they drew.
Have them color their work when they are done drawing and writing.
Drawing/Write Up: Kung ikaw si Owel, ano ang gusto mong kainin at bakit?
Objective: to make personal connections to the story
Materials: ½ sheet of bond paper, 1 sheet of lined paper (grade 2 pad), pencils and coloring materials.
Number of players/participants: 4 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. Each child will answer the question “Kung ikaw si Owel, ano ang gusto mong kainin at bakit?”.
2. On the ½ sheet of bond paper, each child will draw himself eating the desired food.
The accompanying explanation shall be written on the sheet of lined paper and glued to the bottom of the drawing.
Letter/Word Collage, Find the Letter/Word/Story Quilt (refer to instructions in previous weeks)
Snap and Clap Rhymes
Objective: to identify words that rhyme
Materials: none
Number of players/participant: whole class during circle time or in half groups

137
 Procedure:
1. Begin with a simple clap and snap rhythm.
2. Get more complex rhyming word as children move along in rhyming.
Clap Clap Snap fall Clap, Clap Snap ball
Clap, Clap Snap hall Clap, Clap Snap small

Note: A variation is the "I say, You say" game:

I say mat, you say ______
I say man, you say _______.
SONGS/POEMS/RHYMES
To Market, To Market (rhyme) Bahay Kubo
To market, to market, to buy a fat pig, Bahay kubo, kahit munti
Home again, home again, jiggety-jig. Ang halaman doon, ay sari sari
To market, to market, to buy a fat hog, Sinkamas at talong, sigarilyas at mani
Home again, home again, jiggety-jog. Sitaw, bataw, patani.
To market, to market, to buy a plum bun,
Home again, home again, market is done. Kundol, patola, upo't kalabasa
Note: invite the children to come up with their own At saka mayroon pang labanos, mustasa,
versions/suggest a new verse in the rhyme with a Sibuyas, kamatis, bawang at luya
corresponding rhyme. Sa paligid-ligid ay puno ng linga.

Tools (poem) Vegetables and Fruits (poem)

Paint a picture The food we like to eat that grows
Cut down wheat On vines and leaves and trees
Peel potatoes Are vegetables and fruits, my friends
Clean the street Like duhat, grapes and peas
Knock down buildings Bananas, mangoes, pomelos are fruits
Wash the wall And so are lanzones
Fix a car Pechay and malunggay are vegetables
Make a call Like squash, okras and beans.
Lift a baggage
Weigh the fish
What do you need?
Tools, tools, tools!

Fruit Salad Song

(sing to the tune of ‘Are You Sleeping’)
Watermelon, watermelon
Papaya, papaya.
Pineapple, banana
Mix them all together
Fruit salad, fruit salad

If Your Name Starts With - an action alphabet rhyme

(Sung to the tune of "If You're Happy and You Know It")

If your name starts with A turn around.

If your name starts with B touch the ground.
If your name starts with C then stand up and touch your knee.
Clap your hands if your name starts with D.
If your name starts with E wink your eye.
If your name starts with F try to fly.
If your name starts with G blow a kiss up here to me.
If your name starts with H say "Hee, Hee".
If your name starts with I tap your toe.
If your name starts with J say "Ho, Ho".
If your name starts with K then stand up and start to sway.
If your name starts with L say "Ole".
If your name starts with M make a smile.
If your name starts with N shake awhile.
If your name starts with O put your elbow on your toe.

138
 If your name starts with P say "I know!"
If your name starts with Q raise your hand.
If your name starts with R you should stand.
If your name starts with S you should pat your head, I guess.
If your name starts with T say "Oh, yes!"
If your name starts with U touch your eye.
If your name starts with V pat your thigh.
If your name starts with W, X, Y or Z
Then stand up, take a bow and say "That's me!"

D. INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES

Market Race
Children will run around an obstacle course carrying a basket filled with “market goods” (plastic fruits, vegetables, etc.).
The first team to finish the course will win the race.

Bahay Kubo (rhythmic hand clapping activity)

Teach children a simple hand clapping game, such as ‘Cross Mary’ to accompany the song Bahay Kubo. Example:
a. Cross both arms over your chest
b. Place both hands on your lap
c. High-five both palms of your hand with the palms of the person in front of you
d. Repeat steps a-c or modify.

Charades: People who work in the market

Children will take turns acting out/guessing the different people who work in the market (ex. Butcher, baggage boy, fish vendor, etc.)

139
 KINDERGARTEN CLASS FOURTH GRADING DAILY PLANS
WEEK 32:_______________________
MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY
CONTENT FOCUS: Places in the Community: Health Center
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: Some people help us by providing services. Message: Today we will visit a health center. Giving instructions for Message: The Health Center has many different areas.
the trip. Different activities are done in these areas.

Questions: What places in the community provide services? Questions: Have you ever been to a Health Center? What did you Questions: What are the different areas in the health center?
do there? What can you find in these areas?

WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1

Teacher Supervised: Opposite Word Flip It Teacher Supervised: Field Trip to the Health Center Teacher Supervised: Health Center Map
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Making a Trip Chart • Picture-Word Cover All • Block Play/Dramatic Play: Health Center
• Block Play: Places in the community that provide services • Sequence Cards • Shape Cut-outs: People who work at the health center.
• WS: Which two words rhyme? • Letter Match-a-Roo • Accordion Book: Health Center
Which does not rhyme with the rest of the words? • Matching Community helpers with Places of Work • Sight Word Picking Up Game
• Sequence Cards • WS: Which two words are the same? • Picture Sort
• Letter Match-a-Roo Identify what is missing

MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:

(Discuss Work Period 1 activities) (Discuss Work Period 1 activities) Show shape cut-outs of people who work in the health center
Brainstorm on people and places that provide services for your
word wall. Add to this list as the unit progresses.

Ex. Health Center – doctor

Supervised Recess Supervised Recess Supervised Recess

STORY: Ang Pambihirang Sombrero STORY: Ang Prinsipeng Ayaw Maligo STORY: Ang Ambisyosong Istetoskop
WORK PERIOD 2 WORK PERIOD 2 WORK PERIOD 2
Teacher Supervised: Exploring Marbles Teacher Supervised: Who has More? Comparing Teacher Supervised: Comparing Numbers; Shark Attack
Quantities: A Game for Partners
• Grab Bag Counting • Writing Papers • Number Cover All (1-10)
• Writing Papers • Number Cover All (1-10) • Number Connect (1-10)/Number Snap (1-10)
• Number Cover All (1-10)/Number Connect (1-10) • Number Connect (1-10) • Grab Bag Counting
• Number Snap (1-10) • Number Snap (1-10) • Comparing Quantities: A game for partners
• Poster: Things that Come in Twos e.g. eyes, hands, • Grab Bag Counting
bicycle tires
Song: Community Helper Song Song: To the Hospital Song: I’m a Helpful Doctor
INDOOR/OUOTDOOR ACTIVITIES: Community Helpers Box INDOOR/OUOTDOOR ACTIVITIES: People in the Neighborhood INDOOR/OUOTDOOR ACTIVITIES: What would you do?
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

139
 THURSDAY FRIDAY
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: There are people who are working in the Health Center. People need different things Message: People follow rules in the Health Center.
to do their work.

Questions: Who are the people who work in the health Center? What are their jobs? What do Questions: What rules do we need to follow in the Health Center?
they need to do their work?

WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1

Teacher Supervised: Reader”s Theater Scenery Teacher Supervised: Step on Upper and Lower Case Letters
• Teacher Says
Independent: Independent:
• Poster: Mga Serbisyo sa Health Center • Hot Letters
• Community Helpers/Tools Match • Word Cover All /Word Connect
• Block Play: At the Health Center • Community Helpers/Tools Match
• Word Connect • WS: What is missing/What is wrong in the pictures?
• Dramatic Play: At the Health Center
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:

Question: What usually happens during a check-up? Build your Health Center Word Wall. Invite the children to play a short charade game (2-3 children only) on rules that people need to follow in the
Have children think about words related to Health Center. Health Center (use examples given during Meeting Time 1).
Supervised Recess Supervised Recess

STORY: Sa Ilalim ng Dagat STORY: Filemo Mamon

WORK PERIOD 2 WORK PERIOD 2

Teacher Supervised: Teacher Supervised:
• Number Cover All (1-10) • Which Card is Missing?
• Number Connect (1-10) • Checkered Flags
• Number Snap (1-10) • Number Cover All/ Number Connect (1-10)
• Grab Bag Counting • Number Snap (1-10)
• Comparing Quantities: A game for partners • Grab Bag Counting
• Comparing Numbers
• Shark Attack
Song: I’m Happy I’m a Doctor Song: Many Jobs

INDOOR/OUOTDOOR ACTIVITY: A Fishy Story INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Red Light Stop

MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

140
APPENDIX WEEK 32
SMALL GROUP ACTIVITIES
A. THEME-RELATED ACTIVITIES
Mga Hugis sa Luwad
Kasanayan: Nakalilikha ng balangkas ng mga bagay na makikita sa loob ng Health Center
sa pamamagitan ng luwad o clay
Manlalaro: 4 – 5 miyembro
Kagamitan: lumang dyaryo, luwad o clay
Pamamaraan:

1. Maglatag ng lumang dyaryo sa sahig, mesa o lugar ng gawaan.

2. Pagsuotin ang mga bata ng lumang kamiseta upang hindi marumihan ang kanilang damit.
3. Bigyan ng gakamaong luwad ang bawat bata.
4. Himukin silang palambutin ang kanilang luwad sa iba’t ibang paraan upang ito’y madaling imolde o ihubog sa
ninanais na hugis. Ito ay maaari nilang hilahin, pukpukin, pipiin sa dalawang palad. Pagulungin,
kurut-kurutin at pisil-pisilin hanggang sa lumambot at maaari nang imolde.
5. Pagawain sila ng mga bagay na makikita sa loob ng Health Center tulad ng istetoskop, gamot, mesa,
higaan o kama, at iba pa.

Field trip to the Health Center

Objective: to talk about people in the community that provide services
Number of players/participants: big group, parents/adult leaders
Procedures:
Instructions to Teacher:
1. Prepare the permit a week before the date of field trip.
2. Ask parents to help in planning the activity.
3. Divide the children into groups with at least two adult leader/group.

Possible Field Trip places where you can take your children:
• Health Center or Hospital: Children can learn about the doctors, nurses, dentists, what their function as well as
details about how they serve the people in the community.
• Police station: Children can learn about the police, what their function in the community is as well as details
about the work they do to enforce the law etc.
• Fire Station: Children can learn about fire fighters and their job details. They can learn about the fire trucks, how they
help pump water and how firemen keep us all safe, plus learn about fire safety etc.
• Train Station: Children can either ride or watch them come in to the station. They may even be lucky enough to
hear a whistle, talk to the train operator or have a short ride ride etc.
• Barangay Hall: Children can learn about the barangay officials their functions etc.
• Barber or Beauty Shop: Children can learn about the things they see in the barber or beauty shop. They can watch
them how the barbers and beauticians move and serve people.
• Repair Shop: Children can learn about repairmen, carpenters, shoemakers, etc., their joys details on how they do
their work/repair the old or destroyed things, furniture and appliances
Bag Puppets (People who provide services in the community)
Objectives: to develop fine motor coordination
to talk about people in the community that provide services
Materials: paper bags, art paper, buttons, fabric scraps, yarns, scissors, glue and newspaper
Number of players/participants: 5 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. Let the children choose one person in the community who provide services like doctor, policeman, fireman,
mailman, Barangay Captain, etc. to depict on the bag puppet.
2. Give each child 2 paper bags. Open both paper bags. Loosely crumple newspapers and stuff each bag,
filling one completely while leaving the other half-filled.
3. Invert the half-filled bag and fit it over the full bag.
4. Gently squeeze the top bag about half-way down and tie with yarn or string to create the puppet’s head.
5. Using other materials, finish the puppet by adding details to make the puppet resemble the
child’s chosen community helper.
6. Let each child talks about the services being provided by his/her community helper.

141
Ang Pamayanan Ko
Kasanayan: Natutukoy ang iba’t ibang pook o lugar sa pamayanan
Nakabubuo ng mga gusali mula sa iba’t ibang mga ‘space figure’
Manlalaro: 5 – 6 meyembro
Kagamitan: maliliit na kahon na walang laman, sand table
Pamamaraan:
1. Sa tulong ng mga kahong walang laman hayaang bumuo ang mga bata ng isang pamayanan
na nagpapakita ng iba’t ibang pook o lugar sa pamayanan.
2. Magkaroon ng panandang kulay para sa bawat pook o lugar na kanilang pinuntahan sa field trip na isinagawa.
Halimbawa:
paaralan - berdeng kahon
barangay Hall - dilaw na kahon
health center - puting kahon
palengke - kulay dalandan
parke - asul
simbahan - pula
3. Pagtuunan ng pansin ang mga lugar sa pamayanan ng nagbibigay serbisyo. Maaaraing magdagdag ng detalye sa
pamayanan sa pamamagitan ng pag guhit ng mga bagay na nakikita sa bawat pook at lugar at idikit ito sa mga
colored wooden blocks.

Dramatic Play “Doctor, Doctor, I am Sick”

Objectives: to act out function of people in the community that provide services
to wait for one’s turn
Materials: dramatic play doctor set-up – any materials that can be used to recreate a hospital or the health center,
dramatic play costumes of doctors/nurses/health center workers
Number of players/participants: 4 – 5 children
Procedure: children will engage in a dramatic play set up of a health center, taking turns playing the role of
doctor/health care worker and patient.

Accordion Book: Health Center

Kasanayan: Nakaguguhit/nakapagpipinta ng mga gawain sa komunidad
Kagamitan: crayons or water color, accordion na yari sa cardboard, lapis
Number of players/participants: 5 – 6 children
Pamamaraan: Pag-usapan ang mga gawain sa loob ng Health Center.
Bigyan ng accordion book ang mga bata. Ipaliwanag na bawat pahina ng accordion book ay lalagyan ng
iginuhit na larawan. Ipaguhit sa mga bata ang ginagawa ng doctor at iba pang tao sa Health Center.
Pakulayan ang larawan at ipaskil ang natapos na accordion book sa dingding ng classroom.

B. OTHER MATH ACTIVITIES

Exploring Marbles
Objective: to count up to quantities of 10
Materials: marbles or counters and counting container/cups
Number of players/participants: 5 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. Each takes a handful of marbles/counters and divides the marbles/counters into the containers
or counting cups so that each cup holds the quantity being explored.
2. Expect to see the children creating a wide variety of combinations, anything that totals five or ten,
in this case is correct.
3. When all the marbles are divided into 2-5 groups, the children sort
the cups according to the combinations formed.

Who Has More?

Objective: to compare quantities
Materials: assorted materials such as toothpicks, buttons, marbles
Procedure:
1. Put out about six saucers, each with a different number of things in, for example, six toothpicks, five small buttons,
four big buttons, three peas, two pebbles, one marble.
2. The child points at two saucers and chooses without counting out, which has more. Child then checks by pairing
up the contents of the two saucers.

142
Variations:
1. Put the same number of things in two of the saucers.
2. Put four big things and four small things in another saucer.
3. Put out bigger number of things.

Comparing Numbers – A Game For Partners

Objective: to compare quantities
Materials: clothespins, small card numbers, More/less spinner
Number of players/participants: 3 pairs
Procedure:
1. Each player draws a numeral card from a pile of cards.
2. They each build the appropriate clothespin stack to match their cards.
3. One child turns the more/less spinner. If it lands on less, the partner whose stack has lesser clothespins wins
both stacks. If the spinner lands on more, the partner with more clothespins wins both stacks.
4. They continue to take turns, each accumulating clothespins.
5. When the time is up or the children decide to end the game, they snap together all the clothespins.
They turn the spinner to see if the person who has accumulated more or less clothespins is the winner.
Comparing numbers
Objectives: to compare quantities
Materials: clothespins, small card numbers, More/less spinner
Number of players/participants: 2 – 4 children
Procedure:
1. Each player draws a numeral card from a pile of cards.
2. They each build the appropriate clothespin stack to match their cards.
3. One child turns the more/less spinner. If it lands on less, the partner whose stack has lesser clothespins wins
both stacks. If the spinner lands on more, the partner with more clothespins wins both stacks.
4. They continue to take turns, each accumulating clothespins.
5. When the time is up or the children decide to end the game, they snap together all the clothespins.
They turn the spinner to see if the person who has accumulated more or less clothespins is the winner.

Match Boxes
Objective: to compare quantities up to 10
Materials: match boxes
Number of players/participants: 5 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. A group of children work together with a given quantity of 10 or less match boxes.
2. They will make 2-5 arrangements of match boxes as possible.
3. The teacher encourages the children to describe the various arrangements.

Shark Attack
Objectives: to compare quantities
to use the more than or less than symbols to show the relationship between quantities
Materials: Shark Attack game board, 2 number cubes, paper and pencil
Number of players/participants: 2 – 4 children
Procedure:
1. Review the symbols for greater than (>), less than (<), and equal to (=) with players.
2. Players take turns rolling the number cubes. In each turn, a player rolls one cube first and then the second cube.
Based on the numbers on the first and second cubes, the player decides in which shark to place the cubes in the
order rolled. For example: Say a player rolls a 1 with the first number cube and a 6 with the second number cube.
He or she would put the 1 in the first square of the less than shark and the 6 in its second square.
3. A player gets 1 point for each correct placement. The first player to earn 10 points wins.

Variation: If you want students to practice with larger numbers, white out the numbers on the cubes and
fill in numbers from the tens or hundreds families before reproducing the cubes.

Call Out Math: More Than/ Less Than

Objectives: to compare quantities
to use the more than, less than symbols to show relationships between quantities
Materials: call out card for each player, calling cards, tokens
Number of players/participants: 1 or more

143
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a call out card.
2. Assign a student to call out what is written on the calling cards.
3. First one to cover all spaces wins. If players go through all the cards without reaching Call out,
they should reshuffle the cards, then turn them face down again and continue playing until someone has won.

Which Card Is Missing?

Objective: to identify missing number in a series of numbers
Materials: number cards with spots drawn on them (0-10)
Procedure:
1. Put in order a set of number cards.
2. While child closes her eyes, hide one of the card and close up the gap.
3. Ask the child which one is missing.
Variation: Swap two cards around instead of hiding one or spread the cards out anyhow and then hide one.

Checkered Flags
Objective: to order or sequence numbers from least to greatest and vice versa
Materials: race car cards, number cube
Number of players/participants: 2 children
Procedures:
1. Shuffle the Race Car cards and stack them between the players.
2. Have each player draw three cards from the stack and place them facedown on the table.
3. Players take turns rolling the number cube to determine how many more Race Car cards both player should draw
from the stack. Remind players to keep all their cards facedown on the table.
4. If the number cube lands on the Checkered Flag, both players turn over their cards and arrange them in numerical
order from smallest to largest as quickly as they can. The first player to get all his or her Race Car cards in
numerical order wins. Reshuffle the cards to play the game again.
Variation: Instead of arranging the cars from smallest to largest, have players arrange the cars from largest to smallest.

Writing Papers
Objectives: to learn to sequence
to observe the form of each numeral
to develop eye-hand coordination
Materials: writing papers (with number dot patterns for each numeral) crayon
Number of players/participants: individual
Procedure:
• Each child is given a writing paper with the numeral he is working on.
• Children use a crayon to connect the dots of the number pattern.

Number Cover All Game

Objective: to match numerals
Materials: cover all boards, 2 sets of number cards, 0-10
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Give each player a cover all board.
2. Players take turns to pick up a card from the deck.
3. If the number appears on their board they use this to cover the number up.
4. Continue until someone fills their board.

Variation: One person is a caller as in a Call out game. She holds up the number cards and
players have to shout out the name of the number in order to claim it to put on their board.

Number Connect Game

Objectives: to recognize numbers 1-10
to match numbers that are alike
Number of players/participants: small group
Materials: set of 28 number connect cards

144
Procedure:
1. All number connect cards are placed face down.
2. Each player draws 7 number connect cards.
3. A player with a “double” begins to play.
4. Each player in turn says the number names and then plays as in a regular connect game.
5. The winner is the player who has played all number connect cards,
or the player with the smallest number of connect cards when all players must pass.

Number Snap
Objective: to match numeral to numeral
Materials: 4 sets of number cards, 0-10
Number of players/participants: 2 – 4 children
Procedure:
1. Ask the children to pair up, as this small group activity works in twos.
2. Shuffle and deal the cards to each of the players in both pairs.
3. The players take turns in turning over their top card.
4. If two matching cards are turned over, the first player to shout “snap” wins both the piles concerned.
5. Continue until only one player is able to get all the cards, or until the time is up and the players count their cards.
The player with the most number of cards wins.

Variation: Make a set of cards with the numbers shown in different ways.

Grab Bag Counting

Objective: to Identify colors, to count/compares quantities
Number of players/participants: 2 – 4 children
Materials: colored clothespin (2 colors), Grab bag
Procedure:
1. A child takes a handful clothespin from a grab bag (or two handfuls if her or his hands are too small to take as
many as she/he needs them to take). The clothespins of each color are snapped together, and the group
compares them to see which color is more and which is less.
2. The clothespins of each color are snapped together, and the group compares them to see which color is more and
which is less.
Extension: Ask the children to tell how many more and how many less one number is than another.
Concentration
Objective: to match numerals to a set of objects (1-10)
Materials: 1 set of number cards, 1-10, 1 set of picture cards w/ 1-10 pictures each
Number of players/participants: 5 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. Lay the cards down in a 5x4 grid.
2. Take turns turning over 2 cards.
3. If the cards match (numeral and number of objects), you can take another turn. If not, turn them face down again.
4. The player with most number of cards wins.

Number 0-10
Objective: to match number of objects to the numeral, to match numeral to number word
Materials: cut-out of numbers 1-10, Call out cards (with set of object maximum of 10/box)
Number of players/participants: 5 – 8 children
Procedure:
1. Post a numeral on the board and ask the children to put a marker or chip on top of the box
with the number of objects from the Call out card that corresponds to the numeral.
2. Go around and check whether each child is able to put the chips in correct boxes.
3. The child who is able to finish a pattern will be declared the winner.
(The same activity can be used in matching numeral to number word.
You just need to change the objects to number word.)
• Is it 10 yet?
• Friends Share (up to 10 only)
• Who’s in the Boat (to be modified also

Variation: Make a set of cards with the numbers shown in different ways.

145
Comparing Names
Objective: to compare quantities up to 10 using terms of comparison: more than, less than, the same as.
Materials: graph paper cut into two-row strips; worksheet
Number of players/participants: pairs, around 6-8 at a time
Procedure:
1. The children team up in pairs. Each child writes his/her name on one line of the worksheet.
2. Now each pair compares the name at the top has more, less or the same number of letters as the second name.
3. As each pair of children finishes comparing names, each child looks for another child to team up with and repeats
activity.

Hand game
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes a given quantity
Number of players/participants: small group
Materials: any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips, or sticks
Procedure:
1. Teacher gives each child counters for a given quantity, in this case 10 sticks.
2. Children separate counters in different ways and verbalize the combinations that result, for example

Teacher says: Children say:

"Place ten sticks in your right hand." "None and ten is ten." or "Zero and ten is ten."
"Place one stick in your left hand." "One and nine is ten."
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Two and eight is ten."
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Three and seven is ten."
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Four and six is ten."
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Five and five is ten."
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Six and four is ten."
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Seven and three is ten."
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Eight and two is ten."
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Nine and one is ten."
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Ten and none is ten." or "Ten and zero is ten"

Variation: CAVE GAME: The game proceeds as Hand Game but the position of hands is like that of cave.

Lift the bowl

Objective: to explore different combinations that makes a given quantity
Number of players/participants: small group
Materials: bowl or cup, any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips, or sticks
Procedure: Game proceeds as the “Hand Game” but bowls are used for separating quantities.

Teacher says: Children say:

"Place ten blocks under the bowl." "None and ten is ten." or "Zero and ten is ten."
"Place nine block under the bowl." "One and nine is ten."
"Place eight blocks under the bowl." "Two and eight is ten."
"Place seven blocks under the bowl." "Three and seven is ten
"Place six block under the bowl." "four and six is ten."
"Place five blocks under the bowl." "Five and five is ten."
"Place four block under the bowl." "Six and four is ten."
"Place three block under the bowl." "Seven and three is ten."
"Place two blocks under the bowl." "Eight and two is ten."
"Place one block under the bowl." "Nine and one is ten."
"Place no blocks under the bowl." "ten and none is ten." or "ten and zero is ten."

Peek thru the wall

Objective: to explore different combinations that makes a given quantity
Number of players/participants: Small group
Materials: a wall made of plastic with tape around the edges, any kind of counters
Procedure: Game proceeds as the “Hand Game” but walls are used for separating quantities.

146
 Teacher says: Children say:
“Wall off ten blocks.” "None and ten is ten." or "Zero and ten is ten."
“Wall off nine blocks.” "One and nine is ten."
“Wall off eight blocks.” "Two and eight is ten."
“Wall off seven blocks.” "Three and seven is ten
“Wall off six blocks.” "four and six is ten."
“Wall off five blocks.” "Five and five is ten."
“Wall off four blocks.” "Six and four is ten."
“Wall off three blocks.” "four and three is ten."
“Wall off two blocks.” "Five and two is ten."
“Wall off one blocks.” "Six and one is ten."
“Wall off no blocks.” "ten and none is ten." or "ten and zero is ten."

C. OTHER LANGUAGE ARTS ACTIVITIES

What Does not Rhyme (Oddity Task)

Objective: to Identify which word does not rhyme
Materials: picture card sets
Number of players/participants: 1 – 3 children
Procedure:
Make picture cards for the following word sets. Display each picture-card set. Ask the child to find one picture
whose name does not begin with the same sound.

Teacher Says
Objective: to develop vocabulary-directional words
Materials: none
Number of players/participants: 5 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. Teacher and children will form a circle. Each child will be given a small ball or bean bag.
2. Teacher will demonstrate what children should do with the ball as in the “Follow the Leader” game.

Example: When the teacher says hold the ball with both hands, she will hold the ball with both hands.
Sample directional words: left, right, up, down, above, below
Activity 1:
Place the ball under your left foot.
Place the ball over your head.
Throw the ball up and catch it.
Place the ball between your knees.

Activity 2: Teacher reads the rhyme and discusses some directional words like move in, move out, in, between.

My Neighborhood
By Betsy Franco

People move in,

People move out,
Little children play and shout.
Old people, young people,
In-between,
Make a lively neighborhood scene.

Give me a Rhyming Word

Objective: to supply words that rhyme
Materials: none
Number of players/participants: whole class during circle time or in half groups
Procedure:
1. Read or call out a series of words that rhyme.
2. Ask a child to complete the series Ex. bed, red, ______
3. Continue the game until everyone has given a word that rhyme

147
Reader’s Theater Scenery
Objective: to create story scenery for a play (story settings)
Materials: craft paper, markers/pencils, paint, paper, paint brushes
Number of players/participants: 5 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. Think about where the story takes place and imagine what the setting would look like.
2. Draw a picture of the setting on piece of paper.
3. Get your materials ready and create your scenery using craft paper and paint supplies.
4. Let the scenery dry, and then hang it up to use it in your play.
Letter Match-a-Roo
Objective: to match pictures with letters
Materials: board game
Number of players/participants: 4 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. Hand out one Letter Match-a-Roo card to each child.
2. Have children take the attached piece of yarn from the set of letters and match it to the picture
by pushing the yarn end thorough the hole next to the picture.
Hot Letters
Objective: to Identify the name and sound of a letter.
Materials: letter cards, cassette recorder
Number of players/participants: 5 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. This is a variation of the game “Hot Potato.”
2. Sit the children in a circle and pass out cards with one letter on each card.
3. Tell the children that you are going to play music.
4. Ask them to pass their cards around the circle while the music is playing.
5. Ask them to stop passing the cards when the music stops.
6. Be sure to practice the direction in which they should pass the cards.
7. Play the game, and when the music stops, ask each child to name the letter on his card and sound it out.

Variation: You can also play this game for number, shape and color recognition.
Step-on Letters: Upper and Lower Case
Objective: to identify and differentiate between uppercase and lowercase letters
Materials: 1 set upper case floor cards, 1 set lower case cards floor cards
Number of players/participants: 4 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. Lay out the upper case word cards all over the floor. Ask the group to form a line near the playing area.
2. In turns, each child will randomly select one lower case card from the teacher’s hand (or inside a small plastic bag)
and identify/sound out that letter.
3. The child will then look for the corresponding upper case version of that letter on the floor and steps on it. He stays
in place and waits for the other children to locate their own upper-lower case letter match.
4. The game ends when all the lower-case letter cards have been drawn out from the plastic bag and each child has
travelled around the playing area, matching lowercase letter cards with their uppercase counterparts.
Sequence Cards
Objective: to identify sequence of events
Materials: picture cards
Procedure:
1. Lay down the picture cards.
2. Have children arrange the cards in sequence. Ask them which should come first, next, last.
Picture Sort
Objective: to sort words according to initial sound
Materials: picture cards
Procedure:
1. Lay down pictures on the table.
2. Have children sort the pictures according to their initial sound.

Word Cover All/Word Match/Sight Word Picking Up Game – same as Letter Cover All/ Letter Picking Up game/Letter Match

148
SONGS
Community Helper Song To The Hospital
(Tune: "Farmer In the Dell") (Tune: "Are You Sleeping")

The doctor makes us well. To the hospital, to the hospital,

The doctor makes us well. We will go. We will go.
Hey! Ho! What do you know? We will see the doctors.
The doctor makes us well. We will see the nurses.
Dressed in white, dressed in white.
Continue with other verses.

The farmer sows the field . . .

The chef cooks the food . . .
The mailman brings the mail . . .
The firefighter puts out fires . . .
Policemen keep us safe . . .
I'm a Helpful Doctor I'm Happy I'm a Doctor
(Tune: "I'm a little teapot") (Tune: "My Bonnie Lies Over the Ocean")
I'm a helpful doctor, Dressed in white, I'm happy I'm a doctor,
I help people feel better, Day and night. I help to make people well.
When you get hurt or sick, I'm happy I'm a doctor,
Come see me. It makes me feel just well.
I'll get you all fixed up, Just as quick as can I'm a doctor,
be. I help to make people well, well, well.
I’m a doctor
I’m happy, can’t you tell?
Many Jobs
(Tune: "Twinkle, Twinkle, Little Star")
There are so many jobs to do.
There is one that's right for you.
Be a ___ if you please.
Be the best that you can be.
There are so many jobs to do.
There is one that's right for you.

For any kind of job you choose,

There are things that you must do.
Study hard so you will know
How to do your work just so.
Find out how you need to dress.
Come on time, and do your best

INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES
People in the Neighborhood
Objective: to give out word beginning with the identified letter
Materials: manila paper or newspaper, cutout of stars, pictures of community helpers, bean bag or small object to toss
Procedure:
1. Draw a pathway on manila paper. Divide the paths into sections.
Print the beginning letters of the community helpers in each section.
2. Let the children recite:
Who are the people in the neighborhood?
In the neighborhood, in the neighborhood
Please tell me so, tell me so. (2x)
3. Ask one child to toss the bean bag to any section of the path,
then hop from the starting point to the letter where the bean bag fell.
4. While the child is hopping, let the children say:
What G (if the bag is on letter G) is one of the people in the neighborhood?
Please tell me so, tell me so. (2x)

149
 5. Ask the child on the path to name the community helper whose name begins with letter G.
Example: garbage collector
Community Helpers Box
Objective: to identify objects found in a particular place
Materials: pictures of different things seen in Health Center or Hospital, Fire Station, Barber Shop, etc.
(at least 5 pieces per place) Ex. Stetoscope, fire truck, one big and three small boxes
Procedure:
1. Divide the class into 3 groups.
2. Place all the pictures inside the big box.
3. Ask them to close their fists with both hands and hold them in front of their bodies.
4. Assign each group that they will get things that can be seen in some places from the big box.
5. On signal START, first player in each group walks on tip toe towards the big box. Each one will get inside the box
a picture of things that can be seen in the place assigned to them and goes back to to the starting line also on tip
toe. He places the picture inside his small box.
6. The game continues until everybody has the chance or has his turn.
7. After the game is over, check the contents of the box for each group and count only the correct contents.
8. The group with the most number of correct pictures wins the game.
What Would You Do?
Objective: to talk about the work of community helpers
Materials: None
Procedure:
1. Talk with the children about different kinds of jobs.
Talking about community helpers is often a good way to start.
2. Recite: What would you do?
What would you do?
What would you do if you were a ________ (name a job, for example, police officer)
3. Choose one child at a time to reply.
4. When that child is finished, ask the others if anyone else has ideas about what he would do
if he were a police officer.

Red Light Stop

Objective: to observe traffic lights
Materials: red card, green card, orange card
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Hold up fairly large red card or sheet of paper.
2. Explain that the red light on the street means you stop.
3. Hold up a green card and an orange card and explain what they mean.
4. Line the children up.
5. Tell them to start walking to the opposite side of the room.
6. When you hold up the red card, they stop.
7. When you hold up the green card, they walk.
8. When you hold up the orange card, they wait.

A Fishy Story
Objective: to develop counting skills
Number of players/participants: 5 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. Ask the children to form a circle.
2. Choose one child to be the fish. He stands in the middle.
3. Ask the fish to make a “fish face” while the rest of the children recite the following poem.

1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
I caught a fish alive.
6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
We let it go again.

4. While you are saying “We let it go again,” open up the circle and allow the fish to “swim” out.
5. Choose another one child to be the fish.

150
 KINDERGARTEN CLASS FOURTH GRADING DAILY PLANS
WEEK 33:___________________________
Monday Tuesday Wednesday
CONTENT FOCUS: Places in the Community: Repair Shops
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: We bring broken things to a repair shop to have them Message: Carpenters and shoemakers also do repair work. Carpenters Message: Carpenters and shoemakers build and make
fixed. People at the repair shops know how to fix certain things so repair broken chairs, tables, roofs, doors and walls. Shoemakers repair things. Carpenters build houses. Shoemakers make
they can still be used again. broken shoes. shoes.

Question: What are the usual things people bring to repair shops? Question: Why is it important to check if a broken thing can be repaired Questions: What do carpenters build?
first before throwing it away? What kind of footwear do shoemakers make?
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: Mural: Time to Repair Teacher-Supervised: Field Trip to a Repair Shop Teacher-Supervised: Poster: At the Repair Shop

Independent: Independent: Independent:

• Poster: What kind of repair shops do we • Literature-based: Shoe Story Strip • Shoe Designs
have in our community? • Literature-based: The Elves and the Shoemaker Puppets • Sequence Cards: Biggest to Smallest Shoes
• How many syllables? • Shoe Designs • Sight Word Go Fish
• Playdough • Sequence Cards: Biggest to Smallest Shoes • Copying Figures/Designs
• Writer’s Workshop • Sight Word Go Fish • WS. Which does not belong?
• WS: What’s wrong with the picture? • Playdough • Alike and Different
• Upper and Lower Case Letter Match
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Message: We are going to visit a repair shop tomorrow. We will Discussion: Inputs given by the resource person. Introduce L blends: cl, Discussion: Talk about the things the children
make our trip chart later Invite children to think of words that begin with cl and list this down on the saw in the repair shop
board.

Question: What do you think will we see in a repair shop? Play “Team Sound Off“ Play: “I Blend and You Guess“ Game

Supervised Recess Supervised Recess Supervised Recess

STORY: The Elves and the Shoe Maker STORY: Wee Red Shoes STORY: A Pocket for Corduroy
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Where Does It Go? Teacher-Supervised: Hand Game Teacher-Supervised: Hand Game
Three in A Row
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Exploring Marbles • Exploring Marbles • Comparing Numbers/Match boxes
• Shark Attack • Shark Attack • Call Out Math: More than, Less than
• Comparing Numbers • Comparing Numbers • Where does it go?
• Match Boxes • Match Boxes • Three in a Row
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Sasali Ka Ba? INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Red Light INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Fun Movements
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

151
 THURSDAY FRIDAY NOTES
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: People use tools to do their work. Message: People follow certain steps when making or building things.

Questions: What tools do carpenters and shoemakers use in their Questions: Can you name some steps involved in building a house or
work? making/repairing shoes?

WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1

Teacher-Supervised: Step on Words Teacher-Supervised:

Independent: Independent:
• Syllable Race • Literature-based: Story Cube
• Tool Box • Literature- based: Storyboards
• Copying Figures/Designs • Syllable Race
• WS: Picture-Word Match • Tool Box
• Rhyming Words • Writer’s Workshop
• Blocks: At the Repair Shop • Blocks: At the Repair Shop
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Play Pictionary –carpenters and shoemakers use tools in their work Introduce “Segmentation Cheer “ to the class.

Supervised Recess Supervised Recess

STORY: Rosa Albina STORY: Kapag Tumawid Ako ng Kalsada
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Lift the Bowl and Peek Thru the Wall Teacher-Supervised: Hat seriation; Feet in a Row

Independent: Independent:
• Call Out Math: More than, Less than • Call Out Math: More than, Less than
• Where does it go? • Where does it go?
• Three in a Row • Three in a Row
• Find 10 • Find 10
• Ten Concentration • Ten Concentration
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Building in our Town INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY:

MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

152
APPENDIX Week 33
SMALL GROUP ACTIVITIES

A. THEME-RELATED ACTIVITIES
Time to Repair! Mural
Objective: to identify household items that are usually brought to the repair shop for fixing
Materials: art paper, kraft paper, markers, glue
Number of players/participants: 4- 5 children
Procedure:
1. As a group, identify household items that are usually brought to the repair shop for fixing. Make a list of all these things.
2. Assist the children in drawing the outline of these items on a large sheet of kraft paper. Make sure that the spaces between the lines
are big enough so children can glue pieces of art paper on it.
3. Invite the children to tear up small pieces of art paper, dip it in glue and paste it inside the outline of the household items. Make sure to
remind them to stay within the lines and not to tear up large pieces of art paper, as it may be difficult for them to position on the paper.
4. Once the mural is dry, have children write labels next to the household items.

Tool Box: Who Uses What?

Objective: to identify and describe tools used by community helpers
Materials: real objects or pictures of items community helpers use in their work (ex. Pencil, hammer, shovel, screwdriver, etc.)
Number of players/participants: 4 - 5 children
Procedure:
1. Fill a box with a variety of items or pictures of items people might use to do their jobs, such as pencil, stethoscope, hammer, pliers,
duct tape, small shovel, spool of thread, computer disk, toy truck, paint brush, and so on.
2. Give one object or picture to each child.
3. Invite each child to name the object and the type of job it could be used for.
4. Record the children’s responses on the chalkboard or on chart paper.
5. Ask the class for other ideas about different jobs that might use the same object. For example, a pencil might be used by the teacher,
a banker, a doctor, a writer, a carpenter.

Poster: Steps in Making a

Objective: to enumerate steps necessary in any given procedure
Materials: kraft paper/manila paper, glue, ¼ sheets of plain paper, coloring materials.
Number of players/participants: 4 - 5 children
Procedure:
1. As a group, ask the children to discuss among themselves certain steps necessary in making/producing/repairing something (ex.
Repairing an old shoe, building a sand fort, etc.)
2. Ask them to represent/draw/write down each of the steps on the pieces of paper.
3. Arrange the steps in chronological order and glue it on the left-hand side of the kraft/manila paper.
4. On the right-hand side, each child can make a drawing of how that step ought to be performed/how it looks like.
5. Display the poster in the classroom.

Dramatic Play: Repair Shop

Objective: to recall details, recreate experiences, develop language skills
Materials: dramatic play area – repair shop set up
Number of players/participants: 4-5 children
Procedure: c=Children will engage in dramatic play with a repair shop theme.
Encourage them to “repair” things their customers bring in for fixing.

Shoe Designs
Objective: to design one’s own shoes
Materials: art paper, junk materials, scissors, glue, pencil, colored markers
Number of players/participants: 4-5 children
Procedure:
1. Distribute shoe templates for children to design.
2. Have children design their own shoes using assorted junk and art materials.
3. Let children take turns showing their shoe designs and describing its features.

Sequence Cards: Biggest to Smallest Shoes

Objective: to arrange objects in correct sequence according to size
Materials: shoe cards, pencil, bond paper or newsprint or scratch paper
Number of players/participants: 6 - 8 children

153
Procedure:
1. Distribute shoe cards to each child.
2. Have them arrange the shoe cards in sequence.
3. Let them exchange sets of shoe cards.
4. Distribute lengthwise bond paper and have them fold this into three parts.
Have them draw pictures of three different sizes of shoe on each box.
Poster: What kind of repair shops do we have in our community?
Objective: to note details; draw figures; write words
Materials: kraft paper, markers, crayons
Number of players/participants: 5 - 6
Procedure:
1. Have children name repairs shops that can be found in the immediate community,
2. Ask each one to choose which repair shop they want to draw.
3. Have them write the name of the repair shop on top of the paper.
B. OTHER MATH ACTIVITIES
Where Does It Go?
Objective: to sequence numbers
Materials: number cards with numerals written on it
Procedure:
1. Put a set of number cards in a pile.
2. One by one take the card from the top, judge whereabouts in the sequence it belongs and position it on the table accordingly.
3. At the end all the cards should be in the correct order, and neither overlapping nor too spread out.
Once a card is placed, you may not move it.
Three In A Row
Objective: to sequence numbers
Materials: two to three sets of number cards 0 to 10
Procedure:
1. Shuffle and deal six cards to each player. (Two or three can play.)
2. Put the rest of the cards in a pile face down, then turn over the top card.
3. The aim of the game is to make up a set of three numbers in sequence by taking turns picking up a card
and throw one away. First to get a set of three wins.
Hand game (concrete)
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes a given quantity
Number of players/participants: small group
Materials: any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips, or sticks
Procedure:
1. Children work in small groups.
2. Teacher gives each child a given quantity of sticks, in this case 7.
3. Children separate counters in different ways and verbalize the combinations of that result.

Teacher says: Children say:

"Place ten sticks in your right hand." "None and ten is ten." or "Zero and ten is ten."
"Place one stick in your left hand." "One and nine is ten."
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Two and eight is ten."
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Three and seven is ten."
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Four and six is ten."
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Five and five is ten."
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Six and four is ten."
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Seven and three is ten."
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Eight and two is ten."
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Nine and one is ten."
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Ten and none is ten." or "Ten and zero is ten"

Variation: CAVE GAME: The game proceeds as Hand Game but the position of hands is varied.
Hand Game (connecting)
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes a given quantity
Materials: any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips, or sticks
Procedure:
1. Children work in small groups.
2. Teacher gives each child a (given) quantity of sticks or counters, 9 in this case.
3. Children separate counters in different ways and verbalize the combinations of that result.
154
 Teacher places these cards on the
Teacher says: Children say:
Hand Game Counting Board
"Place nine sticks in your right hand." "None and ten is ten." or "Zero and ten is ten." 0 10

"Place one stick in your left hand." "One and nine is ten." 1 9

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Two and eight is ten."
2 8

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Three and seven is ten." 7
3

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Four and six is ten."
4 6

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Five and five is ten." 5 5

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "six and four is ten." 4
6

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "seven and three is ten."
7 3

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "eight and two is ten."
8 2

"Place one more stick in your left hand." “nine and one is ten” 1
9

"Place one more stick in your left hand." "ten and none is ten." or “ten and zero is ten”
10 0

Lift the bowl (concrete)

Objective: to explore different combinations that makes a given quantity
Materials: bowl or cup, any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips, or sticks
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure: Game proceeds as Hand Game but bowls are used for separating quantities.
Teacher says: Children say:
"Place ten blocks under the bowl." "None and ten is ten." or "Zero and ten is ten."
"Place nine block under the bowl." "One and nine is ten."
"Place eight blocks under the bowl." "Two and eight is ten."
"Place seven blocks under the bowl." "Three and seven is ten
"Place six block under the bowl." "four and six is ten."
"Place five blocks under the bowl." "Five and five is ten."
"Place four block under the bowl." "Six and four is ten."
"Place three block under the bowl." "Seven and three is ten."
"Place two blocks under the bowl." "Eight and two is ten."
"Place one block under the bowl." "Nine and one is ten."
"Place no blocks under the bowl." "ten and none is ten." or "ten and zero is ten."

Peek thru the wall (concrete)

Objective: to explore different combinations that make a given quantity
Materials: a wall made of plastic with tape around the edges, any kind of counters
Procedure: Game proceeds as Hand Game but walls are used for separating quantities.

Teacher says: Children say:

“Wall off ten blocks.” "None and ten is ten." or "Zero and ten is ten."
“Wall off nine blocks.” "One and nine is ten."
“Wall off eight blocks.” "Two and eight is ten."
“Wall off seven blocks.” "Three and seven is ten”
“Wall off six blocks.” "four and six is ten."
“Wall off five blocks.” "Five and five is ten."
“Wall off four blocks.” "Six and four is ten."
“Wall off three blocks.” "four and three is ten."
“Wall off two blocks.” "Five and two is ten."
“Wall off one blocks.” "Six and one is ten."
“Wall off no blocks.” "ten and none is ten." or "ten and zero is ten."

155
Hat Seriation
Objective: to arrange objects by size
Materials: hats of various sizes
Number of players/participants: small group or whole class during meeting time
Procedure:
1. Ask children to bring hats of different sizes.
2. Place a set of 3-10 hats on a table or in front of the class.
3. Ask the children which of the hats is the biggest (or smallest)
4. Ask the children to arrange the hats by size – biggest to smallest or smallest to biggest.
Variation: May use any object of varying sizes to do sequencing

Feet in a Row
Objective: to sequence objects based on length
Materials: cut outs of children’s right (or left) foot
Number of players/participants: small group or whole class during meeting time
Procedure:
1. Ask children to trace their right or left foot on a sheet of bond paper. Cut out the traced foot.
2. Ask the children which of the feet is the biggest (or smallest).
3. Ask the children to arrange the feet by size – biggest to smallest or smallest to biggest.
Exploring Marbles
Objective: to count up to quantities of 10
Materials: marbles and counting cups
Number of players/participants: 5 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. Each takes a handful of marbles and divide the marbles into counting cups so that each cup holds the quantity being explored.
2. Expect to see the children creating a wide variety of combinations, anything that totals five or ten, in this case is correct.
3. When all the marbles are divided into 2-5 groups, the children sort the cups according to the combinations formed.
Comparing Numbers
Objectives: to compare quantities
Number of players/participants: 2 – 4 children
Materials: clothespins, small card numbers, More/less spinner
Procedure:
1. Each player draws a numeral card from a pile of cards.
2. They each build the appropriate clothespin stack to match their cards.
3. One child turns the more/less spinner. If it lands on less, the partner whose stack has lesser clothespins wins both stacks. If the
spinner lands on more, the partner with more clothespins wins both stacks.
4. They continue to take turns, each accumulating clothespins.
5. When the time is up or the children decide to end the game, they snap together all the clothespins. They turn the spinner to see if the
person who has accumulated more or less clothespins is the winner.
Variation: Any counter may be used
Match Boxes
Objective: to compare quantities up to 10
Materials: match boxes
Number of players/participants: 5 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. A group of children work together with a given quantity of 10 or less match boxes.
2. They will make 2-5 arrangements of match boxes as possible.
3. The teacher encourages the children to describe the various arrangements.
Shark Attack
Objectives: to compare quantities
to use the more than or less than symbols to show the relationship between quantities
Number of players/participants: 2 - 4 children
Materials: Shark Attack game board, 2 number cubes, paper and pencil
Procedure:
1. Review the symbols for greater than (>), less than (<), and equal to (=) with players.
2. Players take turns rolling the number cubes. In each turn, a player rolls one cube first and then the second cube. Based on the
numbers on the first and second cubes, the player decides in which shark to place the cubes in the order rolled. For example: Say a
player rolls a 1 with the first number cube and a 6 with the second number cube. He or she would put the 1 in the first square of the
less than shark and the 6 in its second square.
3. A player gets 1 point for each correct placement. The first player to earn 10 points wins.

156
Call Out Math: More than/Less than
Objective: to practice comparing quantities using the more than, less than symbol
Materials: call out cards for each player, tokens, calling cards
Number of players/participants: 3 - 4 children
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a number call out card (with any six numbers from 1-10 written on it).
2. Assign a child to be a caller with the job of picking a calling card and announcing what is written on it. The calling cards have “more
than (number)” or “less than (number)” written on it.
3. When the caller reads what is written on the calling card (for example, “more than 7” or ‘< 7’), the other players will select a number
that is more or less than what is written on the card and cover it with a token.
4. First one to cover all spaces wins.
Find 10
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes 10
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 9)
Procedure:
1. All cards are dealt. Last card is turned face up. Each player keeps the cards dealt to him in a stack,
face down, without looking at them.
2. By turns, players turn over the top card of his stack. If this card can be used with one on the table to make a total of 10,
the player can take it and keep the pair. If there are no cards that can be used, he has to discard his card
in the middle of the table, face up.
3. The player who collects the most number of pairs wins.
Tens Concentration
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes 10
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 9)
Procedure:
1. Sixteen cards are placed in the middle of the table, face down, in a 4 x 4 arrangement. The remaining cards are placed faced down in a
stack.
2. The players take turns turning over two cards, trying to turn a pair that totals 10. If a pair can be made, the player keeps it and continues to
play as long as he is successful. If he is not successful, he returns the two cards to their original face-down positions and replaces any
cards he took with new ones from the deck.
3. With 16 face-down cards on the table, the turn passes to the next player to the left.
4. The person who collects the greatest number of pairs is the winner.
Variation: The number of cards placed on the table can be increased to a 5 x 5 or 6 x 6 arrangement to make it more challenging/interesting.

C. OTHER LANGUAGE ARTS ACTIVITIES

Team Sound-Off (for Meeting Time 2)
Objective: to blend phoneme to phoneme
to develop gross motor coordination
Materials: none
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Divide the group into teams of three or four children.
2. Assign each team a sound, such as /s/.
3. Then call to the front of the classroom three children, for example one child from the /s/ group,
one child from the /a/ group, and one child from the /t/ group.
4. Have the three children sequence their sounds to form a word.
Then they should say the sounds and ask the rest of the group to blend together the sound to form the word.
5. Teams take turn answering, and each team that guesses correctly gets one point.
• Letter Poster : Words that begin with ____ (bl, cl)
How Many Syllables?
Objective: to break up sounds in words according to syllables
Materials: 25-30 picture cards of words that have 1,2 and 3 syllables. Three shoe boxes/small boxes (labeled 1, 2 and 3)
Number of players/participants: 4 - 5 children
Procedure:
1. Prepare picture cards of words that have 1, 2 and 3 syllables.
2. Give each child 5-6 assorted picture cards. Ask a child to get one card and say the word out loud.
3. Next, ask him how many sounds he can hear in the word. Ask him to clap out the sounds which he can hear (for example – ‘elephant’ –
“e/le/phant” – 3 claps).
4. If he is able to get the number of syllables correctly, he can put that card in the corresponding number box (ex. ‘Elephant’ – goes inside Box
#3 because the word has three syllables).

157
 5. If the child guesses incorrectly, ask the group to clap it out together so he can put that card in the right box. The game ends when all of the
cards are in their right boxes.

Sight Word Go-Fish

Away, again, been, best, done, day, each,
Objective: to match sight words
even, first, from, gave, going, have, how,
Materials: 2 sets of 26 word cards just, know, laugh, light, make, much, only,
Number of players/participants: 2 - 4 children once, place, pretty, would, which
Procedure:
1. Mix up the cards and deal eight to each player.
Spread out the remaining cards facedown in the center of the table. This is the “fish pond”.
2. Players look at their cards, remove word pairs, and place each pair of words face down in front of them on the table.
3. Play as you would Go Fish. The first player asks the player to his/her left for a specific word that would make a pair with a word he or
she already has. If the asked player has the card, he or she gives it to the first player. (If not, he or she says, “Go fish” and the first
player takes a card from the fish pond. That ends his turn.)
The first player asks any other player for another card until the player does not have the requested card.
4. The player who said “go fish” asks the player to his left for a card.
5. Continue playing until one player has found pairs for all his cards.

High-Frequency Word Races are, back, cold, did, each, funny, get, has, its just,
Objective: to alphabetize high-frequency words kind, like, myself, now, other, part, quiet, read,
Materials: 26 word cards, timer said, through, use, very, wish,
Number of players/participants: two teams with 2 - 3 children each x-ray, you, zoo
Procedure:
1. Give each team one set of word cards, randomly shuffled. Set the timer for one minute.
2. Each group arranges the 26 cards in alphabetical order.
3. After one minute, groups will stop what they are doing and the adult will count how many words were arranged alphabetically.
Words that are not in their correct alphabetical order are removed.
4. The group with the most number of correctly alphabetized words will win the game.

Storyboard
Objective: to retell events in a story
Materials: tag board or cartolina, paper, glue, ruler, pencil/markers
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. List at least six important story events.
2. Think through what happened in the events. Draw a picture of each event.
3. Write a short sentence underneath each drawing explaining the scene.
4. Glue the scenes to a piece of tag board or cartolina and share your storyboards with friends.

The Elves and the Shoemaker Puppets

Objective: to identify story elements through puppetry
Materials: old cardboard, tongue depressors/barbecue sticks, tape, scissors, coloring materials, pencils
Number of players/participants: 3 - 4 children
Procedure:
1. Ask the children to identify 1) the characters in the story, 2) the important things or objects that appeared in the story, and 3) the
setting in which the story took place. List these down on a piece of paper.
2. If there are more than twelve items on the list, invite each child to choose two items and make stick puppets that depict the
characters/items they have chosen.
3. As for the setting, one or two students can work cooperatively by drawing the background setting on a large piece of paper.
4. The children can use the puppets in a dramatic play activity later in the day/week or they can stage their own rendition of The Elves
and the Shoemaker, to be presented to the other classes in their school at a later time.

Three Little Pigs Story Cube

Objective: to identify story settings
Materials: story cube template, coloring materials, scissors, tape, old cardboard
Number of players/participants: 4 - 5 children

158
Procedure:
1. Give each child a story cube template:

2. Ask each child to fill up the squares with scenes from the story. Ask him to color his work.
3. When all the squares have been filled up with scenes, ask the child to number each scene in chronological order.
4. Cut the story cube and paste it onto a piece of cardboard for fortification. Cut it out again, and fold along the lines. Seal the ends
with tape or glue.

Shoe Story Strip

Objective: to recall story events in sequence
Materials: shoe cut-outs
Number of players/participants: 4 - 6 children
Procedure:
1. Ask children to recall what happened from the beginning to the end of the story.
2. Choose 6 key events and have children draw each of these events on the shoe cut-outs.
3. Ask them to write 1-2 sentences about the story event assigned to them or take down dictation if necessary.

STORIES

Wee Red Shoes

Questions before Reading
- What kind of shoes are you wearing today? Is it your favorite pair?
- What color is your favorite? Describe your favorite pair of shoes.

Questions while Reading

- What did the wee red shoe do for fun?
- What do you think will happen to it?

Questions after Reading

- Who first tried to wear the wee red shoe? What happened?
- Who tried it on after the speckled Hen? What happened?
159
 - What happened when dog negro tried it?
- Who finally tried and loved it? Where are they going?

The Elves and the Shoemaker

Questions before Reading

- What do you want to be when you grow up?
- Do you know what a shoemaker does?

Questions while Reading

- What did the couple find out in the morning after they’ve left the leather?
- What do you think will happen after that?
- Who do you think made the pair of shoes?

Questions after Reading

- What was the problem of the shoemaker?
- What did the shoemaker do to solve his problem?
- Who helped him? Describe the elves.
- What did the couple do to find out who is helping them?
- What did they do to thank the elves?
- Will you have done the same thing? What would you have done?

Kapag Tumawid Ako ng Kalsada

Questions Before Reading

- Marunong ba kayong tumawid sa kalsada?
- Inihahatid pa ba kayo ng nanay o tatay sa pagtawid sa kalsada?

Questions While Reading:

- Ano kaya ang makikita ng bata sa pagtawid niya sa kalsada sa araw ng Miyerkoles?
- Sa inyong palagay, ano kaya ang itinuro ng tatay niya upang matuto siyang tumawid sa kalsada?

Questions After Reading:

- Ano ang nakikita ng bata kapag tumatawid siya ng kalsada kung Lunes? Martes? Miyerkoles? Huwebes? Biyernes?
- Sinu-sino ang mga kasama niya kung Sabado at Linggo?
- Kung tatawid ka ng kalsada, tumitingin ka ba sa kaliwa at sa kanan? Bakit?
- Ano ang iyong gagawin kapag pula ang kulay ng ilaw trapiko? Kapag berde? Kapag dilaw?

A Pocket for Corduroy

Questions before Reading:
- Do you have a favourite toy? What is it?

Questions while Reading:

- What did Corduroy want?
- What did Corduroy first saw after it slid off the chair?
- What do you think will happen next?
Questions after Reading:
- Who are the characters in the story?
- Can you describe Corduroy?
- What was the problem of Corduroy? How about Liza?
- What happened at the first part of the story?
- What happened in the middle part?
- What happened at the end of the story?

160
SONGS/POEMS/RHYMES

The Barber and the Beautician The Mail Carrier's Song

(Tune: "Here We Go Round the Mulberry Bush") (Tune: "Row, Row, Row Your Boat")

Write, write, write your cards.

This is the way the beautician washes, And lots of letters, too.
Scrub, scrub, scrub. I will bring them to your friends.
And they will write back soon
This is the way the barber shaves,
Buzz, buzz, buzz.

This is the way the beautician cuts,

Snip, snip, snip.

This is the way the barber cuts.

Clip, clip, clip

(children can make actions)

Carpenter Firefighter Song

(Tune: "I'm A Little Teapot")
This is the way he saws the wood
(making saw motion) I'm a firefighter, my name is John
Sawing, sawing, sawing. I put my boots and helmet on
I hurry to the fire and give a shout.
This is the way he nails the nail With a burst of water,
(making hammering motion) The fire is out.
Nailing, nailing, nailing. Ten Little Firemen
Ten little firemen
This is the way he paints the house Sleeping in a row
(making a brushing motion) Ding-dong goes the bell
Painting, painting, painting. And down the pole they go
Off on the engine oh! oh! oh!
Using the big hose so, so, so
When the fire is out, home sooo slow
Back to bed all in a row.

Ikot-Ikot

Ikot, ikot ikot ikot (spin fists in a circle)

Ikot ikot
Hila, Hila, (pretend to pull a threaded needle through cloth)
Pok pok pok (pound fists one on top of the other, alternating)
(x2)

Gupit ng gupit (make cutting motion – like you are holding a pair of scissors and cutting a piece of cloth)
At tahi ng tahi (pretend to pull a threaded needle through cloth)
(x2)

Ikot, ikot ikot ikot (spin fists in a circle)

Ikot ikot
Hila, Hila, (pretend to pull a threaded needle through cloth)
Pok pok pok (pound fists one on top of the other, alternating)

161
D. INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES

Sasali Ka Ba?

1. Pangkatin ang mga bata.

2. Ang guro ang unang magiging “IT.”
3. Sasabihin ng guro ang pangalan ng laro (Sasali Ka Ba?).
4. Tutukoy ang guro ng isang lugar at itatanong kung ano ang makikita o ginagawa ng mga tao sa lugar na tinukoy. (Hal. Ospital –
ano/sino ang makikita natin sa ospital?)
5. Sasagot ang mga bata, manggagamot- at ipakikita ang aksyon ng manggagamot.
6. Tatapik ang guro ng isang bata, kung sinong tinapik ng guro, siya naman ang magsasabi ng “Sasali Ka Ba?” Pupunta ako sa ______
7. Ipakikita ng mga bata ang aksyong ginawa sa lugar na tinukoy ng IT

Fun Movements

1. Tell the children they are going to play follow-the-leader as they pretend to go to different places.
2. Tell them where they are going and ask them to imitate what you do along the way.
Go to the post office and mail a letter.
Go to the supermarket and buy some groceries.
Go to the hospital and look for a doctor.
Go outside and get on a school bus.
3. You can play this game for as briefly or as long as you choose.

Building in Our Town

1. Make a chart with the children’s names listed vertically on the right-hand side.
2. Across the top of the chart draw buildings or glue pictures of buildings that the children have visited like health center, post office,
police station or barangay hall or any place in the community that provide services.
3. At group time, ask the children what buildings have they visited.
4. Mark the sites for each child.

Red Light
Material: a whistle to signal
Directions:
1. Arrange the player in a line.
2. Appoint one of the players (X) in the center of the line.
3. At the blowing of the whistle, X counts out loud to ten and concludes by saying: “No talking; No laughing; No moving; Red light” and
turns about.
4. In the meantime, other players have turned and run away from him.
5. On the signal “Red light,” all “freeze” in their positions.
6. If X does not see the player talk, laugh or move, he turns back and counts again, repeating until the player does it.
7. When he sees a player doing any of the forbidden acts, he calls out that player’s name and chases him until he tags him.
8. This player becomes X for the next game.

162
 KINDERGARTEN CLASS FOURTH GRADING DAILY PLANS
WEEK 34:_______________________
Monday Tuesday Wednesday
CONTENT FOCUS: People Go to Different Places
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: People may travel to different places by land, water Message: We use transportation to take people to places Message: Some vehicles are used to do specific kinds of
and air they want to go. We use transportation to take goods to jobs. e.g. garbage truck, cement mixer. These are called
other places. work vehicles. Some vehicles are used to provide specific
services e.g. mail truck/motorcycle; ambulance. These are
called service vehicles.
Questions: Have you ever traveled to any place outside the Questions: What are the kinds of transportation that we Question: Do we have service vehicles in our community?
community? What did you take a ride? Who were with have in our community?
you?
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: Transportation Chart Teacher-Supervised: Poster: Different Uses of Teacher-Supervised: Graph: Ilan na ang nakasakay sa?
Transportation
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Shape Collage : Mga Iba’t Ibang Sasakyan • Shape Collage : Mga Iba’t Ibang Sasakyan • Criss-cross Straw Mobile
• Lid Mobile • Criss-cross Straw Model • Tire Tracks
• Geometric Designs • Geometric Designs • Halves Boat Shape Crafts
• Picture-Word Match • 10 Months • Sight Word Picking Up Game
• 10 months • WS: Rhyming Words • Transportation Word ort
• Writer’s Workshop • Initial Letter Sounds

MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:

Have children show their shape collage to the class. List Have the next batch children show their shape collage in Show the graph to the class. Have children compare data.
down the names of the vehicles they made. class. Make a vehicle graph on the board or manila paper. Ask the children “how many have ridden a ______? What
( see Appendix) vehicle has never been ridden by anyone in class?
Introduce the song “ The Wheels on the Bus “
Supervised Recess Supervised Recess Supervised Recess
STORY: Yuri the Yellow Vinta STORY: : Ciriaco, Ang Malupit na Kapitan ng Barko STORY: Ang Barumbadong Bus
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Lift the Bowl (connecting; Teacher-Supervised: Hand Game (up to quantities of 10; Teacher-Supervised: How do you go to school?
up to quantities of 10) writing number sentences) (Pictograph of transportation)
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Block Play • Block Play • Block Play
• Subtraction Cards (2-10) • Subtraction Cards (2-10) • Find 10/ Tens Concentration
• Call Out: Addition (0-10)/ Call Out: Subtraction (0-10) • Call Out: Addition (0-10)/ Call Out: Subtraction (0-10) • Grab Bag with Partners
• Go 10/ Draw 10 • Go 10/ Draw 10 • What Numbers Can You Make?
• Number Train Graph • Number Train Graph

INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: -ing Charades INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Twinkle Twinkle, INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Passengers in the Tricycle
Little Word
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine
163
 THURSDAY FRIDAY NOTES
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: There are people who operate different kinds of Message: There are people who help repair and maintain
transportation. transportation.

Question: Who are the people who operate different kinds of Question: Who are the people who help repair and
transportation? maintain transportation?
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised:

Independent: Independent:
• Yellow Vinta Paper Weaving • Playdough
• Transportation Word Sort • Block Play
• Halves Boat Shape Crafts • Transportation Lacing Cards
• Sight Word Picking Up Game • Transportation Word Sort
• Block Play • WS: Picture-Word Match

MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:

Do Oral Blending Exercises (see Appendix) Oral Blending Exercises (see Appendix)
Supervised Recess Supervised Recess
STORY: Ollie’s Jar STORY: Rene and Ronie
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Lift the Bowl (up to quantities of 10; writing Teacher-Supervised: How Many More, How Many Less
number sentences)
Independent: Independent:
• Block Play • Hand Game/Lift the Bowl worksheets (quantities of 10)
• Find 10/ Tens Concentration • Grab Bag with Partners
• Grab Bag with Partners • What Numbers Can You Make?
• What Numbers Can You Make? • Car Coloring

INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Car Relays, INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Jump Out of the Plane
Race to the Finish
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

164
APPENDIX WEEK 34
SMALL GROUP ACTIVITIES
A. THEME-RELATED ACTIVITIES
Poster: Mga Gamit ng Sasakyan
Objective: to identify different types of transportation
Materials: manila paper, glue, scissors, crayons, pencils
Number of players/participants: 5 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. Distribute different transportation cut-outs to children.
2. In each cut-out have children draw what this kind of transportation is used for.
Ex. ship - bringing people to different places
bringing cargo to different places
3. Have them glue these on Manila Paper.
Graph: Ilan ang nakasakay na sa …?
Objective: to identify types of transportation
Materials: Manila Paper glue, transportation cut-out, permanent marker
Number of players/participants: 6 children at a time
Procedure:
1. Children take turns choosing which type of transportation they have ridden on.
2. Each child writes his name on a paper cut-out for each transportation he has ridden on.
3. Have him/her glue this on the appropriate column on the manila paper.
4. Talk about the graph in class. Invite them to study the graph and answer the following questions:
Sample graph:
ILAN ANG NAKASAKAY NA SA …
BISIKLETA MOTORSIKLO DYIP BUS
Anna Tony Tony Berto
Marj Berto Berto Mila
Mila Anna Marj Marj
Cindy Cindy Cindy Cindy
Sample questions:
• Ilan na ang nakasakay sa bisikleta? motorsiklo? dyip? Bus?
• Mas marami na ba ang nakasakay sa ______ kaysa _________? Bakit?
• Mas kaunti lang ba ang nakasakay sa ________ kaysa _________? Bakit?
• Ilan na ang nakasakay sa apat na sasakyan?
• Ilan na ang nakasakay sa tatlo?
• Aling mga sasakyan ang magkasingdami na ang nakasakay?
Triorama: Ang Barumbadong Bus
Objective: to identify the beginning, middle and ending of a story
Materials: trioramas, bond paper, glue, scissors, coloring materials, pencils
Number of players/participants: 6 children at a time (three per group)
Procedure:
1. Let children form groups of three. For each group, let them choose which one will draw the beginning, middle and
ending of the story. Give them some time to brainstorm and go over the details of the story before proceeding with their
work.
2. Once the assignments have been settled, give each child a blank triorama and a blank piece of paper. Let the child
draw his scene of the story on the blank paper and color it.
3. After coloring, have him cut it out and glue onto his triorama.
4. On the bottom flap of the triorama, with the assistance of the teacher, the child will write something to describe what is
happening in his/her drawing.
5. Tack the trioramas in groups, arranged according to sequence (beginning, middle and end) on one corner of the
classroom/wall.

165
Yellow Vinta Paper Weaving
Objective: to use adjectives to describe things
Materials: strips of magazine paper, glue, bond paper, string, pencils and markers
Number of players/participants: 4 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. Let each child make woven paper-vintas using the strips of magazine paper (like a banig).
Assist in weaving the paper over and under the strips, and secure the ends with glue.
2. Carefully paste one side of the vinta on a sheet of bond paper. Let it dry.
3. Once the vinta is dry, invite the child to draw a “sea scene” around it (ex, use blue crayons to add waves, draw a sun,
draw fishes, etc.)
4. At the bottom part of the paper, the teacher may assist so the child can write describing his/her woven Vinta
and his/her sea scene.

Shape Collage
Objective: to create different kinds of vehicles using pre-cut shapes
Materials: bond paper, pre-cut pieces of paper (into different shapes – circles, squares, rectangles, diamonds, etc).
Number of players/participants: 4- 5 children
Procedure:
1. Give each child a sheet of bond paper. Place the pre-cut shapes and the glue in the middle of the table.
2. Invite each child to create one or several kinds of transportation by gluing the pre-cut shapes on his paper.
3. When the vehicle art works are dry, ask him to count how many of each shape he used to make his/her vehicle/s

Matching Game: Matching Means of Transportation

Objective: to identify different means of transportation
Materials: 15 transportation pair cards (different kinds of transportation – land, air and sea)
Number of players/participants: 4 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. Lay out the 30 transportation cards facedown in the center of the table.
2. Each child turns over two cards. If they are the same vehicle, he/she keeps it and takes another turn. If the next set is
not the same, the next player takes his/her turn and so on.
3. The game ends when all the cards have been matched.
4. Before packing away, ask the group to sort the transportation cards according to different categories (ex. By means –
land, air, sea, by number of wheels, by number of passengers that can fit, by purpose, etc.)

Transportation Word Sort

Objectives: to sort out different transportation
Materials: word cards on transportation
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Place transportation word cards on the table face up.
2. Have children sort the word cards according to different categories. The category can be:
• it can be based on word features e.g. # of letters, beginning letter, number of syllables
• theme-related e.g. # of wheels, private or public, mode of transportation (land, water, air),
type ( service or work vehicle)

Transportation Collage
Objective: to develop fine-motor coordination
Materials: bond paper with an outline a particular type of transportation, glue, small strips of art paper or
construction paper or colored magazines
Number of players/participants: 6 – 8 children
Procedure:
1. Distribute paper to the children.
2. Ask each one to fill in the drawing with paper cut-outs to form a transportation collage.
3. Have them label their drawings.

166
Vehicle Sorting
Objective: to classify types of vehicle
Materials: plastic vehicles
Number of players/participants: 4 - 6 children
Procedure:
1. Ask children to sit in a circle.
2. Place the vehicles in the middle of the circle.
3. Ask them to think of ways they can group together these vehicles.
4. Have them write their category on a blank card. Then let them sort the vehicles according to that category.
5. During meeting time, talk about the different ways they were able to sort the vehicles. Write these on the board.

Vehicle Graph (for Meeting Time 2)

Make a graph on the board or Manila Paper. Write the different types of transportation that children made during work period 1
on the first row. The graph should look like this:

How many made a …?

BUS JEEP CAR BOAT

Bernardo Carlos Jose Virgie
Petra Mario Mila Ellen
Maria Luisa Nancy Luisa

Criss Cross Straws Mobile:

Objective: to identify modes of transportation; develop eye-hand coordination
Materials: construction paper, crayons, paint, string or yarn, scissors, glue
Number of players/participants: 6 – 8 children
Procedure:
1. Poke a hole through the center of the paper plate or circle of cardboard.
Arrange the straws in an X shape and tie with wool.
2. Tie a long piece of wool to the center of the X.
3. Slide the circle of cardboard or paper plate onto the wool (through the hole you made)
4. Tape the straws to the plate to keep them in their X shape and to help them balanced
5. String each mobile piece into one of the straws (and in the center if desired)
Easy Paper Plate Car
Cut two circles (wheels) out of black craft paper. Cut a paper plate in half. Add the two wheels to the flat edge of the paper plate.
Add details to car with markers or crayons.

B. OTHER MATH ACTIVITIES

How do you go to school? (Pictograph of transportation used to go to school)

Objectives: to collect data
to organize data using a pictograph
Materials: scratch paper (cut into small 1x1 or 2x2 inch squares)
Manila paper (with a grid drawn on it) , crayons or markers
Procedure:
1. Ask the children what form of transportation they use to go to school.
2. Ask the children to form groups and line up, according to the form of transportation they use.
3. Give each child a piece of square paper on which he can draw the vehicle he rides to school.
4. Teacher labels each row (or column) based on the different kinds of transportation mentioned by the students.
5. Each child determines on what row he should place his/her drawing.
6. When everyone has placed their drawing on the grid, the group discusses:
Which form of transportation is used by the most number of students?
Which form of transportation is used by the least number of students?
Which form of transportation is not used by any of the students? Why?

167
Hand Game
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes a given quantity
Materials: any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips, or sticks
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Children work in small groups.
2. Teacher gives each child a given quantity of sticks, 9 in this case.
3. Children separate counters in different ways and verbalize the combinations of that result.

Teacher says: Children say: Children write:

"Place ten sticks in your right hand." "None and ten is ten." or "Zero and ten is ten." 0 + 10 = 10
"Place one stick in your left hand." "One and nine is ten." 1 + 9 = 10
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Two and eight is ten." 2 + 8 = 10
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Three and seven is ten." 3 + 7 = 10
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Four and six is ten." 4 + 6 = 10
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Five and ten is ten." 5 + 5 = 10
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Six and four is ten." 6 + 4 = 10
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Seven and two is ten." 7 + 3 = 10
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Eight and two is ten." 8 + 2 = 10
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Nine and one is ten." 9 + 1 = 10
"Place one more stick in your left hand." "Ten and none is ten." Or “Ten and zero is ten.” 10 + 0 = 10

Lift The Bowl (connecting, up to quantities of 10)

Objective: to explore different combinations that makes a given quantity
Materials: bowl or cup, any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips, or sticks
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
Game proceeds as Hand Game but bowls are used for separating quantities.

Teacher says: Children say: Teacher places these cards

on the Lift the Bowl counting
board
"Place ten blocks under the bowl." "None and ten is ten." or "Zero and
ten is ten ." 0

10

"Place one block on the bowl." "One and nine is ten."

9

"Place two blocks on the bowl." "Two and eight is ten."

8

168
 3

"Place three blocks on the bowl." "Three and seven is ten."

7

"Place four blocks on the bowl." "Four and six is ten."

6

"Place five blocks on the bowl." "Five and five is ten."

5

6
"Place six blocks on the bowl." "six and four is ten."
4

"Place seven block on the bowl." "seven and three is ten."

3

"Place eight blocks on the bowl." "eight and two is ten."

2

9
"nine and one is ten." Or
"Place nine blocks on the bowl."
1

10

"ten and none is ten." or “ten and

"Place nine blocks on the bowl."
zero is ten” 0

Lift The Bowl

Objective: to explore different combinations that make a given quantity
Materials: bowl or cup, any kind of counter such as pebbles, chips, or sticks
Procedure: Game proceeds as Hand Game but bowls are used for separating quantities.

169
 Teacher says: Children say: Children write:
0
"None and ten is ten." or "Zero and ten is
"Place ten blocks under the bowl." + 10
ten."
10
1
"Place nine block under the bowl." "One and nine is ten." +9
10
2
"Place eight blocks under the "Two and eight is ten."
+8
bowl."
10
3
"Place seven blocks under the "Three and seven is ten
+ 7
bowl."
10
4
"Place six block under the bowl." "four and six is ten." +6
10
5
"Place five blocks under the "Five and five is ten."
+5
bowl."
10
6
"Place four block under the bowl." "Six and four is ten." + 4
10
7
"Place three block under the
"Seven and three is ten." +3
bowl."
10
8
"Place two blocks under the "Eight and two is ten."
+2
bowl."
10
9
"Place one block under the bowl." "Nine and one is ten." +1
10
10
"Place no blocks under the bowl." "ten and none is ten." or "ten and zero is ten." + 0
10

How Many More, How Many Less

Objectives: to visualize quantities to 10
to practice the basic facts of 10
Materials: 10 two-colored counters, Tens Frames board
Procedure:
1. Have the children place from 1 to 5 counters on the frame and tell how many are there. Encourage the children to use
one row at a time. As children become more accustomed to this activity, encourage them to use numerals also.
2. After a while, have children tell how many counters there are and then tell how many more they will need to have 5 in
all. Have the children record how many they have and how many more are needed. Model an addition or subtraction
sentence. For example, 3 + 2 = 5, which 2 is the missing addend, or 5 – 3 = 2, in which the difference show how many
more are needed.
3. At a later time, have children work with 6 to 10 counters. Encourage children to keep a record of how they counted and
how many they had each time.
4. After a while, ask children, how many more they would need to have 10 in all. Again model for the children different
ways they can show the counters using numerals and number sentences.

Subtraction Cards (quantities of 10)

Objective: to subtract quantities
Materials: subtraction cards, counters
Number of players/participants: individual or pairs

170
Procedure:
1. Child 1 reads the total on the card, for example 10.
2. Child 2 gets 10 counters.
3. Child 1 says "take away three".
4. Child 2 gets the subtraction card and lifts the right hand flap that indicates 3 dots.
5. Child 1 counts remaining dots and says "seven".
6. Both children write the corresponding equation: 10 – 3 = 7
Grab Bag with Partners (up to quantities of 10)
Objective: to practice addition skills
Materials: clothespins, paper sack, individual chalkboards
Number of players/participants: pairs
Procedure:
1. Partner A fills the bag with 10 clothespins (or depending on what number is being worked with).
2. Partner B reaches into the bag and takes out some clothespin, showing Partner A what has been removed.
3. They predict how many clothespin are left.
4. Each child records the equation on a chalkboard or a sheet such as the one below.

Name___________________________________
I played a game today.
These are the equations I made.

Number Train Graph (up to quantities of 10)

Objective: to practice addition skills
Materials: clothespin (2 colors), Manila or kraft paper
Number of players/participants: individual or small group
Procedure:
1. The children try to find all the possible arrangements for the combinations that make up 10
2. As they find the arrangements, place it in the appropriate column of the Manila Paper. (The links can be labeled with
the labeled possible combinations, or the children can label the links as needed.)
What Numbers Can You Make (up to quantities of 10)
Objective: to practice addition skills
Materials: clothespin, crayons,
Number of players/participants: individual or small group
Procedure:
1. The children make clothespin links (each link made with different color clothespin and no stack more than ten
clothespins long). There can be more than one link of any particular number. The object is to try to make each of the
numbers from one to ten in as many ways as possible.
2. The children are allowed to use more than one link to make any number, but they may not break any links apart. If
they can’t make a number, they are to cross it out. If they can make the number, they write the equation that describes
the trains used.
3. The game can be played over and over, as it will be a new experience each time the numbers used changes.
Find 10
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes 10
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 9)
Procedure:
1. All cards are dealt. Last card is turned face up. Each player keeps the cards dealt to him in a stack, face down,
without looking at them.
2. By turns, players turn over the top card of his/her stack. If this card can be used with one on the table to make a total
of 10, the player can take it and keep the pair. If there are no cards that can be used, he/she has to discard his/her
card in the middle of the table, face up.
3. The player who collects the most number of pairs wins.

171
Draw 10
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes 10
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 9)
Procedure:
1. One card is drawn from the deck and is set aside throughout the game, so that there will be an odd card without a
mate at the end of the game. All the other cards are dealt.
2. Each player goes through the cards received trying to find pairs that make 10. All the pairs thus made are discarded in
the middle of the table.
3. The players then take turns, each holding his/her cards like a fan and letting the person to his/her left draw one of them
without looking at them. If the person who draws the card can use it to make 10 with one of the cards in her hand, she
discards the pair in the middle of the table. If she cannot use it, she has to keep it. She then holds all her cards like a
fan so that the person to his/her left can draw one of them by chance.
4. Play continues until one person is left holding the odd card and loses the game.

Tens Concentration
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes 10
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 9)
Procedure:
1. Sixteen cards are placed in the middle of the table, face down, in a 4 x 4 arrangement.
The remaining cards are placed faced-down in a stack.
2. The players take turns turning over two cards, trying to turn a pair that totals 10. If a pair can be made,
the player keeps it and continues to play as long as he/she is successful. If he/she is not successful, he/she returns
the two cards to their original face down positions and replaces any cards he/she took with new ones from the deck.
3. With 16 face down cards on the table, the turn passes to the next player to the left.
4. The person who collects the greatest number of pairs is the winner.

Variation: This game can be varied by increasing the number of cards placed on the table.
A 5x5 or 6x6 arrangement may be more interesting.
Go 10
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes 10
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 9)
Procedure: All the cards are dealt. The players take turns asking specific people for specific cards in a way similar to the card
game Go Fish. For example, John may say to Carol do you have a 1?" If Carol has a 1, she has to give it up to
John. John then lays this 1 and a 9 in front of himself, face up. A player can continue asking for card as long as
he/she gets the card he requested. If he/she does not get the card he asked for, the turn passes to the person who
said, "I don't have it." The person who makes the greatest number of pairs is the winner.

Car Coloring
Objective: to count the number of dots and add them
Materials: two big dices, box of giant crayons, 4-5 identical cardboards, cut-outs of cars
Number of players/participants: 4 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. Each player gets a cardboard cut-out of car.
2. All players sit together.
3. First player rolls the big dice and count the number of dots.
4. Using crayon, the player puts the total number of dots on his/her car cut-out.
5. Going clockwise, the next player repeats steps 1-4.
6. The game goes on and on until a player has his/her car completely covered with dots.
7. The one whose car is completely covered with dots wins.

C. OTHER LANGUAGE ARTS ACTIVITIES

Call Out Tic-Tac-Toe
Objective: to blend consonants and vowels to make words
Materials: Call Out tic tac-toe game boards, 14 letter cards (b,c,d,f,g,h,l,m,n,p,r,s,t,w), pencils
Number of players/participants: 4 – 5 children

172
Procedure:
1. Use index cards to make the letter cards. Mix up the cards and place them facedown in a pile.
2. Distribute the Call Out Tic Tac Toe game board to each child (each game board has a 3x3 grid, with each square
having a _(vowel)_ on it – ex. “_a_, _o_, _u_” etc.)
3. Play as you would Call Out. Turn over the top card and read the letter. Children will write that letter on a blank on their
game board. Continue reading the top card and setting it aside until one player has completed a word and calls “I Got A
Word!” (use the pile again if needed. Players may add a second consonant to make a blend or cluster. Players may
also use the same letter twice on one blank).

10 Months
Objective: to manipulate letters to create new words
Materials: 10 envelopes, 66 letter cards (all letters in all months of the year except June and July), pencil, chart paper with the 10
months written on it:

January February
March April
May August
September October
November December
Total Total
Points: Points:

Number of players/participants: 5-6 children

Procedure:
1. Put the letter cards for each month in an envelope. Write the name of the month on the outside of the envelope.
2. Distribute the envelopes and 10 Months chart paper to players.
3. Players check the contents of the envelopes by first using the letter cards to spell the name of the month.
4. Players use the same letters to spell other words and record them on paper.
5. Score one point per letter. Play again and challenge children to beat their previous scores.

Tire Tracks
Objective: to make tire print paintings using a variety of materials
Materials: paper, paint, anything that can make a print – toy cars, carved vegetables, old sponges, etc.
Number of players/participants: 5 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. Give each child a sheet of paper. Put the toys and other things in the middle of the table.
2. Invite the children to get one toy and dip the wheels/sides in the paint. After dipping, show them how to lightly pat the
wet portion on the sponge so it is still damp with paint but not soaking wet.
3. Children will roll the tires and stamp the toys around their paper to make print designs.

173
SONGS/POEMS/RHYMES
The Wheels of the Bus I'm a Little Airplane
(tune of Mulberry Bush) (tune "I'm a Little Teapot")
The wheels of the bus go round and round, I'm a little airplane,
Round and round, round and round (children raise arms at sides to shoulder height.)
The wheels of the bus go round and round Now watch me fly!
All through the town. (They spin one of their arms in front of them as if it
were a propeller)
The driver of the bus says Move On Back! Move On Here are my instruments
back! Move On Back! From down low to up high.
The driver of the bus says Move On Back! (With their other arm, they reach from the ground to
All through the town. above their heads.)
First I get revved up.
The people on the bus go up and down, up and down, (Children make engine noises while still spinning their
up and down. arms.)
The people on the bus go up and down all through the Then I can fly,
town. (Children raise arms to shoulder height.)
Lifting off the runway
Substitute these also:
(They start walking forward.)
The horn of the bus goes beep beep beep.
Up into the sky!
The wipers on the bus go swish, swish, swish.
(They go up on their tiptoes and continue to move
The doors on the bus go open and shut.
forward. Let them circle awhile before returning to their
The bell on the bus goes ding-ding-ding.
original positions.)
The driver on the bus says, "Move on back"...
Row, Row, Row Your Boat
The lady on the bus says, "Get off my feet"...
Row, row, row your boat,
The baby on the bus goes, "Wa-Wa-Wa"...
gently down the stream,
The people on the bus say, "We had a nice ride"...
Merrily, merrily, merrily, merrily,
Use a child's name as in "Mark on the bus say Let Me
Life is but a dream.
Off!" etc.
The Bus Train is a’ Comin’
(Skip to my Lou)
There is a painted bus, [
With twenty painted seats, Chorus:
It carries painted people Train is a’ comin’, Oh yes,
Along the painted streets. Train is a’ comin’, Oh yes,
They pull the painted bell, Train is a’ comin’, train is a’ comin’,
The painted driver stops, Train is a’ comin’, Oh yes,
And they all get out together
Verse:
At the little painted shops.
_____ Sarah is the engineer, Oh yes,
____ is the conductor, Oh yes
____ is the passenger, Oh yes.
Train is a’ comin’
The Airplane
Blinking stoplights flash and glow.
The airplane has great big wings: City traffic’s stop and go.
arms outstretched
Its propeller spins around and sings, "Vvvvvv!" Pull to the right for the siren sound.
make one arm go round Fire trucks are all around.
The airplane goes up:
lift arms Traffic stops while a car gets towed.
The airplane goes down: Lots of people cross the road.
lower arms
The airplane flies high City traffic’s really cool,
arms outstretched, turn body around But I hope that I’m not late for school!
Over the town!

174
 City Traffic by Betsy Franco

Beep, honk, step on the brake.

City traffic makes us wait.

Taxis dodging here and there.

Cars and vans are everywhere.

Buses pick up girls and boys.

Trucks look like they’re giant toys.

D. INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES

-ing Charades
Objective: to identify the inflectional ending –ing
Materials: 8 word cards: clean, grow, hop, paint, skate, sleep, swim, tickle (with a line underneath the word)
Number of players/participants: Groups of eight
Procedure:
1. Make a set of word (or action) cards for each group. Mix up the cards and place them facedown in a pile
in the middle of each group.
2. The first player in each group takes the top card and reads it silently, without showing it to the others.
3. The player acts out the word (or the illustration) as the group guesses the action.
The correct answer should be phrased like this: (Child’s name) is _____ing.
4. If the answer is correct, the team helps the player spell (or say) the –ing form of the word aloud. The player may writes
the word on the line and keeps the card. The teammate who correctly guessed the action picks the next card and acts
out that word for his/her group. The team with the most cards at the end wins.

Twinkle, Twinkle Little Word (short rhyme, whole group activity)

Sing to the tune of ‘Twinkle Twinkle Little Star’

Lyrics:
Twinkle, twinkle, little word
What’s the new word to be heard?
If I take off the FIRST sound
What new word will now be found?
Take the /sh/ right off of shout.
Now the new word sounds like…
_______________. (out)

Twinkle, twinkle, little word

What’s the new word to be heard?
If I take off the LAST sound
What new word will now be found?
Take the /er/ right off of hammer.
Now the new word sounds like…
_______________. (ham)

*note to teacher: provide other examples of words for the poem. Ask the children if they would also like to volunteer their own
examples as well.

175
Passengers in the Tricycle

Two children form a tricycle by facing each other and placing their hands on each other’s shoulders. Another child is a
passenger and gets in between their arms. The rest of the class forms tricycles with passengers. There should be one extra
passenger at the center of the tricycles. When a whistle is blown, all the passengers hurry to another tricycle. The one left over
then goes at the center and the game continues.

Jump out of the Plane

Place two ropes on the ground. Ask them to pretend that they are in a plane. The children line up single file and jump out of the
plane one at a time. After every child has jumped, move the rope to make the space wider. When a player can no longer jump
the distance he’s/she’s out of the game. The object is to see how wide a distance the children can jump. (You can also play this
game by drawing lines in the dirt or sand.)

Car Relays

Divide the class into teams with five or six players each. Have players line up single file, and one at a time pretend they are
driving a car to a designated point and go back. The first player tags the second player who then does the same thing to the
distance. The first team to have all players drive is the winner.

Racing Car Driver/Race to Finish

Objective: to write numerals up to 10
Materials: pad paper, marking pen, giant crayons, double adhesive tape, pair of scissors
Number of players/participants: 10 per group
Procedure:
1. Let each child write numerals 1-10 in the air as a warm-up activity.
2. Divide the class into teams with ten children each (max).
3. Attach a tag to each member using double adhesive.
4. Let the player line up in a single file. They will pretend that they are driving a racing car.
5. Driver runs to a designated point then runs back and tags driver 2, who does the same, this time tagging driver 3.
6. The first to have all the drivers run win.

Vehicle Obstacle Course

Have your child hold a hoop around his/her middle to represent a car, bus, or truck. Have him/her start his/her vehicle and drive it
around. Provide obstacles on the “road,” such as a bench to climb over to represent a hill or a mat to jump over to represent a
bridge over water. Have your child drive slow and then fast. As your child “drives,” play music to represent a radio in their truck.

176
 KINDERGARTEN CLASS FOURTH GRADING DAILY PLANS
WEEK 35:________________________
Monday Tuesday Wednesday
CONTENT FOCUS: People Go to Places
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: Some people travel by land. Message: Some people travel by sea. Message: Some people travel by air.
Questions: What do people ride when they travel by land? Question: What do people ride when they travel by water? Question: What do people ride when they travel by air?
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: Call Out Word Game Teacher-Supervised: Call Out Word Game Teacher-Supervised: Transportation Mobiles

Independent: Independent: Independent:

• Dramatic Play • Boat Collage • Transportation Junk Models
• Transportation Puzzles • Transportation Junk Models • Sand Play
• Syllable Race • Transportation Puzzles • Rhyme Cover All
• Wheel Sequence • Sand Play • Fishing for Rhymes
• Writer’s Workshop • Syllable Race • Writer’s Workshop
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Play Round Robin Rhyme Play “What’s the Word?“ (opposite words) Message: Some vehicles are not like each other
Compare kinds of transportation, focusing on those
Introduce the song “ Bike Ride “ Song: The Wheels on the Bus that have not similarities – airplane & horse, banca &
tricycle

Supervised Recess Supervised Recess Supervised Recess

STORY: Ang Barumbadong Bus STORY: Bus stops STORY: Snakes on the Bus
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Train Ride; Balloons Teacher-Supervised: Ten Spots Teacher-Supervised: Dogs in a Pocket Chart
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Block Play • Block Play • Block Play
• More or Less Spin It • More or Less Spin It • Shark Attack
• Call Out: Addition (0-10)/ Call Out: Subtraction (0-10) • Call Out: Addition (0-10)/ Call Out: Subtraction (0-10) • Three in a Row
• What numbers can you make? • What numbers can you make? • Draw 10/ Go Find 10/ Tens Concentration
• Number Train Graph • Number Train Graph • Caps with Cans
• Grab Bag with Partners
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Hot Cars INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: The Boat is Sinking INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Red Light, Green Light,
Traffic Lights

MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

177
 THURSDAY FRIDAY NOTES
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: People do different jobs related to our transport service. Message: People follow safety rules when traveling.
Ex. driver, conductor, gas boy, mechanic, dispatcher, pilot, flight
attendants, ship captain

Question: What are examples of jobs that are related to the transport Questions: What safety rules do people need to observe?
service? Why is it important to observe safety rules?

WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1

Teacher-Supervised: Blend It Teacher-Supervised: Transportation Word List
Poster: Safety Rules
Independent:
• My Book of Vehicles Independent:
• Transportation Junk Models • Transportation Picture-Word Match
• Transportation Picture- Word Match • Picture Sorting ( Different Types of Vehicles)
• Play dough • Play dough
• Picking Up Game for Rhymes • Rhyme Cover All
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Introduce the song “ Twinkle, Twinkle Traffic Light Introduce the song ” This is the way we cross the street …“

Have children show their Transportation Junk Models in class. Let Do Segmentation Exercises
them talk about the features and the function of the vehicle that they
created.

Do Segmentation Exercises
Supervised Recess Supervised Recess

STORY: Ang Bisikleta ni Momon STORY: Ang Ambisyosong Istetoskop

WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:

Teacher-Supervised: Make Ten; Ten Frames Teacher-Supervised: Hands Down, Kites Up

Independent: Independent:
• Block Play • Blocks
• Shark Attack • Pattern Blocks
• Draw 10/ Go Find 10/ Tens Concentration • Checkered Flags
• Caps with Cans • How Many More, How Many Less
• Grab Bag with Partners • Draw 10/ Go Find 10/ Tens Concentration
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Follow the Driver INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Hot Cars
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine
178
APPENDIX WEEK 35

SMALL GROUP ACTIVITIES

A. THEME-RELATED ACTIVITIES

Transportation puzzle
Objective: to develop fine motor coordination and visual discrimination
Materials: cardboard, scissors, pencil
Number of players/participants: 2 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. Teachers to cut out or draw pictures of vehicles such as ship/boat, car/bus, and airplane/jet.
2. Cut the pictures into 3 to 5 pieces.
3. Let the children connect the puzzle to reveal the hidden vehicle. The puzzle, let the group identify the vehicle.
4. After completing the puzzle, let the group identify the vehicle.

My Book of Vehicles
Objective: to develop fine motor coordination
Materials: old magazines, scissors, paste, bond paper, crayons, pencil
Number of players/participants: 2 – 5 children or whole class
Procedure:
1. Distribute different magazines to each group (in places where there are no magazines available,
ask the children to bring out bond papers, crayons and pencils instead and draw)
2. Ask the children to cut the vehicles they can see in the magazines/draw the vehicle that they know.
3. Let them paste it in a clean bond paper.
4. Teacher shall write verbatim, whatever children describe or whatever they may have to say about the vehicle.
5. Make a book of what the children have done.

Wheel Sequence
Objective: to arrange objects in sequence according to size
Materials: various-sized circles
Number of players/participants: 3 – 4 children
Procedure:
1. Cut out various sized circles from posterboard to represent wheels.
2. Have the children sequence the wheels from largest to smallest.

Boat Collage
Objective: to arrange objects in sequence according to size
Materials: various-sized circles
Number of players/participants: 3 – 4 children
Procedure:
1. Have children look through magazines and cut out pictures of boats and ships.
(Note: If there are no magazines available, teacher brings pictures of these).
2. Then let them paste on bond paper.

Painting- Vehicles on Water

Objective: to develop fine motor coordination
Materials: paints, bond papers, water
Number of players/participants: 2 – 5 or whole class
Procedure:
1. Assist the children towards the painting area.
2. Allow them to paint any kind of vehicle they know that moves on water.
3. Ask the children to post their works in the art wall of the class.

Playdough- Different Vehicles

Objective: to develop fine motor coordination, creativity
Materials: playdough
Number of players/participants: 2 – 5 children
Procedure: Ask the children to create their own vehicle using the playdough.
179
Transportation Junk Models
Objective: to develop gross motor/fine motor coordination
Materials: junk materials, scissors, pencil, markers, crayons, paste/glue
Number of players/participants: 2 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. Ask children to form into groups.
2. Let them construct different kinds of transportation using junk materials available in the area.
(Solicit assistance of parents to bring junk materials prior to the activity.)

Transportation Wordlist
Objective: to give words related to transportation
Materials: markers, manila paper, bond paper, markers
Number of players/participants: 2 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. Ask children to think and say words related to vehicles/transportation.
2. Teacher writes/list down what are told.
3. Encourage no repetition.
4. Allow invented spellings if a child attempts to write what he/she said.

Sand/Water Play
Objective: to develop gross motor/fine motor coordination
Materials: toy vehicles, large basin filled with sand
Number of players/participants: 2 – 5 children
Procedure: Allow free-play in sand/water if there’s an available.

Transportation Theme Poster

Materials: magazines with cars trucks. (Auto Traders are good), scissors, glue, poster board
Procedure:
1. Have the children cut out cars, trucks, boats...from magazines.
2. Divide the poster in three sections. One for modes of transportation in the air, on the ground and on water.
3. Facilitate pasting cutouts in corresponding column/section.

B.OTHER MATH ACTIVITIES

Train Ride
Objective: to add and subtract single-digit numbers
Materials: chalk and chalkboard
Number of players: small or whole group
Procedure:
1. Divide the class into 2 groups.
2. The first player in each group goes to the chalkboard and draws a train engine.
As directed the leader writes a numeral, for example 8, on the drawing of the train.
3. The second player then comes up to draw a coach, on which he writes a combination
that names the number selected for the engine, such as 6 + 2.
4. Continue in order until a member of the group thinks that all combinations have been shown.
5. The team whose train shows all combinations for the engine number wins.

Balloons
Objectives: to add and subtract single-digit numbers
Materials: chalk and chalkboard
Number of players/participants: individual, small or whole group
Procedure:
1. Draw pictures of balloons on the chalkboard and write an addition or subtraction combination on each.
2. Players take turns by trying to “pop the balloons” by giving answers to the combinations.
Children may indicate the popping of balloons by clapping hands

Variation: Instead of drawing balloons, flowers, leaves and other more familiar objects can be drawn.

180
Ten Spots
Objective: to make sums of 10
Materials: lady bug cut-out with 5 spot cut-outs on the left side and 5 spot cut-outs on the right side
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Show the children cut out of lady bug with 5 spots on the left and 5 spots on the right
2. Read the poem Ten Spotted Animal. Introduce these animals to the children or
let them think of what animals have spots.
3. Draw a picture or picture card for each animal in the poem and place the picture next to its name.
4. Ask the children to look at the lady bug and talk about other ways the ten spots could be arranged,
such as six on one side and 4 on the other side. Ten-Spotted Animals

Some ten-spotted bugs

And ten-spotted frogs
And ten-spotted leopards
Dogs In The Pocket Chart And turtles and dogs
Objective: to find sums up to quantities of ten or less All gathered together
Materials: pocket chart, square paper To check out their spots
And to find all ways
Number of players/players: small group Of arranging ten dots
Procedure:
1. Ask children where they usually see dogs having fun outside and what dogs do when they get together.
2. Let each child draw a dog on a sheet of square paper (should fit pocket chart).
3. As you read the poem Dog Tales, let the children act it out with their dogs.

Dog Tales

Two dogs at the park bench, Three dogs on a leash,

Three more dogs come by, Four dogs on their own,
They sniff and they yip, Their playing and nipping
But they act rather shy. And sharing a bone.

Four dogs by the oak tree, Two dogs greet two dogs
Two dogs come along, With a high, happy bark
A few quiet growls, A treat for a dog
But nothing goes wrong. Is a walk in the park.
4. Then read the poem again, stopping before each verse to discuss how many dogs will be needed for the upcoming verse and
selecting volunteers.
5. Have children use the dogs to create other situations such as 4 dogs meeting 1 dog.
6. You may want to write number sentences to match the situations ( 4 + 1 = 5)

Variation: Children will create new addition problems and use manipulative to represent the dogs. It will be easiest for children
if each of the two groups of dog manipulative is a different color; they can use yellow and red counters to represent 2
different groups of dogs. Have a pair of children pull a handful of counters from a paper bag. Then children create an
addition problem about dogs based on the number of counters and draw a picture to record it.

Make Ten
Objective: to explore different combinations that make 10
Materials: paper, pen, one playing die, game board at least twenty counters
Procedure:
1. Give each player a playing board.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

2. Players take turns throwing the die.

3. Player gets as many counters as the number that comes out.
4. Throughout the game the teacher asks questions such as " How many more do you need to reach ten? "
5. Player who reaches ten first wins

Variation: Players fill up playing board with ten counters. Counters are removed from board as player throws the die.
181
Tens Frames
Objectives: to learn the names of numbers
to develop understanding of one-to-one correspondence between objects and number words
to look at relationships within quantities by grouping, skip counting and visualizing number patterns
Materials: Tens Frames board, counters
Procedure:
1. Begin with 5 counters.
2. Tell children to use only the top cells on the Tens Frames board.
3. Tell children to place 2 counters on the frame and ask, “How many more counters do you need to fill up the space.
4. Children then check their answer by placing the counters on the Tens Frames board.

Allow children to work in pairs, with 1 child giving directions and asking questions and the other child following directions and giving the answer.
Children trade roles after each problem. When children are comfortable working with quantities of 5, tell them they can work with quantities of 10.

Hands Down, Kites Up

Objective: to explore perimeter (or distance around an object)
Materials: construction paper, pencils, yarn, Scissors, tape or stapler
Procedure:
1. Provide two children with construction paper, pencils, string, scissors, and tape.
Tell them they are going to find out the distance around their hands.
2. Instruct one partner to place his or her hand, palm down, on the paper, fingers spread wide apart to make the hand easy to trace. Ask the
other partner to carefully trace the outline of the hand in pencil.
Partners then switch roles so that each has an outlined hand. Have children write their name within their hand outline.
3. Have partners work together to place the string carefully on the traced outlines. They can also tape the string in place.
4. Have children cut the string. Then they should straighten the string out to its full length and measure it.
5. Ask children to cut out their labeled hand shape. Have them tape or staple their length of string to the bottom of the cut-out hand to create,
in effect, a hand-shaped kite.

Totally different?
Objective/Competency: to describe and disjoint sets or sets that do not have anything in common
Materials: cardboard, scissors, pencil
No of players/participants: individual/ or in pair
Procedure:
1. Ask children to be in pairs.
2. Give each pair set of vehicles (ex. 1 member holds a horse, the other holds a ship).
3. Ask the children to describe each vehicle they hold and see the similarities and differences of each one.
4. Let them fill up the Venn diagram in doing this activity.

All about All about All about

cars both ships

182
Caps and Cans
Objective: to count 1-10
Materials: bottle caps, large coffee cans and a permanent marker
Number of players/participants: 2 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. With the marker teachers number cans with dots (Use one through 10).
2. Let children count the number of dots on each can.
3. Then let children try to toss that many caps into the can.
4. Children will find this fun game among friends, seeing who can get more caps into the cans.

More Or Less Spin It

Objective: to compare quantities
Materials: cubes or blocks, more or less spinner
Procedure:
1. Teacher tells the children to build a tower of 5 blocks.
2. Children take turns spinning the more or less spinner, to determine if they will build towers
more or less than the original tower.
3. If spinner lands on less, children build a tower less than 5.
4. Each child shows the group his or her tower. The group describes the relationship.
"The original tower is 2 cubes higher. The new tower is 2 cubes less than 5."
5. If the spinner lands on more, children build a tower more than 5.
6. Each child shows the group his or her tower. The group describes the relationship.
"The original tower is 3 cubes lower. The new tower is 3 more than 5."

Call Out Math: Addition

Objective: to match an addition fact with its correct sum
Materials: call out card for each player, calling cards, tokens
Number of players/participants: 1 or more children
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a call out card.
2. Assign a student to call out what is written on calling cards.
3. First one to cover all spaces wins. If players go through all the cards without reaching call out,
they should reshuffle the cards, then turn them face down again and continue playing until someone has won.

Call Out Math: Subtraction

Objective: to practice subtraction
Materials: call out card for each player, calling cards, tokens
Number of players/participants: 1 or more children
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a call out card.
2. Assign a student to call out what is written on calling cards.
3. First one to cover all spaces wins. If players go through all the cards without reaching Call Out, they should reshuffle
the cards, then turn them face down again and continue playing until someone has won.

FIND 10
Objective: to explore different combinations that make 10
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 9)
Procedure:
1. All cards are dealt. Last card is turned face up. Each player keeps the cards dealt to him/her in a stack,
Face down, without looking at them.
2. By turns, players turn over the top card of his/her stack. If this card can be used with one on the table to make a total of 10, the player can
take it and keep the pair. If there are no cards that can be used, he/she has to discard his/her card in the middle of the table, face up.
3. The player who collects the most number of pairs wins.

183
DRAW 10
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes 10
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 9)
Procedure:
1. One card is drawn from the deck and is set aside throughout the game, so that there will be an odd card without a mate at the end of the
game. All the other cards are dealt.
2. Each player goes through the cards received trying to find pairs that make 10.
All the pairs thus made are discarded in the middle of the table.
3. The players then take turns, each holding her/his cards like a fan and letting the person to her/his left draw one of them without looking. If
the person who draws the card can use it to make 10 with one of the cards in her/his hand, she/he discards the pair in the middle of the
table. If she/he cannot use it, she/he has to keep it. She/he then holds all her/his cards like a fan so that the person to her/his left can draw
one of them by chance.
4. Play continuously until one person is left holding the odd card and loses the game.

TENS CONCENTRATION
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes 10
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 9)
Procedure:
1. Sixteen cards are placed in the middle of the table, face down, in a 4 x 4 arrangement.
The remaining cards are placed faced down in a stack.
2. The players take turns turning over two cards, trying to turn a pair that totals 10. If a pair can be made, the player keeps it and continues to
play as long as he/she is successful. If he is not successful, he/she returns the two cards to their original face down positions and replaces
any cards he took with new ones from the deck.
3. With 16 face down cards on the table, the turn passes to the next player to the left.
4. The person who collects the greatest number of pairs is the winner.

Variation: This game can be varied by increasing the number of cards placed on the table. A 5 x 5 or 6 x 6 arrangement may be more interesting.

GO 10
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes 10
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 9)
Procedure:
1. All the cards are dealt.
2. The players take turns asking specific people for specific cards in a way similar to the card game Go Fish.
For example, John may say to Carol do you have a 1? "If Carol has a 1, she has to give it up to John. John then lays this 1 and a 9 in
front of himself, face up. A player can continue asking for a card as long as he gets the card he requested. If he does not get the card he
asked for, the turn passes to the person who said, "I don't have it."
3. The person who makes the greatest number of pairs is the winner.

Grab Bag with Partners (up to quantities of 10)

Objective: to practice addition skills
Materials: clothespins, paper sack, individual chalkboards
Number of players/participants: pairs
Procedure:
1. Partner A fills the bag with 10 clothespins (or depending on what number is being worked with).
2. Partner B reaches into the bag and takes out some clothespin, showing Partner A what has been removed.
3. They predict how many clothespin they think are left.
4. Then, they check their predictions, and each child records the equation on a chalkboard or a sheet such as the one below.

Name___________________________________
I played a game today.
These are the equations I made.

184
Number Train Graph (up to quantities of 10)
Objective: to practice addition skills
Materials: clothespin (2 colors), Manila or kraft paper
Number of players/participants: individual or small group
Procedure:
1. The children try to find all the possible arrangements for the combinations that make up 10
2. As they find the arrangements, place it in the appropriate column of the Manila Paper.
(The links can be labeled with the labeled possible combinations, or the children can label the links as needed.)

What Numbers Can You Make (up to quantities of 10)

Objective: to practice addition skills
Materials: clothespin, crayons,
Number of players/participants: individual or small group
Procedure:
1. The children make clothespin links (each link made with different color clothespin and no stack more than ten clothespins long). There can
be more than one link of any particular number. The object is to try to make each of the numbers from one to ten in as many ways as
possible.
2. The children are allowed to use more than one link to make any number, but they may not break any link apart. If they cannot make a
number, they are to cross it out. If they can make the number, they write the equation that describes the trains used.
3. The game can be played over and over, as it will be a new experience each time the numbers used changes.

Three In A Row
Objective: to sequence numbers
Materials: two to three sets of number cards 0 to 10
Procedure:
1. Shuffle and deal six cards to each player. (Two or three can play.)
2. Put the rest of the cards in a pile face down, then, turn over the top card.
3. The aim of the game is to make up a set of three numbers in sequence by taking turns picking up a card and
throw one away. First to get a set of three wins.

Checkered Flags
Objective: to order or sequence numbers from least to greatest and vice versa
Materials: race car cards, Number cube
Number of players/participants: 2 children

Procedure:
1. Shuffle the Race Car cards and stack them between the players.
2. Have each player draw three cards from the stack and place them facedown on the table.
3. Players take turns rolling the number cube to determine how many more Race Car cards both player should draw from the stack. Remind
players to keep all their cards facedown on the table.
4. If the number cube lands on the Checkered Flag, both players turn over their cards and arrange them in numerical order from smallest to
largest as quickly as they can. The first player to get all his or her Race Car cards in numerical order wins. Reshuffle the cards to play the
game again.

VARIATION: Instead of arranging the cars from smallest to largest, have players arrange the cars from largest to smallest.

Pattern Block Puzzles

Objective: to explore relationships of shapes and determine how many ways the shapes can be arranged in a particular space
Materials: pattern blocks, pattern block puzzles, pattern block recording sheet
Number of players/participants: individual, pair or small group
Procedure: Children fill the shape and keep track of the ways they find

185
B. OTHER LANGUAGE ARTS ACTIVITIES

Blend It!/Slow Talk

Objective: to identify various sounds of digraphs and blends
Materials: strips of colored papers, paste, markers
Number of players/participants: 2 – 5 children or whole class
Procedure:
1. Teacher stretches out words and asks: Can you figure out these weird-sounding words?
Example: b-b-b- ….ed
c-c-c-…andy
d-d-d-.. ad

2. Ask the children to write words that they have figured out in strips of paper.
3. Let the children post the words in the wall.

Call Out Word Game

Objective: to draw vertical, horizontal or diagonal lines
Materials: call out cards with different words related to vehicle (with pictures), stones/seeds as markers, strips of papers with the words related to
vehicle
Number of players/participants: 2 – 5 children or whole class
Procedure:
1. Distribute the call out cards to the children.
2. Make sure each child has a card of his/her own.
3. Draw one card from the box and read in to the children.
4. Assist the children in marking their cards.
5. The first one to make a vertical, horizontal or diagonal line wins the game.

Syllable Race
Objective: to count syllables in a particular word phonemic awareness: syllables
Materials: gameboard, stones or seeds as markers, group of words with various number of syllables
Ex. Jet- 1
Airplane-2
Helicopter-4
Number of players/participants: 2 – 5

R A
I
(3) (6) E
(2) P (8)
A (4) L N
(1) (5) (7)

Procedure:
1. Give the gameboard to the group.
2. Determine who will get the first turn.
3. Ask the child to pick one word and read (if the child can’t read, then the teacher will do it)
4. Ask the child to clap the syllables of the word picked.
5. The number of syllables will determine the steps the child will make towards the airport.
6. Whoever gets to the airport first wins the game.

186
Jumbled Words
Objective: to form words from available letters
Materials: jumbled letter cut-outs
Number of players/participants: 2 – 5 children or whole class
Procedure:
1. Give each child a letter in each group.
2. Allow the children to consult with each other and brainstorm on what the hidden word is.
3. After the group has finished guessing the word, they will be given another set of word to form.
4. This will be done until all the words are revealed.
5. The group who has formed the most words in a given time is the winner.

Picking Up for Rhymes

Objective: to listen for rhymes, parts and syllables of words
Materials: fish cards with different rhyming words, fishing rod (magnet or string)
Number of players/participants: 2 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. Ask each child to fish for words that rhyme.
2. Each child will fish twice. If he/she gets words that rhyme, he/she’ll keep it. If in case the words do not rhyme, the fish will be thrown back to
the “water” or box.
3. The child who will get the most rhyming words will be the winner.

STORIES

Ang Barumbadong Bus

Questions Before Reading:

 Nakaramdam na ba kayo ng takot?
 Ano- ano ang mga kinatatakutan ninyo?

Questions While Reading:

 Ano sa tingin ninyo ang magyayari kay Kas?
 Naging malungkot na rin ba kayo dahil sa inyong itsura? Ano pang mga bagay ang nagpalungkot sa inyo?

Questions After Reading:

 Tungkol kanino ang kuwento?
 Ilarawan nga ninyo si Kas?
 Bakit ayaw siyang sakyan ng ibang tao?
 Ano ang nagyari sa kanya sa pagtatapos ng kuwento?
 Kung ikaw si Kas, gagawin mo rin ba ang katulad ng ginawa ni Kas? Bakit?

Bus Stops

Questions before Reading:

 Do you want to ride in a bus?
 Can you tell me why?
 Who usually ride in bus?
Our poem will tell us who rides in a bus.

Questions While Reading:

 So far who have riden in the bus in the poem?
 Who else do you think rides in the bus? Let’s continue...

Questions After Reading:

 What kind of transportation have we learned today?
 Have you counted how many times the bus stopped?
 Who steps off first? 2nd?
Let’s try to count how many times it stopped... first, it stops, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc. (Introduce chronological orders)

187
The Snakes on the Bus

Questions before Reading:

 How many have pet animals here?
 Do you want to own one?
 Can you tell me how this animal sounds?
Our story tells about the different animals in the bus. Let’s find out

Questions While Reading:

 1 What was the story about?
 What animals have we met in the story?
 Can you tell me what these animals are doing inside the bus?

Questions After Reading:

 Have you counted how many times the bus stopped?
 Who steps off the bus first? 2nd?...
 If you were on that bus, where will you want to stop? Why?
Let’s try to count how many times it stopped... first, it stops, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc. (Introduce in chronological orders)

SONGS/POEMS/RHYMES

Bike Ride Airplane

(Tune: “Row, Row, Row your Boat”)
I press on the starter,
Pedal, pedal, pedal your bike carefully down the street. The propeller whirls around
Round and round and round it goes, pedal with your feet. My airplane and I
Row, row, row your boat, Brush over the ground.
gently down the stream, I lift from the field,
Merrily, merrily, merrily, merrily, The motor roars out loud,
Life is but a dream. Far below is the earth,
Above me a bright cloud.
I dip and I drop
I swoop and I rise--
Oh, it's fun to be flying Way up in the skies

School Bus Comes for Me This is the Way we Cross the Road
(Tune: Farmer in the Dell)
This is the way we cross the road 3x (3x)
The school bus comes for me 2x Early in the morning.
Hey ho it’s time to go
The school bus comes for me
First we pick up John
Next we pick up ____
Then we pick up ____
Last we pick up ____
Now we are at school 2x
Clap and cheer we’re finally here.
Now we are at school

Traffic Light
(Tune: Twinkle, Twinkle Little Star)

Twinkle, twinkle, traffic light

Standing on the corner bright
Green means go, we all know
Yellow means wait, even if you're late
Red means stop
Twinkle, twinkle, traffic light
Standing on the corner bright

188
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES

Follow the Driver

The class lines up behind a chosen driver. Wherever the driver goes, the rest of the class must follow. The driver may hop, march, skip, crawl under
a table, or perform other actions. Give several children a turn to play driver.

The Boat is Sinking

When the teacher says, “the boat is sinking group yourselves into 4”, children looks for companies of 4. The child/ children who cannot form a group
of the announced number will lose their turn and sit down. The game continues as soon as there will be 2 children left.

Hot Cars
Children stand in a circle and pass around a toy vehicle (car, airplane, boat, etc.) Music is played, but when the music stops the one who is holding
the toy vehicle must sit down. The game is played until there is only one child left standing.

Red Light, Green Light (or Traffic Light)

Cut out a red and green circle. Attach the circles to short sticks. From that point, play it like the classic game. When you hold the green circle, the
children walk toward you. When you hold up the red, they must stop.

189
 KINDERGRATEN CLASS FOURTH GRADING DAILY PLANS
WEEK 36:_________________________
Monday Tuesday Wednesday
CONTENT FOCUS: Caring for our Community
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: People must care for their own community. They Message: There are some things that we can reuse. Message: We need to reduce our trash. We can reduce
must dispose their garbage properly. trash by reusing and recycling our old things.
Questions: How do you dispose your garbage at home? Question: What things can we reuse? Question: What things can be recycled?
How do we dispose our garbage in school?
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: Class Survey: How do you Dispose Teacher-Supervised: Lit-based: Si Tembong Mandarambong Teacher-Supervised: The Three R's Poster Collage
your Garbage? Character Mobile
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Junk Models • Making School Signs • Environmental Banners
• Trash Collage or Mural • Junk Models • Mini-book: How can I keep my home and school
• How many syllables? • How many syllables? clean?
• Opposite Connect • Opposite Connect • Letter Tallies
• Writer’s Workshop • WS: Opposite Match
Which does not belong? (Rhyming Words)
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Introduce the “Recycling Song “Invite children to show their Junk Talk about the school signs on recycling and the Teach the song Reduce, Reuse, Recycle
Models. Talk about other uses of these junk materials. Discuss environmental banners they made. Ask if there are other areas Discuss different ways they can apply the 3R’s in their
why is it important to recycle materials. (see appendix) in the school which might be in need of additional signs. homes.

Supervised Recess Supervised Recess Supervised Recess

STORY: Si Tembong Mandarambong STORY: May Pera sa Basura STORY: Si Emang Engkantada at ang Tatlong Haragan
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Eyes (counting groups of 2 ) Teacher-Supervised: Pair Pressure -counting groups of 2 Teacher-Supervised: Calling all caterpillars
(beginning multiplication)
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Block Play • Block Play • Block Play
• Pattern Blocks • Pattern Blocks • Who Has More?
• Five in A Row • Five in a Row • Checkered Flags
• Shark Attack • Shark Attack • Ten Frames
• Call Out: Addition (0-10)/ Call Out: Subtraction (0-10) • Call Out: Addition (0-10)/ Call Out: Subtraction (0-10) • How Many More, How Many Less
• Make Ten • Make Ten

190
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Garbage Race INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Walk the Number LIne INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Word Relay

MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine
THURSDAY FRIDAY NOTES
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: There are some things that we can recycle. Message: Garbage can be classified as biodegradable
(nabubulok) and non-biodegradable (hindi nabubulok).
Question: What things can we recycle? Questions: Can you give examples of things that are
biodegradable and non-biodegradable?
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: Literature-based: Story Trail Teacher-Supervised: Literature-based: Story Trail
Independent: Independent:
• 3 R’s Sorting Game • Biodegradable Picture Puzzles
• Biodegradable Picture Puzzles • 3 Sorting Game
• Mini-book: How can I keep my home • Literature-based: Saan pumunta si Diego at Marie?
and school clean? • WS: Directional Words
• Letter Tallies • Writer’s Workshop
MEETING TIME 2 MEETING TIME 2:
Teach the song Recycling is the Greatest Discuss different ways they can apply the 3R’s in the
community.

Supervised Recess Supervised Recess

STORY: Diego and Marie STORY: Ako si Kaliwa, Ako si Kanan
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Beautiful Butterfly Wings (symmetry) Teacher-Supervised: Triangles – counting groups of 3
(beginning multiplication)

Independent: Independent:
• Block Play • Block Play
• Who Has More? • Pattern Blocks
• Checkered Flags • Busy Bee
• Ten Frames • Caps and Cans
• How Many More, How Many Less
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Creative Movement: Plants INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: The Boat is Sinking
and Trees Movement
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

191
APPENDIX WEEK 36

SMALL GROUP ACTIVITIES

A. THEME-RELATED ACTIVITIES

Concepts to be tackled during Meeting Time 2:

Recycle: We should not throw cans, bottles and newspapers into landfills. These items can be recycled. Don't throw those shoe
boxes away -- they can become toy dioramas or doll houses. Discuss how these items get recycled.

Reuse: We do not always need a new piece of paper or a new t-shirt. We can try to reuse what we already have. We can help
keep trash out of the landfills. How can a piece of paper be reused? Example: We can use it as wrapping paper, use the clean side
of discarded paper material. How can a T-shirt be reused? It can be reused by younger siblings or be given away so that others can
use it. It can be used as a rag (for cleaning) or for making quilts or stuffed materials. It can also be used as a patch to cover parts of
articles of clothing that have holes.

Reduce - Every home can reduce the amount of waste/garbage it produces and the landfills would last years longer.

Class Survey: How Do You Dispose Your Garbage?

Objective: to construct bar graphs
Materials: kraft paper, squares of colored paper, markers
Number of players/participants: 4 – 5 at a time
Procedure:
1. As a class, identify the different ways of disposing garbage. Use these as categories for the Class Survey.
2. One group of children will ask all of their classmates how they dispose their garbage at home.
3. Answers will be listed down per child (ex. One square, one child) and then later on made into a class graph
(ex. Throw in the trash can – Classmate 1, 3, 4, 6. Throw in the compost pit – Classmate 2, 5, 7, 8.)
4. Glue the squares according to each category on the kraft paper. Count and tally the totals for each category.

Environmental Banners
Objective: to identify ways people can help care for the environment
Materials: scratch paper, coloring materials, pencils
Number of players/participants: 5 – 6 children
Procedure:

Ask children to draw the different ways they can help care for their community. Have them write and draw these in the form of a
banner.

Making School Signs

Objective: to make environmentally-conscious school signs and reminders for the rest of the school community.
Materials: scratch paper, coloring materials, pencils
Number of players/participants: 4 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. Give each child a piece of paper and ask him to make a school sign that will remind the rest of the school community about
garbage disposal, use of facilities and keeping the area clean. Ask them to add drawings to accompany their signs and to
color their work.
2. “Laminate” their signs by inserting it in empty store paper plastic wrappers (bond paper packaging) and taping the sides.
3. Post these signs in strategic place/areas in school. Ask the children which areas they think they ought to post their signs.

Junk Models (art activity):

Children will create their own 3D masterpiece using various junk items collected around the house or in school.
(ex.junk toy car, junk bahay kubo, etc.)

192
Trash Collage or Mural
Objective: to create designs out of junk materials; develop fine-motor coordination
Materials: assorted junk materials, glue, manila paper/kraft paper, marker
Number of players/participants: 5 – 7 children
Procedure:
1. Let children choose a place in their community they want to recreate using the junk materials.
2. Help them make an outline of this place if necessary.
3. Have them design their poster using the junk materials.

Mini-book: How can we help keep our home and school clean ?
Objective: to note details, write words and phrases
Materials: blank mini-books, crayons, marker
Number of players/participants: 5 – 7 children
Procedure:
1. Distribute empty mini-books.
2. Ask each one to draw different ways they can keep their home and school clean.

Experiment: Compost Pit

Objective: to find out what happens to garbage and which ones decompose
Materials: old milk carton, plastic bag, 1 cup water, compost pit, 1 pc string bean, fork
Number of players/participants: 2 – 3 children
Procedure:
1. Dig a hole in an area of your school where you are going to dump your “garbage”. This will serve as your compost pit.
2. Dump the remaining materials in the hole and cover it up.
3. Return to the classroom. Guess and identify which items will undergo change over the course of the week and which ones
will stay the same (Not Change).
4. After one week, dig out your compost pit using the fork. Check which of your predictions are accurate
and which ones are not.
5. Draw and describe observations.

3 R’s Sorting Game

Objective: to sort real objects according to things that can be used, reduced, and recycled.
Materials: old newspapers, clean and empty soda cans/bottles, cardboard boxes, etc.
Number of players/participants: 3 – 4 children
Procedure:
1. Children will sort real objects into three piles: things that can be reused, reduced and recycled.
2. Ask them to explain why a particular item should be reduced/reused/recycled, and how?

The Three R's Poster Collage.

Objective: to make a poster from junk materials
Materials: junk materials, coloring materials, pencils
Number of players/participants: 5 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. Make a big Letter R on a piece of paper or tape a few pieces of scrap paper to make a poster size. Draw the letter and
then have child paint over the letter.
2. Glue pieces of newspaper, pages from old magazines, junk mail, draw bottles and cans on the picture for the child to paint
or color. Discuss how these junk materials can be recycled and reused.

Picture Puzzles
Objective: to form the puzzle as fast as they can
Materials: Colored pictures, postcards and magazines depicting ways of reducing our consumption (or teacher and/or students can
draw if pictures are not available)
Number of players/participants: 3 – 4 children

193
Procedure:
1. Cut colored pictures in the form of a puzzle
2. Distribute the picture puzzle to each group.
3. Every group will try to form the puzzle as fast as they can.
4. The first group to form the puzzle correctly, wins.

Si Tembong Mandarambong: Character Profile

Objective: to describe the main character in the story
Materials: bond paper, coloring materials
Number of players/participants: 4 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. Give each child a sheet of bond paper. In the middle, ask them to draw Tembong Mandarambong.
2. Around the sides of their drawing of Tembong, ask the child to write the following words: Says, Does, Feels, Looks Like.
3. Ask them to write a phrase or a sentence under each word to describe Tembong (ex. Says – “Tinatamad ako”. Does –
“Sleeps all day”, Feels – “lazy”, Looks Like- “wears a white shirt and brown shorts).

B. OTHER MATH ACTIVITIES

Eyes
Objective: to explore the concept of multiplication by counting groups of the same quantity
Materials: paper (folded into 6 rows), crayons or pencils
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Ask the students to draw a face of girl on the first row.
2. Ask, “How many eyes do you see?” Ask the students to write the quantity of eyes at the right most part of the row.
3. Ask the students to draw 2 faces on the second row.
4. Ask, “How many eyes do you see on two people?” Ask the students to write the quantity of eyes at the right most part of
the row.
5. Continue procedure until students have drawn 5 faces and have written the total number of eyes they see on 5 faces.
6. On the last row, ask students to write the numbers in sequence as they have written in each row
2 4 6 8 10

Pair Pressure
Objectives: to skip count by two
to act out or draw multiplication problems
Materials: pencil and paper
Number of players/participants: whole group
Procedure:
1. See how many things your students can name that come in pairs. Write them on the board. The list might include:
Socks shoes
Slippers earrings
2. Now tell your students silly word problems using the items on the list. For example:
• Eight cows bought shoes for themselves. How many shoes did they buy in all?
• Five elephants bought earrings for themselves. How many earrings did they buy in all?
• Three penguins bought slippers for themselves. How many slippers did they buy in all?
3. For each problem you give, have a volunteer cone forward and draw a picture on the board illustrating the problem.
Ask the student to write the multiplication sentence that expresses the problem underneath the picture.

Calling All Caterpillars

Objective: to count backward
Materials: pocket chart, strips of paper with lines of poem Counting Caterpillars
Number of players/participants: whole or small group
Procedure: When reading the poem Counting Caterpillars, pause before each number word and let children chime in. then make the
poem come alive by acting it out. You will need seven performers – 5 caterpillars, the child playing with the caterpillars,
and the child’s little sister. Caterpillars can wear special hats or head bands and crawl around.

194
Counting Caterpillars

Some caterpillars crawled along,

Upon the garden wall.
I watch their backs go up and down,
I counted five in all.
One critter hid behind a leaf,
Then there were only four.
I didn’t really care too much
‘cause there were plenty more.

I put one in my pocket,

But it quickly crawled away.
I still had three more critters
‘cause I laughed and let it go.

My sister lost another

So that left me only one more
The last one climbed a tree trunk,
And my counting was all done.
But caterpillars make cocoons
And change their shape and size.
When they have changed, I’ll have more fun
By counting butterflies.

Variation: When children create their own caterpillar books, their understanding of the concept of one less will deepen. For each
child’s book, fold 2 sheets of 8 ½ by 11-inch newsprint ad staple to form a 5 ½ inch by 8 ½ inch 4-page book. Positioning the book
with the spine at the top makes it easier to illustrate. After the title page, pages should show 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 and 0 animals – one
number to a page. Encourage the children to read their books to the class.

Triangles
Objectives: to explore the concept of multiplication by counting groups of the same quantity
Materials: paper (folded into 4 rows), crayons or pencils
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Ask the students to draw 1 triangle
2. Ask, “How many sides does a triangle have?” Ask the students to write the quantity at the right most part of the row.
3. Ask, the student to draw 2 triangles
4. Ask, “How many sides do 2 triangles have in all?” Ask the student to write the quantity at the right most part of the row.
5. Ask the students to draw 3 triangles
6. Ask, “How many sides do 3 triangles have in all?” Ask the student to write the quantity at the right most part of the row.
7. In the last row, ask the students to write the numbers in sequence
3 6 9
Beautiful Butterfly Wings
Objective: to create symmetrical patterns
Materials: construction paper, glue, scissors
Procedure:
1. Let children design their own butterflies or have them work in pairs, with each one responsible for making one of the
symmetrical wings. Ask students to fold a piece of black construction paper in half and draw the wings with a pencil or
chalk. Then they can cut along the pencil or chalk through both layers of paper in order to cut out both wings at once.

2. Tell children to tear pieces of construction paper to make colorful patterns on the wings.
Model the process to emphasize symmetry.
3. Have children glue down the torn shapes. Painting glue into the whole wing and sticking the shapes.

195
Five in a Row
Objective: to arrange 10 objects according to size and length (Sequencing)
Materials: 10 sticks of varied length (or any long objects)
Number of players/participants: 2 – 3 children
Procedure:
1. Rumble and give 3 or 4 sticks to each player. (Two or three can play.)
2. Ask the children to put down the sticks and arrange in order according to its size and length.
(You may add the number of sticks for each activity depending on how the child works)
3. The aim of the game is to make up a set of 5 to 10 objects in sequence.
First, to arrange the sequence properly and snap finger wins.

Shark Attack
Objectives: to compare quantities
to use the more than or less than symbols to show the relationship between quantities
Materials: Shark Attack game board, 2 number cubes, paper and pencil
Number of players/participants: 2 – 4 children
Procedure:
1. Review the symbols for greater than (>), less than (<), and equal to (=) with players.
2. Players take turns rolling the number cubes. In each turn, a player rolls one cube first and then the second cube. Based on
the numbers on the first and second cubes, the player decides in which shark to place the cubes in the order rolled. For
example: Say, a player rolls a 1 with the first number cube and a 6 with the second number cube. He or she would put the
1 in the first square of the less than shark and the 6 in its second square.
3. A player gets 1 point for each correct placement. The first player to earn 10 points wins.
Variation: If you want students to practice with larger numbers, white out the numbers on the cubes and fill in numbers from the tens
or hundreds families before reproducing the cubes.
Who Has More?
Objective: to compare quantities
Materials: assorted materials such as toothpicks, buttons, marbles
Procedure:
1. Put out about six saucers, each with a different number of things in, for example, six toothpicks, five small buttons, four big
buttons, three peas, two pebbles, one marble.
2. The child points at two saucers and chooses without counting out, which has more.
3. Child then, checks by pairing up the contents of the two saucers.
Variations:
1. Put the same number of things in two of the saucers.
2. Put four big things and four small things in another saucer.
3. Put out bigger number of things.

Call Out Math: Addition

Objective: to match an addition fact with its correct sum
Materials: call out card for each player, calling cards, tokens
Number of players/participants: 1 or more children
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a call out card.
2. Assign a student to call out what is written on calling cards.
3. First one to cover all spaces wins. If players go through all the cards without reaching Call Out, they should reshuffle the
cards, then, turn them face down again and continue playing until someone has won.

Call Out Math: Subtraction

Objective: to practice subtraction
Materials: call out card for each player, calling cards, tokens
Number of players/participants: 1 or more children

196
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a call out card.
2. Assign a student to call out what is written on calling cards.
3. First one to cover all spaces, wins. If players go through all the cards without reaching Call Out, they should reshuffle the
cards, then, turn them face down again and continue playing until someone has won.
Make Ten
Objective: to explore different combinations that make 10
Materials: paper, pen, one playing die, game board at least twenty counters
Procedure:
1. Give each player a playing board.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

2. Players take turns throwing the die.

3. Player gets as many counters as the number that comes out.
4. Throughout the game the teacher asks questions such as " How many more do you need to reach ten? "
5. Player who reaches ten first wins.
Variation: Players fill up playing board with ten counters. Counters are removed from board as player throws the die.

Tens Frames
Objectives: to learn the names of numbers
to develop understanding of one-to-one correspondence between objects and number words
to look at relationships within quantities by grouping, skip counting and visualizing number patterns
Materials: Tens Frames board
counters
Procedure:
1. Begin with 5 counters.
2. Tell children to use only the top boxes on
the Tens Frames board.
3. Tell children to place 2 counters on the frame
and ask, “How many more counters do you
need to fill up the space.
4. Children then, check their answer by placing the counters on the Tens Frames board.

Allow children to work in pairs, with 1 child giving directions and asking questions and the other child following directions and giving
the answer. Children trade roles after each problem. When children are comfortable working with quantities of 5, tell them they can
work with quantities of 10.

How Many More, How Many Less

Objectives: to visualize quantities to 10
to practice the basic facts of 10
Materials: 10 two-colored counters, Tens Frames board
Procedure:
1. Have the children place from 1 to 5 counters on the frame and tell how many there are. Encourage the children to use one
row at a time. As children become more accustomed to this activity, encourage them to use numerals also.
2. After a while, have children tell how many counters there are and then tell how many more they will need to have 5 in all.
Have the children record how many they have and how many more are needed. Model an addition or subtraction
sentence. For example, 3 + 2 = 5, which 2 is the missing addend, or 5 – 3 = 2, in which the difference show how many
more are needed.
3. At a later time, have children work with 6 to 10 counters. Encourage children to keep a record of how they counted and
how many they had each time.
4. After a while, ask children, how many more they would need to have 10 in all. Again model for the children different ways
they can show the counters using numerals and number sentences.

197
Busy Bee
Objective: to match an addition fact with its correct sum up to 10
Materials: Busy Bee game board, Bee markers, Addition facts cards sums up to 10
Number of players/participants: 3 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. Shuffle the addition fact cards and stack them next to the game board. The game board is a bee-themed path game with
35-40 squares. Each square in the game board has a random number written on it (1-10).
2. Each player selects a bee marker and places it on the Start Space.
3. Players take turns drawing addition fact cards from the stack and moving their markers forward to the nearest space that
has the correct sum. Players put the card on the discard file after each turn. If the player picks out a fact card and the sum
is not in any of the remaining squares, he loses a turn (note: players cannot go back to a previous square; movement is
only going forward).
4. The player to reach the hive (FINISH), wins.

Caps and Cans

Objective: to count 1-10
Materials: Bottle caps, large coffee cans and a permanent marker
Number of players/participants: 2 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. With the marker teachers number cans with dots (Use 1 to 10).
2. Let children count the number of dots on each can.
3. Then let children try to toss that many caps into the can.
4. Children will find this fun game among friends, seeing who can get more caps into the cans.
Pattern Block Puzzles
Objective: to explore relationships of shapes and determine how many ways the shapes can be arranged in a particular space
Materials: pattern block, pattern block puzzles, pattern block recording sheet
Number of players/participants: individual, pair or small group
Procedure: Children fill the shape and keep track of the ways they find

C. OTHER LANGUAGE ARTS ACTIVITIES

Letter Tallies
Objective to: identify letters within words
Materials: copy of the song, paper and pencil, one set of alphabet cards
Number of players/participants: 3 – 4 children
Procedure:
1. Read the lyrics or sing the song “Recycling in my Home” as a class or as a small group.
2. Explain to the children that you are going to look for letters and find out which letter appeared most often in the poem.
3. Distribute the letter cards to the children and tell them that they are going to hunt for these letters in the poem (note to
teacher: if poem is too long for the children, select one stanza instead).
4. Each child will have a turn to ‘hunt’ for all of his/her letters.
5. On a sheet of paper, the child will make a tally mark each time he finds that letter in the song/stanza. Count the tally marks
and write the total on one side of the paper.
6. After all the letters have been ‘found’ and tallies have been totaled, ask the group which letter appeared the most in the
song. You may also count ‘runner-up’ letters as well (ex. R)
How Many Syllables?
Objective: to break up sounds in words according to syllables
Materials: 25-30 picture cards of words that have 1, 2 and 3 syllables. Three shoe boxes/small boxes (labeled 1, 2 and 3)
Number of players/participants: 4 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. Prepare picture cards of words that have 1, 2 and 3 syllables.
2. Give each child 5-6 assorted picture cards. Ask a child to get one card and say the word out loud.
3. Next, ask him/her how many sounds he can hear in the word. Ask him to clap out the sounds which he/she can hear

198
 (for example – ‘elephant’ – “e/le/phant” – 3 claps).
4. If he/she is able to get the number of syllables correctly, he/she can put that card in the corresponding number box
(ex. ‘Elephant’ – goes inside Box #3 because the word has three syllables).
5. If the child guesses incorrectly, ask the group to clap it out together so he can put that card in the right box.
The game ends when all of the cards are in their right boxes.

Opposite Flip It! (opposite words memory game)

Objective: to identify opposite words
Materials: opposite words memory game cards
Number of players/participants: 4 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. Pre-activity: prepare one deck of opposite words memory game cards with around 10-15 simple opposite word pairs, such
as:
- Up/down
- Left/right
- Happy/sad
- Hot/cold
- Day/night
- Etc.
Note: you may use two colored markers when writing each word in the word pairs (ex. Red for up and blue for down) so children will
have an easier time recalling which possible partners are located on the playing area.

2. Shuffle the deck of matching cards. Arrange it on a table in a 5x4 or 5x6 grid.
3. Each child will open two cards and check if both words are opposite word pairs. If yes, the child can open two more cards
until he/she encounters two cards that are not opposite word pairs.
4. When he/she opens two cards and they do not match, he returns it word side-down and the next player takes his/her turn.
5. The game ends when all the cards have been matched, with the winner being the child with the most number of pairs.

Sight Word Cover All

Objective: to identify sight words
Materials: sight word cover all boards (4x5 grid) and sight word cards
Number of players/participants: 4 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. Distribute a cover all board to each child. Shuffle the sight word cards and place it in the middle of the table.
2. Once everyone is ready, the first player picks out a card and announces what sight word is written on it. If the word is on
his board, he/she puts it on top of that space. If the word is not on the board, he/she returns it to the bottom of the pile.
3. The first person to cover his/her cover all board completely will win the game.

STORIES
Si Tembong Mandarambong

Pre-Reading/Motivating Questions:
- Kailan natin ginagamit ang walis?
- Nakaranas na ba kayong tumulong sa mga gawaing bahay gamit ang walis?

During Reading:
- Nagugustuhan ba ninyo ang ginagawa ni Tembong? Bakit?
- Ano kaya ang susunod na mangyayari?
After Reading:
- Ano ang katangian ni Tembong ang nagustuhan at ayaw ninyo?
- Nang makita niya na marumi ang baryo ano ang ginaw ni Tembong?
- May aral ba kayong napulot sa kwento ni Tembong? (Sabihin sa Klase)

199
(Paunawa: Mahalagang maipaunawa sa mga bata na hindi sapat na lumigaya kung ang kapalit nito ay kalungkutan naman
ng kapwa. Ipaunawa din ang pagiging malinis hindi lamang sa sariling tirahan kundi ang buong pamayanan,sa
pamamagitan ng pagtutulungan.

May Pera sa Basura

Questions before reading:

- Ano kaya ang naiisip ninyo pag sinabing basura o makakita kayo ng basura?
- Sa palagay ninyo may pakinabang kaya sa basura?

Questions after reading:

- Nasubukan na ba ninyong gumamit ng mga bagay na nagamit na? (reuse)
(Humingi ng halimbawa. )
- May pakinabang ba sa basura? Ano ang dapat nating gawin?

Molly, Milly and Mipper

Questions before reading:

If the book is available, take a picture walk through it.
(Milly-dark,Molly-fair, and Mipper)
- What do you do if you smell something bad?
- What if you smell something good? i.e. fresh, fragrant
- How about if you are out/on the road and a vehicle releases heavy smoke?

Questions after reading:

- What do you think is the moral lesson of the story?
(Mipper appreciates the need for fresh air. She decides to take care
Of the air and ride her push bikes instead of her motorbike.)
(we may look different but we feel the same)

Si Emang Engkantada at ang Tatlong Haragan

Questions before reading:

- Mahilig ba kayo sa halaman? i.e puno, bulaklak, atbp.
- Sino ang mahilig manood ng TV, natutulog na nakasindi ang ilaw?
- Maaksaya sa tubig kapag naliligo, di marunong magligpit ng kalat?
- Nagagalit ba si nanay pag ganito ang inyong ginagawa ninyo? Bakit kaya?

Questions while reading:

- Ano ang katangian ni Pol putol?
- Ano ang katangian ni Paz Waldas?
- Ano ang katangian ni Pat Kalat?
- Dapat ba natin silang tularan? Bakit?
- Ano ang dapat nating gawin?

Questions after reading:

- Dahil sa ugali ng tatlong haragan, ano ang ginawa ni Emang Engkantada.
- Saang lugar napunta si Pol,si Pat, at si Paz?
- Anong pagbabago ang ginawa ng tatlong haragan sa bandang huli?

200
SONGS/POEMS/RHYMES
Recycling in my Home (tune: Wheels on the Bus) Recycling is the Greatest

Recycling in my home goes round and round, Recycling is the greatest thing
Round and round, round and round. that each of us can do.
Recycling in my home goes round and round, All We send our plastic out, and then,
through the day. it’s back as something new!
Tie up the papers and take them back,
Take them back, take them back. It works for glass and paper too--
Tie up the papers and take them back, all throughout we trade them in for others.
the day. I wonder if recycling works
Crush the cans and take them back for very bossy brothers?
Rinse the milk bottles and take them back
Save the glass and take it back.

Save the Earth Reduce, Reuse, Recycle

People everywhere breathe the same air, Please reduce, recycle , reuse,
share the same seas, live together on the land. You can help the earth if you choose
People everywhere who learn, plan, work, care, Recycle plastic, glass and cans
Can save the earth. Reduce the ru--ish on our lands.

Recycling in my Home Reduce, Reuse, Recycle

(Sung To Eensy Weensy Spider)
(to the tune of "The Wheels On the Bus")
Recycling in my home goes round and round, Reduce, Reuse, Recycle- words that we know
Round and round, round and round. We have to save our planet so we can live and grow
Recycling in my home goes round and round, Reduce, Reuse, Recycle - children can do
All through the day. We will save our planet, so we can live and grow.

Tie up the papers and take them back,

Take them back, take them back.
Tie up the papers and take them back,
All through the day.

Crush the cans and take them back.....

Rinse the milk bottles and take them back....
Save the glass and take it back.....

D. INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES
Garbage Race:
Children will form two teams/lines. Each person in the team will run through an obstacle course, pick up one piece of “garbage”, throw it in
the trash can at the end of the course and then run back to tag the next person in line. The first team to finish throwing all of the garbage in
the trashcan will win the race.
Walk the number line
Materials: chalk, number cards 0 to 10
Procedure:
1. Chalk a line outdoors, long enough to include all the numbers 0 to 10 one step apart
2. Make a mark where each number will come but don’t actually write them in.
3. Shuffle a set of number cards
4. Take it in turns to take a number card and walk along the line from the start, stepping on the markers and counting
out loud as you do so.
5. When you get to the correct spot for your number, put the card on the ground.
When all the cards are in position, turn them face down. Ask the child to walk slowly along the line from the beginning until you
shout “stop”. Then, see if she can tell you which number she is on. Check by turning the card over.

201
Plant/Tree Movements (exercise activity):
Children will invent their own exercise movements to imitate the way plants/trees move in the wind (plenty of swaying and bending in
different directions).

Word Relay:
The class will form three lines. The first person in each line will give an example of something that should not be thrown in bodies of water.
The next person will give another example, and so on. The team whose children are all able to give examples of things that should not be
thrown in bodies of water and finishes first will win the game.

202
 KINDERGARTEN CLASS FOURTH GRADING DAILY PLANS
WEEK 37:_______________________________
Monday Tuesday Wednesday
CONTENT FOCUS: Caring for what is Found in the Community
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: People must keep their rivers, lakes and seas Message: People must care for plants in the community. Message: People must care for the animals in the
clean by not throwing trash into it . community.

Questions: How can we keep bodies of water clean? Question: How can we take care of the plants in the community? Question: How can we take care of the animals in our
Why do we need to keep bodies of water clean? community?
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: What will happen if people keep Teacher-Supervised: Nature Walk Teacher-Supervised: Pet Care Poster
throwing trash into our bodies of water? Fish It Out Plant Helper Activity
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Word Sorts • Word Sorts • Jigsaw Sentences
• Pick a Syllable • Pick a Syllable • Plant Part Memory Game
• Talk a Drawing • Word Tic-tac-toe • Pencil Decoration Flower Craft
• Word Tic-tac-Toe • Make a Match • Animal Call Out
• Writer’s Workshop • Plant Parts Memory Game • Where’s the sound?
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Question: What kinds of bodies of water have you seen or Introduce the song : “ I am Little Seed “
been to? (lake, river, sea, etc.) Read and discuss the poem
Invite the group who went on Nature Walk to share their experiences “What makes a garden grow, grow, grow…? “
while going around the school, looking for plants/trees.

Supervised Recess Supervised Recess Supervised Recess

STORY: The Fish who Wish he Could Fly STORY: Halinang Mamasyal sa Hardin (PEHT p.110) STORY: The Tiger in the Cage
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: multiplication stories (counting 2-3 Teacher-Supervised: multiplication stories (counting __ groups of 2 Teacher-Supervised: Frogs & Toads
groups of the same quantity) and 3)
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Block Play • Block Play • Block Play
• Egg-O • Egg-O • Tens Concentration
• Subtraction Cards • Subtraction Cards • Go 10/ Draw 10/ Find 10
• Tapatan • Tapatan • Make 10
• Don’t Rock the Boat • Don’t Rock the Boat • Busy Bee
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Family Scavenger Hunt INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Names Hopscotch INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Planting Rice Relay

MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

203
 THURSDAY FRIDAY NOTES
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: People in the community should plant more trees. Message: People in the community should stop other people
from cutting down trees.
Questions: Do you think we should plant more trees? Why? Questions: How can we stop people from cutting trees in the
community? What will happen if trees are cut down?

WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1

Teacher-Supervised: Poster: Caring for our Community Teacher-Supervised: Big Book: Caring for our Community
A Letter to the Mayor from the Kindergarten Class Go Hunting Go

Independent: Independent:
• Pick a Syllable • Literature-based: Story Sequence Chart
• Make a Match (The Little Red Hen)
• Mystery Words • Literature-based: Story Map
• WS: Picture-Word Match ( Animals) • WS: Which does not belong? (animal habitat)
• Sand Play • Sand Play
• Writer’s Workshop
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:

Read the letter to the Mayor to the class Songs: The Gardener Plants the Seeds
Show poster on Caring for the Community. Talk about how Itsy Bitsy Spider
their family can help keep the community clean

Oral Oddity Task (Which does not belong?) – Final Sounds Oral Oddity Task (Which does not belong?) – Final Sounds

Supervised Recess Supervised Recess

STORY: The Little Red Hen STORY: The Little Tree that Longed for other Trees
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Frogs & Toads in a Line Teacher-Supervised: Surprising Symmetry

Independent: Independent:
• Block Play • Block Play
• Tens Concentration • Pattern Blocks
• Go 10/ Draw 10/ Find 10 • Tangram Puzzles
• Make 10 • Balloons
• Busy Bee • Train Ride
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Ten and Out INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Animal Relay
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

204
APPENDIX Week 37
SMALL GROUP ACTIVITIES
A. THEME RELATED ACTIVITIES
Fish It Out!
Objective: to develop gross/fine motor skills
Materials: “litter” – plastic bags, an old shoe or slipper, other junk/trash items, fishing rods
(sticks with bent-back paperclips as hooks
Number of players/participants: 3 – 4 children
Procedure:
1. Scatter the “litter” on the floor or on a big shallow basin. Give each child one fishing rod.
2. Children will play a modified version of a fishing game. Instead of fishing for fishes, they will attempt to remove
various items that “litter” a body of water (ex. plastic bags, an old shoe, and other junk items/trash).
The activity is finished when the body of water is “clean” and no more garbage is found.
Plant Helper Activity
Objectives: to demonstrate care for the environment/ their surroundings by picking up trash and watering plants
to identify areas in the school that are often littered and need cleaning and maintenance.
Materials: plastic trash bags, pails of water and small empty plastic cups with the ends punctured
(to serve as the watering can)
Number of players/participants: 4 – 5 children
Procedure: Children will go around the school and water the plants and trees within the school grounds. They will also pick
up any litter they find along the way (ex. candy wrappers, small bits of paper, etc.)
Pet Care Poster
Objective: to describe various ways different pets can be taken cared of
Materials: poster paper, pencils, coloring materials
Number of players/participants: 4 – 5 children
Procedure: Children will identify animals that are commonly found in the community (either owned as household pets or
found in public places). As a group, they will discuss different ways of taking care of these animals and/or
keeping them safe and make a poster on Pet Care for animals that are commonly found in their community. At
the end of the day, children can bring home the poster they made so they can post it in their homes or other
places in the community.
Poster: Caring for the Community
Objective: to identify ways of caring for community and encourage children to express creatively
Materials: glue, construction paper, scissors, pencil, crayons, manila paper
Number of players/participants: 6 – 8 children
Procedure: Have children think of ways people can take care of their community. Let them draw these on pre-cut
construction paper. Have them glue this on manila paper. Let them label their work.
Big Book : Caring for our Community
Objective: to identify ways of caring for community and encourage children to express creatively
Materials: Manila Paper, construction paper, bond paper, scissors, crayons, markers
Number of players/participants: 6 children– 8
Procedure: Invite children to think about ways on how people can take care of their community.
Have them illustrate these on each page of the big book.

Pencil Decoration Flower Craft

Objective: to develop fine motor skills; follow directions/art activity
Materials: scissors, tape, pencil, markers (optional)
Number of players/participant: 3-4 players or it can also be played by just one child
Procedure:
1. Cut a long strip of paper (about the size of half a piece of notebook paper).
2. Fold the paper in half, and then in half again.
3. Cut a series of slits in the folded paper - do not cut all the way through to the ends, leave a small section uncut.
4. Unfold the paper. Tape one end of the uncut portion to the eraser end of the pencil.
5. Roll the paper around the pencil. When you've rolled it all, tape the end of the paper to the pencil.
6. Gently push the pieces of paper away from the eraser, making it look like a flower.
7. You now have a cute, decorated pencil.

205
Nature Walk
Objective: to identify and name different kinds of foliage that grows within the school grounds
Materials: for tour - ¼ pieces of paper for labelling, pencils and tape
for follow up activity – manila paper, pencils and coloring materials
Number of players/participants: 5 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. Go on a guided tour of the school grounds – children will identify what kinds of plants and trees grow
in their school, sticking labels each plant/tree as they go along.
2. Follow-up activity: when they return to the classroom, they will make a school map that shows the different
kinds of plants and trees and where these plants and trees are located.
A Letter to the Mayor
Objective: to organize ideas, to compose a letter, to establish cause and effect relationships
Materials: letter paper, mailing envelope, pencils
Number of players/participants: 4 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. Explain to children that they are going to write to the mayor (or could be barangay head, or even school principal)
regarding environmental concerns in and around the community. First, Encourage them to brainstorm their ideas
first, Sharing observations about trash/littering problems, pollution, cutting down of trees/plants, etc as well as their
proposed solutions.
2. After the short brainstorming session, let them compose their letter to the mayor. Aside from highlighting the
environmental problems in the community, encourage them to also write about what may happen if these
problems will persist (ex. Compromised health of residents, flooding, less shade, etc.)
3. Children may also include drawings/illustrations to accompany their letter. After writing the letter, read this to the
class. If there is nothing else they want to add, put the letter in an envelope. The following day, tag along a few
class representative to take this letter to the barangay hall.

B. OTHER MATH ACTIVITIES

Multiplication Stories
Objective: to explore the concept of multiplication by counting groups of the same quantity
Materials: counting boards and counters
Procedure: Depending on the counting boards and counters you will use for a particular work period, tell the children
stories, and have them use the counters to represent the objects, animals, people in the story. The counting
boards will help children visualize the number of groups, while the counters represent the number of objects in
each group.

Frogs and Toads

Objective: to sort objects into sets
Materials: frogs drawn on green construction paper and toads drawn on brown construction paper
small box or sack
Number of players/participants: pairs or small group
Procedure:
1. With teacher’s assistance. Let the students sit in a circle with the teacher.
2. Keep one frog and one toad. Pass the sack around and have each child take one piece.
3. Place one frog in the center of the circle and a toad in another spot in the center. Point to the frog and say, “This is
a frog. If you have a frog, put it here.” Then, point to the toad and say, “This is a toad. If you have a toad, put it
here.”
Frogs and Toads in a Line
Objective: to identify the ordinal positions
Number of players/participants: pairs or small group
Materials: frogs drawn on green construction paper and toads drawn on brown construction paper, small box or sack
Procedure:
1. With teacher’s assistance, let the students sit in a line facing teacher.
2. Begin with only 3 frogs or toads. Use those with distinctive differences so students will have no difficulty describing
them. (ex. Small hopping frog, large sitting toad)
3. Ask, “which one is first in line? Which is last?”
4. Remove the last one and ask, “Which one is last now?”
5. Place several frogs and toads in a row. Have students repeat after you as you point to the frogs
and toads and count, “first, second, third, etc.”
6. Ask questions such as: Which frog is second? Is the small bumpy toad first or last?

206
 Which frog is in third place – the little one or big one?
Surprising Symmetry
Objective: to explore the concept of symmetry
Materials: scratch paper, paint, popsicle sticks
Procedure:
1. Fold a piece of paper in half.
2. Open it up and put fairly runny paint on the half near the fold.
3. Fold the clean half over and press hard all over before opening it up again.

Suggestion: Dip a piece of yarn in paint. Place the yarn between the folds. Pull the yarn then, open the paper.

Egg-O
Objective: to practice adding and subtracting skills
Number of players/participants: 2 - 4 children
Materials: 2 small counters, egg carton with numbers written in this way:

3 4 1 5 0 2

0 2 4 3 1 5

Procedure:
1. Egg-o is played in rounds, with play rotating clockwise. During each round, each player takes a turn putting the
two counters in the egg carton, closing it, shaking it, and then opening the carton to see where the counters
landed.
2. In the addition game, a player’s score is the sum of the two numbers that the counters landed in. During the
subtracting or multiplication game, the players find either the difference or product of the numbers.
3. The player with the highest score wins one point for the round. The player to acquire 5 points first wins.

Make Ten
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes 10
Materials: paper, pen, one playing die, game board at least twenty counters
Procedure:
1. Give each player a playing board.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

2. Players take turns in throwing the die.

3. Player gets as many counters as the number that comes out.
4. Throughout the game the teacher asks questions such as " How many more do you need to reach ten? "
5. Player who reaches ten, first wins.

Variation: Players fill up playing board with ten counters. Counters are removed from board as player throws the die.

Subtraction Cards
Objective: to subtract quantities
Materials: subtraction cards, counters
Procedure:
1. Teacher reads the total on the card, for example 7.
2. Children get 7 counters.
3. Teacher says "take away three" while lifting the right hand flip.
4. Children take away 3 counters, count remaining counters and say "Four"
5. Teacher shows the group the four remaining dots on the subtraction card.

207
Find 10
Objective: to explore different combinations that make 10
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 9)
Procedure:
1. All cards are dealt. Last card is turned face up. Each player keeps the cards dealt to him in a stack,
face down, without looking at them.
2. By turns, players turn over the top card of his stack. If this card can be used with one on the table to make a total of
10, the player can take it and keep the pair. If there are no cards that can be used, he has to discard his card in the
middle of the table, face up.
3. The player who collects the most number of pairs wins.

Draw 10
Objective: to explore different combinations that make 10
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 9)
Procedure:
1. One card is drawn from the deck and is set aside throughout the game, so that there will be an odd card
without a mate at the end of the game. All the other cards are dealt.
2. Each player goes through the cards received trying to find pairs that make 10.
All the pairs thus made are discarded in the middle of the table.
3. The players then, take turns, each holding her cards like a fan and letting the person to her left draw one of them
without looking at them. If the person who draws the card can use it to make 10 with one of the cards in her hand,
she discards the pair in the middle of the table. If she cannot use it, she has to keep it. She then, holds all her
cards like a fan so that the person to her left can draw one of them by chance.
4. Play continues until one person is left holding the odd card and loses the game.

Tens Concentration
Objective: to explore different combinations that make 10
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 9)
Procedure:
1. Sixteen cards are placed in the middle of the table, face down, in a 4 x 4 arrangement.
The remaining cards are placed faced down in a stack.
2. The players take turns turning over two cards, trying to turn a pair that totals 10. If a pair can be made, the player
keeps it and continues to play as long as he is successful. If he is not successful, he returns the two cards to their
original face down positions and replaces any cards he took with new ones from the deck.
3. With 16 face down cards on the table, the turn passes to the next player to the left..
4. The person who collects the greatest number of pairs is the winner.

Variation: This game can be varied by increasing the number of cards placed on the table.
A 5x5 or 6x6 arrangement may be more interesting.

Go 10
Objective: to explore different combinations that make 10
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 9)
Procedure:
1. All the cards are dealt.
2. The players take turns asking specific people for specific cards in a way similar to the card game Go Fish. For
example, John may say to Carol do you have a 1?" If Carol has a 1, she has to give it up to John. John then lays
this 1 and a 9 in front of himself, face up. A player can continue asking for a card as long as he/she gets the card
he/she requested. If he/she does not get the card he/she asked for, the turn passes to the person who said, "I
don't have it."
3. The person who makes the greatest number of pairs is the winner.

Busy Bee
Objective: to match an addition fact with its correct sum up to 10
Materials: Busy Bee game board, Bee markers, Addition facts cards sums up to 10
Number of players/participants: 3 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. Shuffle the addition fact cards and stack them next to the game board. The game board is a bee-themed path
game with 35-40 squares. Each square in the game board has a random number written on it (1-10).

208
 2. Each player selects a bee marker and places it on the Start Space.
3. Players take turns drawing addition fact cards from the stack and moving their markers forward to the nearest
space that has the correct sum. Players put the card on the discard file after each turn. If the player picks out
a fact card and the sum is not in any of the remaining squares, he loses a turn (note: players cannot go back
to a previous square; movement is only going forward).
4. The player to reach the hive (FINISH), wins.

Train Ride
Objective: to add and subtract single-digit numbers
Materials: chalk and chalkboard
Number of players/participants: small or whole group
Procedure:
1. Divide the group into 2
2. The first player in each group goes to the chalkboard and draws a train engine. As directed the leader writes a
numeral, for example 8, on the drawing of the train.
3. The second player then comes up to draw a coach, on which he writes a combination that names the number
selected for the engine, such as 6 + 2.
4. Continue in order until a member of the group thinks that all combinations have been shown.
5. The team whose train shows all combinations for the engine number wins.

Balloons
Concept: Addition-Subtraction
Objectives: to add and subtract single-digit numbers
Materials: chalk and chalkboard
Number of players/.participants: individual, small or whole group
Procedure:
1. Draw pictures of balloons on the chalkboard and write an addition or subtraction combination on each.
2. Players take turns by trying to “pop the balloons” by giving answers to the combinations. Children may indicate
the popping of balloons by clapping hands

Variation: Instead of drawing balloons, flowers, leaves and other more familiar objects can be drawn.

Tapatan (tic-tac-toe's brainy Filipino cousin)

Materials: playing board, 3 markers of two colors (3 red and 3 blue)
Procedure:
1. The object of the game is to arrange 3 markers of the same color in a row along any of the board lines
(horizontally, vertically or diagonally).
2. Players take turns placing one marker at a time on any of the board points.
3. When all six pieces are placed, the players take turns sliding from point to point along the board lines until one
player is able to arrange 3 markers of the same color in a row.

Don't Rock The Boat

Materials: playing board, counters, dice
Procedure:
1. Players roll the dice to travel back and forth inside the "boat".
2. The player who lands in the center with an exact roll is the winner.

Variation: For a solitaire, place markers on all the twelve outer spaces. Each time the player lands on a space, he/ she

209
 collects the marker. The object is to collect as many markers as possible before landing in the center.

Tangram Puzzles
Objectives: to explore spatial relationships using
tangrams and puzzle cards
Materials: tangram, puzzle cards
Number of players/participants: individual, pair or small
group
Procedure:
Children fill the shape and keep track of the
ways they find

C. OTHER LANGUAGE ARTS ACTIVITIES

Alpha Toss
Objectives: to recognize letter/word, to form words
Materials: bond paper, bean bags, old/used socks, dried beans, sand
Number of players/participant: 3 - 4 children or it can also be played by just one child
Procedure:
1. Print each letter of the alphabet on a separate A4 sheet.
2. In the lower right hand corner, assign a point value to each letter. (use the letter values from Scrabble.)
3. Create bean bags by filling old socks with dried beans, sand, etc., then, tying them shut.
4. Place letters in four rows, six in the first, seven in the second, six in the third, and seven in the fourth. Students
then stand at an assigned line and toss a bean bag onto the playing area. Beginning students must think of a word
beginning with the letter upon which the bean bag landed, then, use the word in a sentence. Intermediate students
should toss two to three bean bags, think of words that began with all letters, then, use all words in one sentence.
For more advanced students, you might have them toss all six bean bags, then, create a word using as many of
the letters as possible. Points are assigned for each letter used.

Go Hunting Go!
Objective: increase phonemic awareness; correctly identify initial consonant sounds.
Materials: collection of flashcards or small objects,
Number of players/participants: 4 – 8 children
Procedure:

1. Have students form a circle. Place flash cards or objects outside the circle.

We're looking for a [word],

We're looking for a [word],
[Sing sound of the letter to the tune of "High, ho, the Derry Oh!"]
We're looking for a [word].

2. After each verse, ask a student to find an object or picture beginning with that sound and place it in the center of
the circle. Continue until all objects or pictures have been used.

Note: You might also use this song to teach vowel sounds, final consonant sounds, or blends. For added variety, you
might give each student a flash card instead of placing cards or objects outside circle. When a student's sound is
sung, he or she steps into the circle.

Jigsaw Sentences
Objective: to arrange words to form simple sentences
Materials: 40 word cards (an assortment of word cards w/ the following categories: nouns, verbs, articles of speech,
prepositions – around ten each)

210
Number of players/participants: 3 – 4 children
Procedure:
1. Scatter the word cards in the middle of the table.
2. Invite the children to form simple sentences using the word cards.
3. Variation: set aside a group of word cards that, when arranged properly, form a complete sentence. Invite the
children to rearrange the jumbled words in order to form the sentence.

Talk a Drawing
Objective: to listen and speak activity; give and follow directions
Materials: blank paper, crayons
Number of players/participants: 4 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. Give one sheet of paper to each child. Make sure they are not able to see each other’s paper, so you may want to
create makeshift partitions between their seats/on the table.
2. Explain that you are going to play Talk a Drawing, where in they are supposed to draw everything you instruct
them to.
3. When they are ready with their paper and crayons, start telling them what to draw. For example: Draw a blue
square in the center of the page.
4. Give around 4-5 instructions before ending the round. Each child can compare his drawing with the other children
of the group.
5. For the second round, invite one of them to be the one to give the instructions for Talk a Drawing. Each child can
have a turn giving out the directions.

Where’s the Sound?

Objective: to identify initial, medial and final sounds in words
Materials: three paper cups for each child, a bowl of pebbles (to serve as counters), paper and pencil
Number of players/participants: 4 – 5 children
Procedure:
1. Give each child three paper cups and place it on top of three sheets of paper. Label the paper with “beginning”
“middle” and “end”. Place the bowl of pebbles in the middle of the table.
2. Explain to the children that they are going to identify which sound belongs in what cup from the words you are
going to say. Examples:
- Where’s the p-sound in soap? (end)
- Where’s the p-sound in capital? (middle)
- Where’s the p-sound in pillow? (beginning)
Etc.
3. Once they know which sound to listen out for, they will have to locate the position of that sound in the word .
4. When they know where the sound is located, they will get one pebble and drop it in the corresponding cup.

Mystery Words
Objective: to rearrange letters to form words
Materials: alphabet letter cards (2 sets)
Number of players/participants: groups of 2 – 3 children
Procedure:
1. Ask the children to form groups of two or three. As soon as they have their groupings, they are ready to play.
2. The game entails guessing the mystery word by rearranging the jumbled up letter cards to form the word. Prepare
letter cards for them words for the week (example – NATURE, TREE, FISH etc.) – about eight or ten – and give
the first set to the two teams.
3. At the count of three, each team will work cooperatively to rearrange the letter cards to form the mystery words.
4. The team that finishes first and has the most accurate spelling/guesses will win the game.

Make a Match
Objective: to match onset and rimes
Materials: set of onset and rimes
Number of players/participants: 8 - 10 children
Procedure: Distribute one card to each student. As you play the music or sing a song ,students will try to form a word by
search for a word part that can be combined with the one they are holding to make a match. When all students
find their match, provide time for them to share their words with the class, Continue with other word part cards
or challenge students to find another match.

211
Word Sort
Objective: to recognize word features
Materials: word cards
Number of players/participants: groups of 4 – 6 children
Procedure: Provide students with a set of words that begin with a specific syllable. Have them sort these words first
according to the beginning syllable. Then, after the first round have them sort the words using other categories
e.g., # of letters, beginning and ending sounds.

1. Write two things in the story we read that you liked.

2. Draw a picture of each.
3. Write two things that you disliked.
4. Draw a picture of each.
5. Share your paper with another student.

Story Sequence Chart

Materials: construction paper, crayons, marker, pencil, paper strips
Number of players/participants:

Procedure: 1. Get 5 pieces of 1/2 construction paper

2. On the first paper, write the little and author.
3. Choose four key events from your book.
4. On each of the remaining pieces of paper, draw a picture of one event.
5. Write a label for each picture.
6. Arrange the cards in the order the events happened. (Put the title card at
the top and the first event card directly below it.
7. Glue or tape the strips of paper into the paper strip.
8. Use the story sequence cards to help retell the story to another student.

Story Map

Objective: to identify story elements

Materials: story map sheet, crayons, pencil
Number of players/participants: 8 – 10 children
Procedure: 1. In the middle, write the title.
2. In the boxes, draw a picture to show each of the following:
• character
• setting
• problem
• solution
3. Write a sentence about each.
4. Cut out the map

Source: Reading-Writing Workshop

212
STORIES

The Little Red Hen

Questions Before Reading:
- Everybody has friends right?
- Can you tell me something about your friends?
- Do they help you with things?
Our story today is about....

Questions While Reading:

- What did the little red hen find?
- What did she plan to do with it?
- Do you think her friends will help her do it?

Questions After Reading:

- Whom did we meet in the story?
- Can you tell something about the little red hen’s friends?
- How did the story start?
- What happened at the middle of the story?
- How did it end?

The Little Tree that Longed for other Leaves

Questions Before Reading:
- If you are asked with one wish, what would it be? Why?
Our story today is about....

Questions While Reading:

- Why was the little tree sad? What did she asked before she/he slept?
- What do you think will happen?

Questions After Reading:

- What is the problem of the little tree?
- How did he/she solve it?
- If you were the little tree? Will you do the same? Why? Why not?
- How did the story end?

The Fish who Wished he could Fly

Questions Before Reading:
- What strange thing would you want to see? Why?
- Will you also ask for strange things?
- Our story today is about....

Questions While Reading:

- What does the fish want?
- Do you think, he can get what he ask for?

Questions After Reading:

- Whom did we meet in the story?
- Can you tell something about the fish?
- How did the story start?
- How did it end?

The Tiger in the Cage

Questions Before Reading:
- Tell me something you know about tigers.
- Can you describe them?
- Do you want them as pets?
- Our story today is about....

213
Questions While Reading:
- What did the boy find out while walking?
- What do you think will the tiger do to the boy?

Questions After Reading:

- Whom did we meet in the story?
- Can you tell something about the boy? The tiger? The girl?
- How did the story start?
- What happened in the middle of the story?
- How did it end?
- If you were the boy, what could you have done?

SONGS/POEMS/RHYMES

I'm a Little Seed The Gardener Plants the Seeds

(to the tune of "I'm a Little Teapot") (can be sung to the tune of The Farmer in the Dell)

I'm a little seed, The gardener plants the seeds.

Brown and fat, The gardener plants the seeds.
I haven't got a front, High ho the derry oh,
And I haven't got a back. The gardener plants the seeds.
Plant me in the earth, 2nd verse: The rain falls on the ground.
Give me water each day, 3rd verse: The sun shines bright and warm.
I'll grow to be an apple tree, 4th verse: The seeds begin to grow.
While you play! 5th verse: Flowers grow everywhere.

I dig a hole and plant a seed,

Cover it with dirt, and pull a weed.
Down comes the rain, and out comes the sun,
Up grows my plant,
Oh! What fun!

214
 Water Clear, Water Bright What Makes a Garden Grow, Grow, Grow

Water clear, water bright, What makes a garden grow, grow, grow?
Is a friend that's worth the having; (Measure from floor with hand at three levels)
Water clear, water bright, Lots of work with a rake and hoe,
Serves us all from morn 'til night. (Pretend to rake and hoe)
Seeds gently planted in a row --
Bubbling brooks and streams and rivers, (pretend to plant seeds with thumb and index finger
Springs and lakes and creeks and dams, together)
Feed the forest and the flowers, That makes a garden grow, grow, grow.
And the grass spread o'er the land. (Measure from floor with hand at three levels)
What brings the seedlings up from the ground?
Water clear, water bright, (With palms up, close to floor, measure at three levels)
Is a friend that's worth the having; Rain from the sky coming down, down,
Water clear, water bright, (Raise hands high and flutter fingers down, down,
Serves us all from morn 'til night. down)
Bright yellow sunbeams shining round.
Little raindrops, lightly falling, (Make arms into big circle overhead)
Make the old earth new again; Help bring the seedlings up from the ground.
And the dews of early morning (With palms up, close to floor measure at three levels.)
Soothe the summer's burning pain.
Five Little Monkeys
Water clear, water bright,
Is a friend that's worth the having;
Five little monkeys jumping on the bed
Water clear, water bright,
One fell off and bumped his head
Serves us all from morn 'til night.
So Momma called the doctor and the doctor said
No more monkeys jumping on the bed!
Tuna, salmon, crab and lobster,
Swim beneath the ocean blue;
Four little monkeys jumping on the bed
Eels and seals and whales and dolphins,
One fell off and bumped his head
Need our earth's salt water, too.
So Momma called the doctor and the doctor said
No more monkeys jumping on the bed!
Water clear, water bright,
Is a friend that's worth the having;
Three little monkeys jumping on the bed
Water clear, water bright,
One fell off and bumped his head
Serves us all from morn 'til night.
So Momma called the doctor and the doctor said
No more monkeys jumping on the bed!

Two little monkeys jumping on the bed

One fell off and bumped his head
So Momma called the doctor and the doctor said
No more monkeys jumping on the bed!

One little monkey jumping on the bed

He fell off and bumped his head
So Momma called the doctor and the doctor said
No more monkeys jumping on the bed!
No little monkeys jumping on the bed
None fell off and bumped his head
So Momma called the doctor and the doctor said
Put those monkeys back in bed!

215
Itsy Bitsy Spider

Itsy bitsy spider went up the water spout Instrumental

Down came the rain (do the motions)
And washed the spider out
Out came the sun and dried up all the rain (whisper)
And the itsy bitsy spider went up the spout again Itsy bitsy spider went up the water spout
Down came the rain
The teeny tiny spider went up the water spout And washed the spider out
Down came the rain Out came the sun and dried up all the rain
And washed the spider out And the itsy bitsy spider went up the spout again
Out came the sun and dried up all the rain
And the teeny tiny spider went up the spout again Itsy bitsy spider went up the water spout
Down came the rain
The big humongous spider went up the water spout And washed the spider out
Down came the rain Out came the sun and dried up all the rain
And washed the spider out And the itsy bitsy spider went up the spout again
Out came the sun and dried up all the rain
And the big humongous spider went up the spout again

D. INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES

Ten and Out

Materials: Chalk One marker (small chain, coin, or stone) per player
Procedure:

1. The first player stands in front of space one. He tosses his marker into that space, then hops on one foot into the
space, bends over and picks up his marker, and hops up the court and back again on one foot, hopping in each
space both up and back.
2. He then tosses his marker into the next space, hops to that space, picks up his marker, and hops up the court and
back again.
3. He continues hopping in this way until he fouls out (hops on a line, puts both feet down, or misses his target when
tossing his marker).
4. The players take turns tossing and hopping in the same way.
5. When it's the first player's turn again, he starts hopping from where he fouled out on his last turn.
6. The winner is the first player to finish the entire sequence of tosses and hops, including the space labelled out.

Names Hopscotch
Materials: Chalk
Directions: Use chalk to draw any kind of hopscotch court.

1. The first player hops up the court and back again on one foot, hopping in each space both up and back.
2. If he does this without fouling out (hopping on a line or putting both feet down), he can claim any one space by
writing his name on it with chalk.
3. If he fouls out, his turn ends.
4. The players take turns hopping and claiming spaces in the same way.
5. A player must hop over spaces claimed by others, but he may hop with both feet in his own space.
6. Play continues when all the spaces have been claimed, but at this point anyone who fouls out is out of the game.
7. The game ends when only one player-the winner-remains.

Family Scavenger Hunt

The idea of a scavenger hunt is to find all the items on a list and return them to a designated place as quickly as possible.
There are many ways to organize a hunt and many choices to make. You can play as individuals or on teams either inside
the house or outside. Here are a few ideas to try:

• All items on the list are easily found in the backyard (they can be hidden before the party). Things like a red leaf,
matchstick, old bottle or can, feather, etc.
• Each person or team is given a different list of items to find by asking people around the neighbourhood.

216
 • Alphabet hunt—must find something for each letter of the alphabet.
• Indoor hunt where each person looks for things and checks them off their list when they find them without picking
them up.
• Newspaper hunt—each person is given a list of words, sentences, advertisements, or photographs that are to be cut out
or circled in a newspaper.

Planting Rice Relay

1. Divide the class into two teams and ask them to form two lines.
2. Put six empty soda cans/cups along each team’s race track.
3. At the signal, the first player runs and deposits one straw or popsicle stick into each of the cans/cups then, makes his
way back to the starting line.
4. He then, tags the second person, who proceeds to run the track but this time picking up all the straws or the popsicle
sticks before going back to the starting line.
5. The third player is tagged, and he does what the first player did. Alternate depositing and picking up all the sticks and
straws until the last player makes his way around the course.
6. The first team to finish, wins the game.

217
 KINDERGARTEN CLASS FOURTH GRADING DAILY PLANS
WEEK 38:_________________________
Monday Tuesday Wednesday
CONTENT FOCUS: Children are to be Cared for by the Community
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: People in the community must care for children. Message: Children need to be loved and cared for by their Message: Sometimes families need other people to
They need special care and attention. parents. help them provide for the things that their children
need.
Question: In what way can older people care for the Question: How do my parents show their love for their Question: Who are the people who help me and my
children in homes, schools and communities? children? family?
WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1
Teacher-Supervised: Collage: A Child Needs Teacher-Supervised: Children’s Mural Teacher-Supervised: Community Helpers Mobile
Literature-based: Story Map Train
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Dramatic Play/Block Play • Dramatic Play/Block Play • Rhyming Words Puzzle Game
• Poster: How can older people take care of children in the • Boardgame: Caring for the Environment • Triorama Story Settings: Ang Bata sa
community? • Mini-book: My parents take care of me in different Basket
• Odd One Out ways • Year-end assessment
• Year-end assessment task • Year-end assessment tasks
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Message: Children need healthy food, clean water, sleep Message: Families provide children the basic things that they
education, play and rest to stay healthy need Teach the fingerplay: A Fireman

Read the poem “ Ako ay Isang Bata, Kailangan ng Kalinga” Teach the song Sampung Batang Malusog at Masaya

Collage: Show Child’s Needs

Supervised Recess Supervised Recess Supervised Recess
STORY: Tiktaktok at Pikpakbum STORY: Ang Bata sa Basket STORY: Si Kapitan Ding, ang Pinunong Magaling
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Line them Up Teacher-Supervised: Clothes Pin Train Teacher-Supervised: Building 3d shapes: 3-D call
out
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Blocks • Blocks • Blocks
• Pattern blocks • Pattern blocks • Pattern blocks
• Number name cover all • More than/ Less than • More than/ Less than
• Numeral-number name concentration • Three in a Row • Three in a Row
• Writing numerals and numbers names • Number Train Graph • Number Train Graph
• Go 10/ Find 10/ Tens Concentration/ Draw 10 • Grab bag counting with Partners • Grab bag counting with Partners
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Find your Flock INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Blind Trust INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Night Train Game

218
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine
THURSDAY FRIDAY NOTES
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: Communities build schools where children can Message: People must make sure that children are always
work, play and learn with other children. Some children go to safe in school.
daycare centers and public schools. Some children go to
Madrasah or a Muslim school.

WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1

Teacher-Supervised: Community Map- Teacher-Supervised: cont… Community Map:
Helpers in our Community Helpers in our Community
Rainbow Paper Craft
Independent: Independent:
• Mobiles: Safety Rules in School • Sand Play/Water Play
• Sand Play: Making Patterns and Mounding Up • Initial sounds Puzzle Game
Animal Characteristics in the Story • Rhyme Books
• Make a Wish • Safety Rules in the Community
• Rhyme Books • Year-end assessment Task
• Year-end Assessment Task
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Teach the fingerplay: A Fireman Message: Teachers and other people in school must care
for children and respect them
Play “Change a Letter”
Supervised Recess Supervised Recess
STORY: Ang Buhay ng Isang Bumbero STORY: Sa Bagong Planeta
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Division Stories – (dividing quantities Teacher-Supervised: Division stories – dividing quantities
into 2-5 groups) into 2-5 groups
Independent: Independent:
• Blocks • Blocks
• Pattern blocks • Pattern blocks
• Shark Attack • Shark Attack
• Which comes first? • Which comes first?
• What numbers can you make? • What numbers can you make?
• Subtraction Cards • Subtraction Cards
• Tapatan • Tapatan
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Spoon Pass Along INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Pass the Basket
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

219
APPENDIX WEEK 38

SMALL GROUP ACTIVITIES

A. THEME-RELATED ACTIVITIES

A Child’s Needs - Description: Collage of what a child needs (e.g. eat, sleep, rest, play, learn, be loved, be safe) or likes( foods,
toys, animals)
Objective: to make a collage of what a child needs
Materials: old magazines or magazine pictures, child safety scissors, large sheet of paper or old folder or cardboard
Procedures:
1. Using the given category (what a child needs), pupils will now look for the appropriate pictures from the old magazines.
2. Have them cut out and paste the pictures they found on the paper.
3. Teacher assists them in labeling their work.

Suggestions for the Teacher: You may have all their collage activities collected in their individual collage albums.

Find My Tool Matching /Concentration Game

Objective: to be familiar with the names of community helpers
Materials: one set of cards with names or pictures of community helpers
one set of cards with their corresponding tools/ objects they commonly use
Procedure:
1. Place the cards in rows in front of the players - community helper cards face down in a box.
2. Separate the cards into the two categories - people who provide for children’s needs and their tools.
You may use letter codes at the back for easy segregation.
3. One student picks up one card, turns it over in place, and says the name of the picture or reads the word. He then
tries to find a matching card from the other group of cards.
4. If it is a matching pair, he/she keeps the two cards. He gets one extra turn (He/she does procedure 3 again).
5. If the cards do not match, they are turned over in the same place they were found and the next student begins his/her
turn.
6. The player who has the most pairs at the end of the game, wins.

Community Helpers Mobile

Objective: to identify people who provide for the needs of children/care for them
Materials: paper plate or any round piece of cardboard about 1 ft across, construction paper, safety scissors, tape, string,
pencil, crayons or markers, doll patterns(male and female)
Procedure:
1. Distribute blank patterns of people to the children.
2. Ask children to draw on the pattern, any of the people who provide for their needs and care for them.
Examples would be mother, father, doctor, dentist, nurse, policeman, teacher.
3. Have them color their work.
4. They may also write the name of the community helper on its back.
5. Tape a length of string to the made up pattern.
6. (Teacher’s Task) Using an awl, the sharp point of scissors, or a large nail, punch a series of holes in the cardboard.
Distribute the holes evenly
7. Lace the other end of each string through the hole in the cardboard circle.
8. Tape the end of the string to the top side of the cardboard.
9. Adjust the length of strings so that all the dolls will be visible.
10. See attached sample pattern.

220
Make A Wish
Objective: to be aware of each other’s need, to show how children can care for one another
Materials: writing pad or bond paper, crayons, pencil
Procedure: The teacher will provide a makeshift well (e.g. basin) and have students write or draw their wish not only for
themselves but for all children like them. They will take turns in sharing about what they wished. Then they will all
drop their wishes on the well as they hold hands in a circle, and say ‘I wish my wish comes true.’
Variation: The group could start with a short prayer before dropping in their wishes.

Individual Posters: Safety Rules at Home

Objective: to identify safety rules at home
Materials: newsprint or bond paper, crayons, pencil, markers
Number of players/participants: 6 – 8 children
Procedure:
1. Distribute one piece of bond paper or newsprint to each child.
2. Ask each one to fold their paper into four parts.
3. On each part, have them draw/write a safety rule they need to observe at home,
4. Have them share their posters during Meeting Time 2.
5. Ask them to bring home their posters and put it up where family children can see.

Mobiles: Safety Rules in School

Objective: to identify safety rules in school
Materials: cardboard strips or construction paper, markers, crayons
Number of players/participants: 6 – 8 children
Procedure:
1. Have children brainstorm on safety rules to observe in school.
2. Distribute cardboard strips and have them draw/write the safety rules on these strips.
3. Put up these signs where appropriate.

Community Map: Helpers in our Community

Objective: to identify community helpers
Materials: manila paper, construction or bond paper, crayons, markers
Number of players/participants: 8 – 10 children
Procedure:
1. Have children identify helpers in their community. List them down on the board
2. Assign each one to draw a community helper.
3. Show the map you made and have children label the different parts of the community.
4. Then, let them glue their drawings on the areas where these community helpers work.

Children’s Mural
Objective: to identify children's activities that go with their needs
Materials: art /construction paper, colored magazines, junk materials, markers, glue, scissors
Number of players/participant: 6 – 8 children

221
Procedure:
1. Have students make a mural showing different images of children.
These could include children playing, reading, listening to stories, eating with family children, climbing trees.
2. Have them draw these on ¼ sheet of paper and mount on Manila Paper.
3. Invite children to talk about what children need, what they like to do, what makes them happy and sad, what helps
them learn.

B. OTHER MATH ACTIVITIES

Line Them Up
Objectives: to practice problem-solving skills
to practice counting groups of equal quantity (beginning multiplication)
to practice dividing quantities into groups of equal quantity (beginning division)
Materials: counting cups or counting boards, construction paper (for work space) per child, counters
Procedure: Children follow the teacher’s directions, dividing a given number objects in a variety of ways.

TEACHER CHILDREN
Put two groups of five on your mat.

Now, push them altogether.

How many cups shall we use for our experiment? (a child suggests a number) Three
Put 2 cups in a line at the top of your mat.

When I say, “Line them up” put one counter from your pile
in front at the cup. Watch me try it. “Line them up”

Children watch the teacher demonstrate and then, imitate

what they have seen.
When I clap my hands, you answer YES or NO. YES
means that there is 1 counter in front of each cup. If there
is, put each counter inside the cup when you tell me YES.
If there is not an object in front of each cup, tell me NO Yes
and do not put them in the cups. Ready?
Clap. YES or NO
“Line them up”

Children line up the counters in front of the cups

Clap. YES or NO

Yes
Did it come out evenly? Yes
Are there any left over? No.
Let us count the counters in each cup together. One, two.
How many are in each cup? Two.

222
Continue exploring other quantities other than 10. If children are more confident, the teacher can explore quantities larger than
10. Children do not need to know how to count the total quantities beyond 10 since they are required to count groups of equal
quantities (ex Show me five groups of three. – children only need to know how to count 3 and 5 and not 15.)

Clothespin Trains
Objectives: to practice problem-solving skills
to practice breaking a train of clothespins into smaller equal groups (beginning division)
Materials: clothesline pins, construction paper (work mat)
Procedure:
1. Make a train of 10 clothespins
2. Children explore dividing a group of objects into groups of equal number.
3.

TEACHER CHILDREN
Can you break the train into 2 groups of equal number? Yes

How many clothespins are there in each group? Five

Can you break the train into 3 groups of equal number? No.

Why not? What happens If we break the train into 3 groups then 2 groups will have
3 and one group will have 4 clips.

No.
I have two groups of 4 clothespins each and 1 group with
2 clips.

4. Continue dividing the train of 10 clips into different number of groups.

5. Try out different quantities such as dividing a train of 9 clips into 2 groups, 3 groups and so on.

Call Out Math: 3-dimensional Shapes

Objective: to match a picture of a three-dimensional shape (sphere, triangular prism, rectangular prism, square pyramid,
cube, cone, cylinder) with the picture on the call out mat
Number of players/participants: 1 or more children
Materials: call out card for each player, calling card, tokens
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a call out card.
2. Assign a student to call out what is written on calling cards.
3. First one to cover all spaces wins. If players go through all the cards without reaching Call Out,
they should reshuffle the cards, then, turn them face down again and continue playing until someone has won.

Building 3-D Shapes

Objective: to build three-dimensional geometric shapes
Materials: clay or playdough, toothpicks, samples of 3-dimensional containers like boxes
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Review the three dimensional shapes that students have been introduced to. Remind students that three-dimensional
shapes have basic shapes in them. For example, a pyramid has triangles as its sides and a square as its base.
2. Using clay or playdough children try to construct one of the shapes. With teacher’s assistance, encourage children to
think aloud as they are doing so and ask students for ideas. Show how to insert toothpicks into the playdough to form a
corner of a shape. Remind students to use toothpicks carefully and keep them away from their eyes.

Variation: Use soft candy, gum or marshmallows instead of playdough.

Children can eat their shapes after they have had these checked.

223
Number Name Cover All Game
Objective: to match numerals 1-10 with their number names
Materials: 6 sets number name cards, 4-6 pieces numeral boards (w/ random numbers between1-10)
Number of players/participants: 4 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. Explain to the children that they are going to play a cover all game. Give each child a numeral board.
Shuffle the six sets of number name cards and place it in the middle of the table.
2. Each child will take turns opening the top card and saying the numeral name out loud. If that number is found on
his/her board, he/she takes that card and uses it to cover the space where that number is. If not, he/she returns it to
the bottom of the pile.
3. The first person to finish covering his/her board with the right numeral number name matches wins the game.
Number Name-Numeral Concentration
Objective: to match numerals and number words
Materials: 1 set of number cards, 0-10 and 1 set of number words, 0-10
Procedure:
1. Lay the cards face down in rows and columns.
2. Take turns turning over 2 cards.
3. If the cards match (number name and numeral), you win them. If not, turn them face down again.
4. Player with most number of cards wins.
Writing Numerals and Number Names
Objective: to write number names and numerals
Materials: 1 set of number cards, 0-10 and 1 set of number words, 0-10
Procedure:
1. Place the set of number cards and number words face down.
2. Children take turns getting a card.
3. If a child gets a number card, he/she writes the corresponding number name.
But if a child gets a number name, he/she writes the corresponding numeral
Shark Attack
Objectives: to compare quantities
to use the more than or less than symbols to show the relationship between quantities
Materials: Shark Attack game board, 2 number cubes, paper and pencil
Numbers of players/participants: 2 – 4 children
Procedure:
1. Review the symbols for greater than (>), less than (<), and equal to (=) with players.
2. Players take turns rolling the number cubes. In each turn, a player rolls one cube first and then the second cube.
Based on the numbers on the first and second cubes, the player decides in which shark to place the cubes in the order
rolled. For example: Say, a player rolls a 1 with the first number cube and a 6 with the second number cube. He or she
would put the 1 in the first square of the less than shark and the 6 in its second square.
3. A player gets 1 point for each correct placement. The first player to earn 10 points wins.
Variation: If you want children to practice with larger numbers, white out the numbers on the cubes and fill in numbers
from the tens or hundreds families before reproducing the cubes.

Call Out Math: More than/Less than

Objective: to practice comparing quantities using the more than, less than symbol
Materials: call out cards for each player, tokens, calling cards
Number of players/participants: 3 – 4 children
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a number call out card (with any six numbers from 1-10 written on it).
2. Assign a child to be a caller with the job of picking a calling card and announcing what is written on it.
The calling cards have “more than (number)” or “less than (number)” written on it.
3. When the caller reads what is written on the calling card (for example, “more than 7” or ‘< 7’),
the other players will select a number that is more or less than what is written on the card and cover it with a token.
4. First one to cover all spaces, wins.

224
Which Card Is Missing?
Objective: to identify missing number in a series of numbers
Materials: number cards with spots drawn on them (0-10)
Procedure:
1. Put in order a set of number cards.
2. While child closes her/his eyes, hide one of the card and close up the gap.
3. Ask the child which one is missing.
Variation: Swap two cards around instead of hiding one or spread the cards out anyhow and then hide one.

Three In A Row
Objective: to sequence numbers
Materials: two to three sets of number cards 0 to 10
Procedure:
1. Shuffle and deal six cards to each player. (Two or three can play.)
2. Put the rest of the cards in a pile face down, then turn over the top card.
3. The aim of the game is to make up a set of three numbers in sequence by taking turns picking up a card and
throw one away. First to get a set of three wins.
Find 10
Objective: to explore different combinations that make 10
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 9)
Procedure:
1. All cards are dealt. Last card is turned face up. Each player keeps the cards dealt to him/her in a stack,
face down, without looking at them.
2. By turns, players turn over the top card of his stack. If this card can be used with one on the table to make
a total of 10, the player can take it and keep the pair. If there are no cards that can be used, he/she has
to discard his/her card in the middle of the table, face up.
3. The player who collects the most number of pairs, wins.

Tens Concentration
Objective: to explore different combinations that make 10
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 9)
Procedure:
1. Sixteen cards are placed in the middle of the table, face down, in a 4x4 arrangement.
The remaining cards are placed faced-down in a stack.
2. The players take turns turning over two cards, trying to turn a pair that totals 10.
If a pair can be made, the player keeps it and continues to play as long as he/she is successful.
If he/she is not successful, he/she returns the two cards to their original face down positions and
replaces any cards he/she took with new ones from the deck.
3. With 16 face down cards on the table, the turn passes to the next player to the left..
4. The person who collects the greatest number of pairs is the winner.

Variation: This game can be varied by increasing the number of cards placed on the table.
A 5x5 or 6x6 arrangement may be more interesting.

Subtraction Cards (quantities of 10)

Objective: to subtract quantities
Materials: subtraction cards, counters
Number of players/participants: individual or pairs
Procedure:
1. Child 1 reads the total on the card, for example 10.
2. Child 2 get 10 counters.
3. Child 1 says "take away three".
4. Child 2 gets the subtraction card and lifts the right hand flap that indicates 3 dots.
5. Child 1 counts remaining dots and say "seven".
6. Both children write the corresponding equation: 10 – 3 = 7

225
Grab Bag with Partners (up to quantities of 10)
Objective: to practice addition skills
Materials: clothespins, paper sack, individual chalkboards
Number of players/participants: pairs
Procedure:
1. Partner A fills the bag with 10 clothespins (or depending on what number is being worked with).
2. Partner B reaches into the bag and takes out some clothespin, showing Partner A what has been removed.
3. They predict how many clothespin they think are left.
4. Then, they check their predictions, and each child records the equation on a chalkboard or a sheet such as the one
below.

Name___________________________________
I played a game today.
These are the equations I made.

Number Train Graph (up to quantities of 10)

Objective: to practice addition skills
Materials: clothespin (2 colors), Manila or kraft paper
Number of players/participants: individual or small group
Procedure:
1. The children try to find all the possible arrangements for the combinations that make up 10
2. As they find the arrangements, place it in the appropriate column of the Manila paper.
(The links can be labelled with the labelled possible combinations, or the children can label the links as needed.)
What Numbers Can You Make (up to quantities of 10)
Objective: to practice addition skills
Materials: clothespin, crayons,
Number of players/participants: individual or small group
Procedure:
1. The children make clothespin links (each link made with different color clothespin and
no stack more than ten clothespins long).
2. There can be more than one link of any particular number.
The object is to try to make each of the numbers from one to ten in as many ways as possible.
3. The children are allowed to use more than one link to make any number, but they may not break any links apart.
If they can’t make a number, they are to cross it out. If they can make the number, they write the equation that
describes the trains used.
4. The game can be played over and over, as it will be a new experience each time the numbers used changes.
Draw 10
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes 10
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 9)
Procedure:
1. One card is drawn from the deck and is set aside throughout the game, so that there will be an odd card
without a mate at the end of the game. All the other cards are dealt.
2. Each player goes through the cards received trying to find pairs that make 10.
All the pairs thus made are discarded in the middle of the table.
3. The players then, take turns, each holding her/his cards like a fan and letting the person to her/his left draw one of
them without looking at them. If the person who draws the card can use it to make 10 with one of the cards in her/his
hand, she discards the pair in the middle of the table. If she/he cannot use it, she/he has to keep it. She/he then, holds
all her/his cards like a fan so that the person to her/his left can draw one of them by chance.
4. Play continues until one person is left holding the odd card and loses the game.

226
Go 10
Objective: to explore different combinations that makes 10
Materials: 6 sets of numeral cards (1- 9)
Procedure:
1. All the cards are dealt.
2. The players take turns asking specific people for specific cards in a way similar to the card game Go Fish.
For example, John may say to Carol do you have a 1?" If Carol has a 1, she has to give it up to John.
John then, lays this 1 and a 9 in front of himself, face up. A player can continue asking for a card as long as
he/she gets the card he requested. If he/she does not get the card he/she asked for, the turn passes to the person
who said, "I don't have it."
3. The person who makes the greatest number of pairs is the winner.
Tapatan (tic-tac-toe's brainy Filipino cousin)
Materials: playing board, 3 markers of two colors (3 red and 3 blue)
Procedure:
1. The object of the game is to arrange 3 markers of the same color in a row along any of the board lines (horizontally,
vertically or diagonally).
2. Players take turns placing one marker at a time on any of the board points.
3. When all six pieces are placed, the players take turns sliding from point to point along the board lines until one player is
able to arrange 3 markers of the same color in a row.

C. OTHER LANGUAGE ARTS ACTIVITIES

Odd One Out
Objective: to identify the word which does not end with the same final sound.
Materials: cardboards/ old folders cut into approximately 3 by 8 inches, permanent markers, bond paper/art paper (optional)
Procedures:
1. Distribute 4- 5 cards to each child.
2. Tell them to choose the word that has a different final sound from the four words written on each card.
3. After some time, have them exchange cards.
4. The teacher may assist children having difficulty in identifying the word with the different final sound.
5. The teacher may join the game and allow students to give his/her cards so she/he may have a turn at spotting the odd
one too.
Odd One Out Card:

Pet
Hat Lap Sit

Sample words:
1. car ship bear sour
2. bun beam pan thin
3. day air play toy
4. cow low show stand
5. run seam gum clam

227
Initial Sounds Word Puzzle Making
Objective: to reinforce their understanding of initial sound of words through writing and art.
Materials: cardboards with a dotted line to separate the initial sound from the rest of the word, Markers,
safety scissors, crayons, pencils
Procedure:
1. Give each child the reproduced puzzle pattern shown below

b each let students

draw on
this
portion

2. Have them think of a word and write it on the cardboard with the first letter or initial sound on the shorter part
( left side) and the rest of the word on the other part.
3. Ask students to draw a picture of the word they wrote beside its last letter.
4. Have them color their picture.

Triorama Story Settings

Objectives: to identify/describe the setting of the story by making a triorama
Materials: construction papers, glue, safety scissors, 15 or more pairs of cards for matching
Procedure:
To make a Triorama, you will need one sheet of 12 x 18 inch construction paper for each student. The paper is folded
with a Taco style fold to create a square. The excess paper rectangle can be cut off, or used for writing a summary of the
scene.

Taco Fold The remaining square of paper should be folded so that the folds
extend from corner to corner.

Cut along the fold from one of the corners to the center
point where both folds cross.

Holding the paper so that the bottom two “legs” are pointed toward the floor, cross the “legs” so that they overlap. This will form
an open pyramid shape. Have students draw and color their background before gluing their “legs” together. Once they have
glued the “legs” they will finish the Triorama by cutting and gluing stand-up figures.

228
Students will need heavy paper on which to draw their characters. They will also need to put a small tab on the bottom of the
character, with which to glue it to the Triorama. Four of the trioramas may be glued together to tell a complete story in 4 scenes.
(Source: White, D. 2007.wvde.state.wv.us/strategybank/documents/TrioramaDirections.doc. retrieved May 5,2010)
Help students make their triorama of the different settings in the story. You may assign one setting for each group.
Setting 1 : Natagpuan ng mga palaka ang bata sa basket sa may tabing ilog.
Setting 2: Dinala nila ang bata sa mag-asawang kambing na kumakain ng damo.
Setting 3. Dinala nila ang bata sa uwak na nakadapo sa puno , malapit sa kanyang pugad.
Setting 4: Dinala nila ang bata sa gubat kung saan nandoon ang leon, ahas at mag-asawang kwago
Setting 5: Natagpuan ng mag-asawa ang bata sa basket na lumulutang sa ilog.

Rhyming Words Puzzle Making

Objective: to give cvc words that rhyme.
to encourage critical thinking
Materials: cardboards with a line to separate them into two Markers or crayons, safety scissors, crayons
Procedures:
1. Give each child a reproduced pattern of the puzzle shown below.

2. Ask the children to think of two words that rhyme.

3. Let them write the first word on the first half and the second word on the other half.
4. Have them write their name at the center of the back of the card.
5. Let them cut the card into two following the line.

Example of Rhyming CVC Words:

hat – mat, run – sun, lid – kid, sip – dip, wet – set

Rhyming Words Puzzle Game

Objective: to match words that rhyme by playing the puzzle game
Materials: rhyming words cards prepared by the students in the previous days
Procedure:
1. Place all of the cards face up in front of the players.
2. Mix the pairs thoroughly.
3. At the word “go”, the children will pull out matching pairs and place them in front of them.
4. When all the cards are in pairs, check to see that they are correctly matched.
5. Children read the words from the pairs of cards.
6. The child with the most pairs, wins.

Story Map Train

Objective: to identify the beginning, middle and ending of the story
Materials: manila paper, bond paper, pencil, crayons, safety scissors, glue materials that
could be recycled like buttons, beads, twigs, leaves, etc.
Procedure: Children will recall the beginning, middle and end of the story. They may draw the scenes or make a collage of the
scene they will be assigned to make. The teacher should guide the students in recalling the events by posing
questions or showing again the pictures used in the story.
Recall Questions:
• Sino si kapitan Ding? Saang baryo siya namumuno?
• Ano ang ginawa niya ng malamang may paparating na bagyo?

229
 • Ano ang nangyari sa baryo matapos ang bagyo?

Initial Sound Puzzle Matching Game

Objective: to connect the initial letter with its correct pair to form a meaningful word
Materials: initial sound word puzzles made by the students two trays
Procedure:
1. Place the initial letter puzzle face down in the first tray.
2. Place the corresponding part in the other tray.
3. Call on a child to get one from the first tray and look for its partner in the next tray.
4. The child then, reads the word that was formed and says its initial sound.
5. If correct, the child may choose the next player.
Rhyme book
Objective: to supply words that rhyme
Materials: pieces of paper, scissors, glue
Number of players/participant: 6 - 8 children
Procedure:
1. Create a rhyme book.
2. Paste a picture at the top of a page.
3. Have children draw pictures of objects whose names rhyme or find pictures in magazines.
4. Then, gather the pictures and bind them into a class book.
STORIES
Tiktaktok At Pikpakbum

Before Reading:
- Sino sina Tiktaktok at Pikpakbum?
- Bakit kaya sila laging nag-aaway?
While Reading
- Bakit sakitin si Pikpakbum?
- Paano naligtas si Pikpakbum sa pagkalason?
After Reading
- Kung ikaw si Pikpakbum, gagawin mo ba ang ginagawa niya?
Ang Bata Sa Basket
Before reading
- Tingnan ang larawan. Ano ang nakikita ninyo?
- Mahuhulaan ba ninyo ang pamagat ng ating kwento sa pamamagitan ng larawan?
While reading
- Sino ang nakatagpo sa batang nasa basket?
- Bakit kaya umiiyak ang bata?
- Kani-kanino dinala ng tatlong palaka ang mga bata?
After reading
- Sang-ayon ka ba na ang mag-asawa ang dapat mag-alaga sa kanya?
- Kung lumapit sa iyo ang tatlong palaka para alagaan ang bata, tatanggapin mo ba siya?
Tuwing mababanggit ang salitang palaka, ang isang pangkat ng mga bata ay sabay sabay na sasagot ng kokak kokak.
(Uwak- aakk, aakk, Kambing—mee, mee, Ahas—hiss, hiss, Unggoy- ik ik ik)

Ang Buhay Ng Isang Bumbero

Mga Inaasahang Tanong:
- Ano po ang gawain ng isang bumbero?
- Ano ang isinusuot ng bumbero?
- Bakit ganito ang inyong ginagamit?
- Mahirap po ba ang maging bumbero? Bakit?
- Paano kung naubusan na ng tubig ang tangke at may sunog pa rin?
- Paano kung hindi makadaan ang trak?

230
 - May mga pagkakataon ba na may hindi sila nailigtas?
- May pagkakataon ba na sila ay muntik nang mapahamak sa kanilang pagtupad sa tungkulin.
Si Kapitan Ding, Ang Pinunong Magiting
Before reading:
- Nakaranas na ba kayo ng bagyo o lindol?
- Ano ang inyong naramdaman?
- Sino ang mga tumulong sa inyo upang kayo ay maging ligtas?

While reading:
- Sino si Kapitan Ding?
- Saan siya namumuno

After reading
- Bakit tinawag na pinunong magaling si Kapitan Ding?
- Sino-sino pa ang mga tumutulong sa atin kapag may bagyo o baha o kalamidad?

Sa Bagong Planeta
Before reading:
- Sa anong planeta tayo nakatira?
- Ano ang masasabi mo dito? ( Magpapakita ang guro ng larawan ng mundo)

While reading:
- Sino ang nakatagpo ng bagong planeta?
- Ano ang itinawag nila sa planetang ito?
- Bakit sinasabing ang lahat ay natuwa, maliban sa mga bata?

After Reading:
- Ano ang ginawa ng mga matatanda upang sumaya ang mga bata?
- Ano ang mga bagay o pgakakataong nakapagpapasaya sa iyo?

SONGS/POEMS/RHYMES

Sampung Batang Malusog at Masaya Halina at Sumama

( to the tune of Ten Little Indians) (to the tune of Paru-parong Bukid)

Isa, dalawa, tatlong mga bata, Halina’t sumama, tayo nang mamasyal.
Apat, lima, anim na mga bata, Nang ating makilala,
Pito. Walo, siyam na mga bata Silang mga bida.
Sampung batang malusog at masaya. Narito si Nanay , pati na rin si Tatay.
Sila ay magkatulong sa akin ay gabay.
Natutong bumasa uy! kay gurong matiyaga.
Could be done with the use of fingers. When they sing At kung may karamdaman,
Sampung Batang Malusog at Masaya, they should Doktor ay nariyan.
wave their hands , or turn around while waving their Ang mga bumbero wsshhh!
hands, or do the action of the song the more we get sunog pinapatay.
together. Sa ating kaligtasan, pulis maaasahan.
Variation: They may form a circle and form a chain and
shake hands as they sing the song. When they sing the This is an action song. Teacher may assign some
last line they should hug the child beside them. students to act out the roles depicted in the lines of the
song.

231
 A Fireman Ako ay Isang Bata, Kailangan ng Kalinga
(A fingerplay) ( Porsch Soriano)

This brave fireman is going to bed Ako ay isang bata, kailangan ko ay kalinga.
hold up right thumb Buhay ko ay matiwasay
Down on the pillow he lays his head Dahil pagmamahal
right thumb on left palm sa akin ay ibinibigay.
Wraps himself in his blanket tight Salamat po, salamat po
curl fingers around thumb Sa buhay kong ligtas at payapa
And plans to sleep this way all night Asahan po ninyong,
close eyes Ako’y magiging mabuting bata.
But the fire alarm rings! He opens his eyes!
open eyes
Quickly he's dressed and down the pole he slides
right hand slides down left arm in a grip from
elbow to wrist
Then he climbs on the truck to go, go, go.
hands manipulate imaginary steering wheel

INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY

Spoon Pass Along

Give each player a spoon and place a plate of four different items or toy food items in front of the first player ( probably the
oldest in the group) . She begins by using the spoon to pass each object, from largest to smallest to the classmate on her
right, who receives it with spoon and passes it along to the next player. The object is to try to get all four objects back to the
starting plate without dropping any of them.

Find Your Flock

Children will be asked to pick out a chip from a bowl. Explain to them that each chip represents an animal. At the word go,
they will have to look for their flock by sounding off the sound of that animal. When they are complete, they have to sit down.
The first group to be complete, wins.

Different animal sounds may be taken from the story read to them (Ang Bata sa Basket). The teacher may also introduce
other animal sounds for children to imitate.

Night Train Game

Tell the children that they are going to pretend to be a train, bringing toys for children who live in a town or another
barangay. But the train is moving at night and only the engine has a light to see.

One child may volunteer as the engine and three or four others as the cars. Other children will be buildings, houses or trees
who are not supposed to move but can make an ooops sound if the train or any of its car is about to bump into them. The
cars line up behind the engine and hold onto the waist of the person in front of them.

Stand on the other side of the classroom and tell them that you are the town to reach them. When they are ready, tell them
to begin.

Obstacle Relay
Materials will be arranged in such a way that for each obstacle, the child has to do something. (e.g. feed the doll baby, wash
the baby’s clothes, make him sleep) Then, when they reach the end, they will find a box containing pictures of people in the
community. They will post them on the board. To make it more challenging, the teacher may write the label/ community helper
while students will have to post them on top of the correct label.

232
Pass the Basket
Children will line up, one behind the other. The children will pass the basket ( with a baby doll inside) through their legs to
the back of the line. When the basket reaches the last person, she starts passing it forward over her head. They should
make sure however, that the baby does not fall off the ground. They should pass the basket faster but carefully each time
they repeat the game.

Red Light Stop

This activity will orient children on what the traffic lights are for and how these lights make us safe when we cross the streets
or when we travel.

Instruct the pupils to pretend that they are out in the streets and that they will have to stop when they see the red light (as
shown by the teacher) and go when they see the red light.

Children will line up and continue walking, moving about, following their leader as they sing

Twinkle, Twinkle Traffic Light.

At the end of the song, the teacher will flash the traffic light and pupils will have to either stop or go.

Blind Trust:
Pairs of children take turns to be blindfolded. The sighted partner leads the blindfolded partner around the room, then, they
reverse roles. Afterwards they discuss their feelings about how it felt to be blindfolded and how it felt to have responsibilities
as a leader.

233
 KINDERGARTEN CLASS FOURTH GRADING DAILY PLANS
WEEK 39:__________________________
Monday Tuesday Wednesday
CONTENT FOCUS: Children are Protected and Safe in the Community
MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: People in the community can help keep the Message: Community leaders make sure there are enough Message: There are people in my community who make
community clean and healthy for children. plants and trees in the community. sure I am safe in times of war and
⇒ Community leaders must make sure there are disasters.
garbage cans in different areas.
⇒ People throw garbage properly. Introduce the poem “ Ako’y Ingatan N’yo “
⇒ People clean their backyards.
⇒ There is no stagnant water so mosquitoes
don’t breed on them.
⇒ Drainages work properly.

WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1

Teacher-Supervised: Recycling Activities, Leaf people, Teacher-Supervised: Mural: Isang Mundong Makabata Teacher-Supervised: Big Book: How do people take care
Pen holder from milk cartons, Magazine Mosaic of us?
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Clay Play
• Clay Play • Opposite Words Puzzle • Odd One Out
• Picture Stories (Logical Sequencies) • Picture Stories ( Logical Sequencing) • Pin It
• Year-end Assessment Tasks • Sand Play
• Odd one Out
• Opposite Word Puzzles
• Year-end Assessment task • Year-end Assessment
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Message: Community leaders must make sure there are Message: Community leaders must make sure there are health Message: Children can help in the community by keeping
health centers and health workers who can attend to the centers and health workers who can attend to the health needs of the surroundings clean
health needs of children children.
Song: This is the Way we Care for Earth “ Song: I Know a Little House Song: The Sound of the Word
Supervised Recess Supervised Recess Supervised Recess
STORY: Isang Mundong Makabata STORY: Ason, Luming at Teresing STORY: Ang Plauta ni Emong
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Sharing a room; Can I Have Half? Teacher-Supervised: Sharing a room; Can I have Half? Teacher-Supervised: Share it Fruit Halve; Fruit Salad
(dividing wholes into halves) (dividing wholes into halves) (dividing wholes into equal parts)
Independent: Independent: Independent:
• Blocks • Blocks • Blocks
• Pattern Blocks • Pattern Blocks • Pattern Blocks
• Tangram Puzzles • Tangram Puzzles • Tangram Puzzles
• Crayon Count • Catch Flies for the Frog • More or Less Spin It
• Who Has More? • Call Out: More than, Less than • Walk the number line
• Where does it go? • Which card is missing?
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Paint me a Picture INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Action and Freeze/Paint me a Picture INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: Teacher May I?
234
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

THURSDAY FRIDAY NOTES

MEETING TIME 1: MEETING TIME 1:
Message: Communities can protect us by making sure Message: Community leaders and other adults need listen to
there are places where we can play safely. children to find out what they need.

WORK PERIOD 1 WORK PERIOD 1

Teacher-Supervised: I’m a Little Herb Pot, Watch me Grow Teacher-Supervised: Shoebox for a Cause

Independent: Independent:
• Word Toss • Word Toss
• Opposites • Opposite
• Playdough • Playdough
• Pin It • Pin It
• Year-end Assessment • Year-end Assessment
MEETING TIME 2: MEETING TIME 2:
Message: Children can help in the community by: Message: Children can help in the community by telling
⇒ joining special community activities community leaders about what they need
e.g. tree planting
⇒ joining drills ( earthquake, fire, evacuation) Song: I am Special

Supervised Recess Supervised Recess

STORY: Drip, Drip, Every Drop of Water is Precious STORY: Si Linggit at Barukada
WORK PERIOD 2: WORK PERIOD 2:
Teacher-Supervised: Share It Fruit Halves; Fruit Salad Teacher-Supervised: tangram puzzles
(dividing wholes into equal parts)
Independent: Independent:
• Who Has More? • Call Out: More than, Less than
• Which card is missing? • Where does it go?
• Call Out: Addition • Train Ride
• Call Out: Subtraction • Balloons
• Sorting shapes on a geoboard • Sorting shapes on a geoboard
• Don’t Rock the Boat • Don’t Rock the Boat
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY: INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITY:
MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine MEETING TIME 3: Dismissal Routine

235
APPENDIX All Activities

SMALL GROUP ACTIVITIES

A. THEME-RELATED ACTIVITIES

I’m A Little Herb Pot, Watch Me Grow

Objectives: to plant seeds and nurture them
to develop concern for plants
Materials: seeds, tin cans, shovel soil
Number of players/participants: 5 – 7 children
Procedure: Ask children to bring tin cans and seeds. They will make charming herb pots and watch them grow until the end
of the school year. They can bring home their seedlings before summer. They may sing I’m a little herb pot while
planting.

(to the tune of I’m a Little Tea Pot)

I’m a little herb pot

I will someday pop
Here is my sunshine
Here is my food
When I grow someday
Hear me sing
Thank you, I say
You make me gay

Shoebox For A Cause

Objective: to make a cart out of shoebox and mound recycled craft on it.
Materials: shoe box, string, recycled art work
Number of players/participants: 5 - 7 children
Procedure: Each child will bring a shoe box to place their recycled art work/ craft inside. They will tie a string to the box and
fasten it and with the help of parents or the teacher, make wheels to make them move.

Recycling Activities (How to make leaf people)

Objectives: to reinforce their concepts of color, shape, size and form; to stimulate creativity
skills
to develop their understanding of the concept of recycling.
Materials: leaves (all shapes, all sizes, all colors) small twigs, glue
Scissors, construction paper (different colors).
Number of players/participants: 4 – 5 children
Procedure:
Look at a small pile of leaves to see if their shapes suggest heads, arms, bodies
etc. Choose some leaves that resemble people parts and glue the shapes down
on construction paper. You may need to do some cutting and rearranging to come
up with a pleasing shape. If you have the leaves you could create a huge leaf
person by drawing out a body shape and gluing leaves all over to fill in the shape.
You can use twigs and construction paper scraps to add details to your leaf
person.

236
Milk Carton Pen Holder
Materials: scissors, pen & ruler, glue, carton or used plastic containers, old magazines
Procedure:
1. The teacher will mark a straight line around the milk carton.
2. Using safety scissors, teacher will assist the children in cutting the milk carton along the marked line.
3. Students will select from pre-cut pictures from magazines what they wish to use as design for the pen holder.
4. They will glue their chosen pictures to the milk carton.

Magazine Mosaics
Materials: magazines or photos, scissors, old folder/ cardboard, paint (optional), glue
Procedure:
1. Teacher prepares cut outs of small pieces of magazines or photos. Related colors must be selected and
presented in piles of reds, greens, blues etc.
2. Teacher may let the children draw their own design on the paper/ cardboard.
3. Dab some paste on the canvass/old folder.
4. Students will start adding the pieces of magazines and photos to create a mosaic.
5. With the assistance of the teacher, children may write (a representation for) the title of their work.

Save Other Children Parade Drive

Materials: shoe box cart, recycled craft big box or container for donations, slogans or pictures
Procedure:
1. With teacher’s assistance, children will parade through the school or the nearby community (if possible with
their parents) and prepare a big box where others could drop in coins or goods that they would like to donate
to children who need help.
2. They may sing a tune while parading. Other students may be holding slogans ( those that they did the
previous week)
Note: Teacher makes the necessary preparation for this event with the help of children and their parents.

Mural: Isang Mundong Makabata

Materials: Manila Paper, construction paper, bond paper, marker, crayons, glue scissors
Number of players/participants: 6 or 8 children
Procedure:
1. Ask children what kind of world they want to live in. What would that have? What would they be able to do in that
world?
2. Let them draw or paint this on the Manila Paper. `
3. Let them color their work
4. Let them write their thoughts about this ideal world for children as needed.

Big Book: How do people take care of us?

Materials: Manila Paper, bond paper/newsprint, construction paper, colored markers, crayons, scissors, glue
Number of players/participants: 6 – 8 children
Procedure:
1. Let the children brainstorm on different ways on how people can take care of them.
Ask them how people care for children at home? in school? in the community?
2. Let them choose which they will illustrate or draw.
3. Let them write 1-2 sentences about each drawing/illustration.

B. OTHER MATH ACTIVITIES

Sharing A Room
Objective: to develop an understanding of fractions
Materials: pocket chart, strips of lines of the poem Sharing a Room
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. List children’s grievances along with the benefits of sharing a room. Place the strips of the first verse.
2. Ask the children to make it their own by substituting new words for toys, laundry and gobs of toothpaste.
Write new words on a piece of paper and stick it over the words toys, laundry and gobs of toothpaste.

237
 SHARING a ROOM

Sally Sue is very messy. We divided up the bedroom,

She leaves toys thrown everywhere. Drew a line across the floor.
She’s got laundry on her bookshelf, We made sure that it was even,
Gobs of toothpaste on her chair. Neither one was getting more.

As for me, I’m neat and tidy, She allows me in the closet,
I have labels on each drawer. And I let her use the door.
Every day I use the vacuum, Though the plan is not quite perfect,
You could eat right off my floor. It’s much better than before.

Can i have Half?

Objective: to develop an understanding of fractions
Materials: colored paper of different shapes – square, rectangle, circle, triangle
Number of players/participants: small group
Procedure:
1. Tell children to choose a partner. Each pair will pretend they are a pair of twins who always share their food
between themselves equally.
2. Give each pair a rectangle. Tell the pair to pretend that the rectangle is a birthday cake and that they should
design the cake.
3. Then tell the pair to figure out a way to divide the rectangular cake so that each person can have an equal amount
4. Ask the children if there are other ways of dividing the cake.

5. When the children have tried out different ways of dividing the ‘cake’ give them a triangular ‘cake’ and repeat the
procedure until the pairs have tried different ways of dividing each shape.

Share it Fruit Halves

Objective: to develop an understanding of one- half by dividing the whole into half (½).
Materials: pictures of fruits that can be divided into half equally, yarn, craft dowel or piece of twig strong enough to tie the
halved fruits, puncher or any tool to help you punch out holes for the yarn string to pass through and safety
scissors
Number of players/participants: 6 – 8 children
Procedure:
1. Distribute pictures of fruits glued on cardboard to make them durable.
2. Ask the children to cut the fruit into two equal parts. (Tell them that the other half or part is a one half).
3. Have them color the fruit.
4. Ask them to give the other half to their seatmate.
5. Have them write their name on the other half of the fruit. Teacher may assist the students.
6. Punch a hole on all the halved fruits they made and allow them to help in inserting the yarn into the holes.
One yarn string may have four –five halved fruits.
7. Tie them to the dowel /twig and hang on any place in the classroom for everybody to see.

Fruit Salad
Objective: to identify unit fractions
Materials: paper plates, die with ½, ¼, 1/8 written on it, fractional parts of an apple (divided into halves),
orange (divided into fourths), watermelon (divided into eighths)
Number of players/participants: 2 or more children
Procedure:
1. Each player is given a paper plate. All the fruits are placed in a separate plate.
2. Players take turns rolling the die.
3. Each player takes a piece of a fruit that corresponds to the fraction rolled. The player with the most ‘whole’ fruits
wins.

238
Crayon Count
Objectives: to count
to recognize numerals
Materials: crayon box counting card (see reproducible) for each child
number cards 0-10 placed in a sack
crayons (for each child, the quantity depending on the number to be practiced)
Number of players/participants: pairs or small group
Procedure:
1. With teacher’s assistance, let the students sit in a circle. Give each child a crayon box counting card and a set of
crayons.
2. Pass the sack around so each child can pick a number. (place only the numbers the children need to practice)
3. Students read their numbers and put that many crayons in the crayon box counting card. Go around the circle
having each child tell how many crayons are in their box. If a child makes a mistake, let her touch each crayon
and count in sequence.
4. Collect the number cards and pass the sack around again to continue play.
Variation: For Beginners - Call a child to come and sit with you. Place a number of crayons on a crayon box counting
card. The child counts the crayons and puts the same amount next to the card. If the child is not yet counting
independently, let him/her place a crayon below each one on the card, and then touch and count the crayons
with you. Repeat this with each child in the group using a different number of crayons each time.
Catch Flies for the Frog
Objectives: to count
to recognize numerals
Materials: large playing board, large plastic or rubber frog
small flies (rubber or plastic or paper cut outs from reproducible)
small paper plate with a drawing of a frog (1 for each player)
Number of players/participants: pairs or small group
Procedure:
1. Tape the board to the floor. Put a strip of masking tape several steps away from the board to mark where the
playerwill stand. (The distance will depend on the age and motor development of your student.)
2. Each player stands behind the masking tape marker and throws the frog at the board to catch flies.
3. Have the players read the number the bean bag lands on. The player then counts out that many flies from the
storage bag and places them on his frog plate.
4. After each child has had a turn, go around the group and ask each child to tell how many flies the frog has eaten.
5. Continue play until each child has had several turns. Repeat steps 3 and 4 each time.
Who Has More?
Objective: to compare quantities
Materials: assorted materials such as toothpicks, buttons, marbles
Procedure: Put out about six saucers, each with a different number of things in, for example, six toothpicks, five small
buttons, four big buttons, three peas, two pebbles, one marble. The child points at two saucers and chooses
without counting out, which has more. Child then checks by pairing up the contents of the two saucers.
Variations:
1. Put the same number of things in two of the saucers.
2. Put four big things and four small things in another saucer.
3. Put out bigger number of things.
More Or Less Spin It
Objective: to compare quantities
Materials: cubes or blocks, more or less spinner
Procedure:
1. Teacher tells the children to build a tower of 5 blocks.
2. Children take turns spinning the more or less spinner, to determine if they will build towers more or less than the
original tower.
3. If spinner lands on less, children build a tower less than 5.
4. Each child shows the group his/her tower. The group describes the relationship.
"The original tower is 2 cubes higher. The new tower is 2 cubes less than 5."
5. If the spinner lands on more, children build a tower more than 5.
6. Each child shows the group his or her tower. The group describes the relationship.
"The original tower is 3 cubes lower. The new tower is 3 more than 5."

239
 Call out Math: More Than/ Less Than
Objectives: to compare quantities
to use the more than, less than symbols to show relationships between quantities
Materials: call out card for each player, calling cards, tokens
Number of players/participants: 1 or more
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a call out card.
2. Assign a student to call out what is written on calling cards.
3. First one to cover all spaces wins. If players go through all the cards without reaching call out,
they should reshuffle the cards, then, turn them face down again and continue playing until someone has won.

Which Card Is Missing?

Objective: to identify missing number in a series of numbers
Materials: number cards with spots drawn on them (0-10)
Procedure:
1. Put in order a set of number cards.
2. While child closes his/her eyes, hide one of the card and close up the gap.
3. Ask the child which one is missing.

Variation: Swap two cards around instead of hiding one or spread the cards out anyhow and then hide one.

Walk The Number Line

Objective: to sequence numbers
Materials: chalk, number cards 0 to 10
Procedure:
1. Chalk a line outdoors, long enough to include all the numbers 0 to 10 one step apart
2. Make a mark where each number will come but don’t actually write them in.
3. Shuffle a set of number cards
4. Take it in turns to take a number card and walk along the line from the start, stepping on the markers and,
counting out loud as you do so.
5. When you get to the correct spot for your number, put the card on the ground.
6. When all the cards are in position, turn them face down. Ask your child to walk slowly along the line from the
beginning until you shout “stop”. Then, see if she can tell you which number she is on. Check by turning the card
over.
Where Does It Go?
Objective: to sequence numbers
Materials: number cards with numerals written on it
Procedure:
1. Put a set of number cards in a pile.
2. One by one take the card from the top, judge whereabouts in the sequence it belongs and position it on the table
accordingly.
3. At the end all the cards should be in the correct order, and neither overlapping nor too spread out. Once a card is
placed, you may not move it.

Call out Math: Addition

Objective: to match an addition fact with its correct sum
Materials: call out card for each player, calling cards, tokens
Number of players/participants: 1 or more children
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a call out card.
2. Assign a student to call out what is written on calling cards.
3. First one to cover all spaces wins. If players go through all the cards without reaching Call Out,
they should reshuffle the cards, then, turn them face down again and continue playing until someone has won.

Call out Math: Subtraction

Objective: to practice subtraction
Materials: call out card for each player, calling cards, tokens
Number of players/participants: 1 or more children

240
Procedure:
1. Provide each player with a call out card.
2. Assign a student to call out what is written on calling cards.
3. First one to cover all spaces wins. If players go through all the cards without reaching Call Out, they should
reshuffle the cards, then, turn them face down again and continue playing until someone has won.
Train Ride
Objective: to add and subtract single-digit numbers
Materials: chalk and chalkboard
Number of players/participants: small or whole group
Procedure:
1. Divide the group into 2
2. The first player in each group goes to the chalkboard and draws a train engine.
As directed the leader writes a numeral, for example 8, on the drawing of the train.
3. The second player then comes up to draw a coach, on which he/she writes a combination that names
the number selected for the engine, such as 6 + 2.
4. Continue in order until a member of the group thinks that all combinations have been shown.
5. The team whose train shows all combinations for the engine number wins.
Balloons
Objective: to add and subtract single-digit numbers
Number of players/participants: individual, small or whole group
Materials: chalk and chalkboard
Procedure:
1. Draw pictures of balloons on the chalkboard and write an addition or subtraction combination on each.
2. Players take turns by trying to “pop the balloons” by giving answers to the combinations.
Children may indicate the popping of balloons by clapping hands
Variation: Instead of drawing balloons, flowers, leaves and other more familiar objects can be drawn.

Tangram Puzzles

Objective: to explore spatial relationships using tangram and puzzle cards

Materials: tangram, puzzle cards
Number of players/participants: individual, pair or small group
Procedure: Children fill the shape and keep track of the ways they find

How to make a tangram puzzle.

Cut out a piece of 10cm x 10cm cardboard.
Color or paste a piece of colored paper on this.
Cut out thesquare to make 7 puzzle pieces

241
Sorting Shapes on the Geoboard
Objective: to recognize, sort and describe shapes according to specific attributes
Materials: geoboards and rubberbands
Procedure:
1. Each child makes a shape on a geoboard and wait for the teacher to give a sorting clue.
2. Teacher should look at the shapes that the students have made on their boards and decides on a particular
attribute to sort by but does not tell the children. As students watch, the teacher chooses a few geoboards and
makes two small groups, lining them up on the chalkboard or clustering them on the floor according to the
particular attribute.
(One group of boards has the attribute, and the other group has not)
3. Ask the students to study the shapes in both groups and find other shapes that match those attributes.
4. After watching the teacher sorts a few examples, children try to figure out the sorting rule.
5. One child at a time is called on to show their geoboard to the class.
6. Class children analyze the geoboard and point to the group in which they think it belongs.
When everyone has had a turn, the children discuss their decisions.
7. Continue to sort in a variety of ways over time. You can sort by:
• number of corners
• number of sides
• open or closed figures
• right angles or no right angles
• symmetrical or not
• no nails inside, one nail inside, etc.
Variations: The children could draw their shapes into smaller sized geoboard paper and these shapes could be used to
sort and resort shapes in a variety of ways. Children need to learn to recognize shapes that are identical but in
different positions.

Don't Rock The Boat

Materials: playing board, counters, dice
Procedure:
1. Players roll the dice to travel back and forth inside the "boat".
2. The player who lands in the center with an exact roll is the winner.

Variation: For a solitaire, place markers on all the twelve outer spaces. Each time the player lands on a space, he/she
collects the marker. The object is to collect as many markers as possible before landing in the center.

C. OTHER LANGUAGE ARTS ACTIVITIES

Picture Stories
Objectives: to arrange the story pictures according to their proper sequence.
to understand that pictures tell stories
Materials: story pictures (4 pictures per story) – teacher will draw four-part stories on paper and,
paste it on cardboard to make the story pictures, around 8 stories
Number of players/participants: 4 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. Teacher distributes two sets of cards to each team.
2. Tell them to arrange the pictures to make a story.
3. After arranging the pictures, with teacher’s assistance, let the students explain what the story
is about and what each picture tells.

Sample Story Pictures:

1. Preparing to go to school
2. Getting Ready to Bed
3. Taking a Bath
4. Preparing to go on a picnic with family
Onset And Rime Matching Game
Objectives: to match the onset with its corresponding rime
to provide reinforcement for vocabulary development and spelling
Materials: Matching cards – one set for onsets and one for rimes

242
Number of players/participants: 4 – 6 children
Procedure:
1. Prepare the matching cards.
2. Place all of the cards face up in front of the players.
3. Mix the pairs thoroughly.
4. After the cue “go”, the children will pull out matching pairs and place them in front of them.
5. When all the cards are in pairs, check to see that they are correctly matched.
6. Children read the words from the pairs of cards.
7. The child with the most pairs, wins
Variation: This could also be played with only one player. In this case, he/she will have to play against the clock as he/she
tries to beat his/her previous time to finish up matching the pairs.
Examples of rimes: it, et, at, op, un and an
Examples of onsets: b, p, s, h, m, f
Words that can be formed: bit, bet, bop, bun, ban, pet, pit, pat, pop, pun, pan, etc.
Rhyming Words Puzzle Game
Objective: to match words that rhyme by playing the puzzle game
Materials: rhyming words cards prepared by the students in the previous days
Procedures:
1. Place all of the cards face up in front of the players.
2. Mix the pairs thoroughly.
3. After the cue “go”, the children will pull out matching pairs and place them in front of them.
4. When all the cards are in pairs, check to see that they are correctly matched.
5. Children read the words from the pairs of cards.
6. The child with the most pairs wins.

Initial Sound Puzzle Matching Game

Objective: to connect the initial letter with its correct pair to form a meaningful word
Materials: initial sound word puzzles made by the students two trays
Procedure:
1. Place the initial letter puzzle face down in the first tray.
2. Place the corresponding part in the other tray.
3. Call on a child to get one from the first tray and look for its partner in the next tray.
4. The child then reads the word that was formed and says its initial sound.
5. If correct, the child may choose the next player.

Call Out Game On Upper Case And Lower Case Letters

Objective: to distinguish upper case from lower case letters
Materials: Call out card for each student markers to cover the squares; large bag or box for the counters
24 blank flash cards, rubber band, pencil/ crayon
Number of players/participants: 10 -12 children
Procedures:
1. Preparation- Make enough copies of the blank call out card for each child.
2. Prepare a list of upper case and lower case letters that you want to reinforce.
3. Print each letter on a flash card large enough to be seen by the participants.
4. Cut colored construction papers which will be used as markers. You may also use counters.
5. Store these markers or counters in canisters or boxes.
6. Prepare a folder also to store blank call out cards in.
7. Keep the set of flashcards together with a rubber band.
8. You may write the words to be used on the board.
9. Ask them to copy the words, one in each square in a random fashion or according to where they want
to write the word so that each card will be different.
10. When everyone has completed filling out the cards, the teacher erases all the words she had written.
Note to the Teacher: If you think that your students will not be able to fill out the cards, you may prepare the cards and just
have them play the game.

Playing: 1. Distribute the markers or counters.

2. Shuffle the flashcards and place them face down in front of the caller.
3. The teacher or the caller picks up the first card, shows it to the class and reads it.
4. You may place the card in a pocket chart or post it on the board.

243
 5. When a student covers the letters according to the patterns shown, he wins.
Patterns: Triangle, one straight line vertical or horizontal, diagonal
1 2 3 4 5

FREE

Word Toss
Objective: provide words that begin with a given letter
Materials: small box, masking tape, letters or words
Number of players/participants:
Procedure: Tape several small boxes to the floor close together. Inside each box, write a letter. Have each child toss a ball
into the mass of boxes. The child then gives a word that begins with the letter in the cup. Continue until each
child has had multiple turns.
Variation: replace letters with words. Children think of words that rhyme with the words on the boxes.
Pin It
Objective: to form 3-4 letter words
Materials: cards with phonograms and consonants or consonant clusters
Number of players/participants: 6 – 8 children
Procedure:
1. String a long clothesline across one section of your classroom.
2. Place clothespins along the clothesline at various intervals.
On each clothespins write the beginning part of a word, such as a consonant, cluster, or digraph.
3. On separate cards, write the ending part of a word (phonogram).
4. Let the children form words by pinning each note card to a clothespin.
Blend Poster
Objective: to provide words that begin with a consonant blend
Materials: ¼ manila paper, strips of paper (1/8 of bond paper)
Number of players/participant: 6 – 8 children
Procedure:
1. Write the consonant blend for the day on top of the page.
2. Ask each child to draw or write words that begin with the target consonant blend.
3. Children glue their drawings into the manila paper.
4. The group reads the words on the poster.
Opposites
Objective: to identify opposite words
Materials: bond paper or newsprint, pencil, crayons
Number of players/participants: any number of children
Procedure: 1. Think of four words that are opposites.
(Examples: up and down, large and small)
2. Write each word in a box.
3. Draw a picture to show what each word means.
4. Share your opposites with another students.

244
STORIES
Ason, Luming at Teresing
Questions before reading:
- Sa inyong palagay, sina Ason, Luming at Teresing kaya ang magkakaibigan o magkakapatid?
- Sino kaya ang pinakabata sa kanila?ang pinakamatanda?

Questions while reading:

- Ano ang ginagawa ni Ason upang makatulong sa kanyang mga magulang sa gawaing-bahay? Ni Luming? Ni
Teresing?
- Ano ang nangyari sa kanilang tatay habang nagtatrabaho?

Questions after reading

- Ano ang ginawa ng magkakapatid upang makatulong sa kanilang ina habang may sakit pa ang kanilang ama?
- Kung ikaw si Ason, ano ang gagawin mo upang matulungan ang iyong nanay sa mga gawaing-bahay?

Ang Plauta ni Emong (Adapted from Best Bedtime Stories McAllister, H. “Billy’s Wooden Flute)

Questions before reading:

- Sino sa inyo ang mahilig umawit/kumanta? Sino naman ang marunong tumugtog?
- Ano ang paborito mong kanta? (Maaring pakantahin ang isa sa mga batang tinanong).

Questions while reading:

- Ano ang napulot ni Emong habang naglalakad sa kakahuyan o kagubatan?
- Ano ang ginawa niya rito?

Questions after reading:

- Ano ang ginawa ng mga kaibigan ni Emong nang marinig ang tugtog ng kanyang plauta?
- Ano sa palagay mo ang sumunod na nangyari nang magpuntahan ang mga kaibigan ni Emong sa kanya?

Drip, Drip, Every Drop of Water is Precious

Questions before reading:
- Saan natin ginagamit ang tubig?
- Ano kaya ang maaring mangyari sa atin kung walang tubig na maiinom, mapanliligo,
mapanghuhugas ng pinggan o pandilig ng halaman?

Questions while reading:

- Saan nagpunta si Zia at kanyang alagang aso?
- Nakabingwit ba sila ng isda? Ano ang nabingwit nila?
- Bakit naging madumi ang ilog?

Questions after reading

- Kung nakita mo si Bobby na nagtatapon ng basura sa ilog, ano ang sasabihin mo sa kanya?
- Paano ka makakatulong na maging malinis ang ating paligid?

Si Emang Engkantada at ang Tatlong Haragan

Springboard: Magpakita ng larawan ng isang diwata o engkantada
Questions before reading:
- Kung ikaw ay isang engkantada, ano ang gagawin mo para mapasaya ang ibang bata?
- Kung may engkantada ngayon sa harapan natin, ano ang hihilingin mo?

Questions during reading:

- Bakit galit na galit ang mga tao sa tatlong haragan?
- Ano ang ginawa ni Emang Engkantada sa tatlong haragan?

Questions after reading:

- Kung nasalubong mo ang tatlong haragan, ano ang sasabihin mo sa kanila?
- Sa palagay ninyo, matapos makausap ni Emang engkantada ang tatlong bata, ano ang susunod na mangyayari?

245
Nasaan ang Tsinelas ko
Questions before reading:
- Lagi ka bang nagsusuot ng tsinelas sa loob at labas ng bahay?
- Ano kaya ang pwedeng mangyari sa atin kapag hindi tayo nagsusuot ng tsinelas kapag naglalaro lalo na sa
labas ng bahay?
Questions while reading:
- Bakit laging marumi ang paa ni Tanya?
- Bakit hindi makita ni Tanya ang tsinelas niya?
Questions after reading
- Ano ang maaring mangyari sa atin kapag hindi tayo nagsusuot ng tsinelas?
- Paano mo iingatan ang iyong tsinelas?
SONGS/POEMS/RHYMES
The Sound of the Word I Know a Little House
(Tune: The Wheels on the Bus)
I know a little house
This song intends to reinforce children’s phonemic With walls, one, two, three, four
awareness. They will ask other children of the class to With ivy climbing up them,
guess the word they are singing as they articulate the And roses round the door.
sounds. It’s got four little windows
For example, the word is man. With shutters open wide
And a lovely windy staircase,
The sound of the word is m, a, n. m.a.n, m,a,n. That goes up and up inside.
The sound of the word is m, a, n There’s a roof with a crooked chimney,
Do you know the word? Be sure that students will give And in a garden, a tree so tall,
the sound and not the letter as they sing. That if you were to climb it
You’d see over the garden wall.
Call one to answer. Answer is man. (There should be a picture of the house for unlocking
of difficult words)
They will sing again but call somebody to give the next Please see page 83, Early Years Poems and Rhymes,
word. Jill Bennett, Scholastic Collections, 1996.
Example of words: s, i , t; c a p; c a n

I am Special This is the Way we Care for Earth

I am me and I am special. I am special, it is true. This is the way we care for earth, care for earth, care
The way I look and speak is special. for earth
The way I play and think is too. This is the way we care for earth, won’t you come and
I’m so glad we each are different. It makes the world so join me?
bright and new.
I am me and I am special, and you are special too. Suggested Actions: Planting, Sweeping( With Broom
sticks), Picking up Litter, Watering Plants

Get Out
( To The Tune Of Bingo)
What happens if there is a fire ?
Do you know what to do ? Oh !
GET OUT ! QUICK , GET OUT !
get out ! Quick ,get out !
get out ! QUICK, get out !
Stay very low and go. GO !
What happens if there is a fire ?
Do you know what to do ? Oh!
STAY OUT ! DON'T GO BACK !
stay out ! Don't go back !
stay out ! Don't go back !
Don't go back in the house. No !

246
What happens if there is a fire?
Do you know what to do ? Oh !
GET HELP ! CALL FOR HELP !
get help ! call for help !
get help ! call for help !
call 911 for help ! oh!

D. INDOOR/OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES
Paint me a Picture
Procedure: The teacher will announce a scene which pupils have to portray. When she shouts “action”, pupils will start
preparing for the scene/picture. When she says “freeze”, pupils will stop and freeze.They will form a scene
showing how children help out at home.(e.g. sweeping the floor, dusting off furniture, watering plants etc.)
Duck Duck Goose Game
Materials: toy goose and duck or pictures of them
Procedure:
1. Tell children to hold hands and form a circle.
2. Then, tell them to sit down (with legs folded).
3. Say, “You are the ducks”.
4. Say, I will be it.
5. Teacher walks around the outside of the circle.
6. She will touch each child on the head lightly and say duck, duck, duck, duck (Touch 5 or 6 children).
7. Choose one person and say, “goose!”
8. Explain that when the “it” says, goose, the goose must get up and run after the “it.”
9. The “it” will then try to occupy the space where the goose was sitting.
10. If the “it” gets tagged by the goose, he will remain the it.
11. If the “it” gets to the empty space without being tagged, she sits down and the goose becomes the “it.”
Fruit Salad Game Marathon
Materials: cut outs of usual fruit ingredients of a salad, small containers per station, big containers for two teams.
Procedure: Children line up. The first pupil on the line walks towards the first station and gets the first ingredient, proceeds
to their final station then drop in the ingredient into the bowl and stays there. When she is done, the second
child then starts then goes to the second station. Just like what the first child did, she gets an ingredient and
proceeds to the final station. The same procedure is followed until the last child is through. When all the children
are complete, they will lift the bowl and say would you like some fruit salad?
The first team to do this wins.
Teacher May I
Procedure:
1. Teacher stands facing away from a line of kids.
2. She then, chooses a child at random or in order, and announces a direction.
3. Example, she may say, Cecil, you may take 3 baby steps forward.
4. The child responds with “Teacher may I?”
5. The teacher then replies yes or no.
6. If the child forgets to ask Teacher may I, she goes back to the starting line.
7. The first to touch teacher wins.
Variation of steps: bunny step (hop), baby step (very little steps) ballet turn, giant step, horse step etc.
Fire Drills Game
Materials: Human barriers or blockades
Participants: 7-8 at a time
Procedure:
1. Present an evacuation plan or escape plan and tell students that this is how they should go out
or this is the route they must follow.
2. Have someone stand somewhere in the classroom (could be the teacher or a classmate).
3. Shout “I am a fire, find a different way out. You can’t come through here!”
4. Make them find alternative routes by creating blockades.
5. When they are totally familiar with the set-up, do the game again but with the children blindfolded.

247
 KINDERGARTEN CLASS FOURTH GRADING DAILY PLANS
WEEK 40:________________________
WEEK 40 MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY
CONTENT FOCUS: It was Fun Learning
MEETING TIME 1 Message: We did many fun and special things this school year. I have learned many new things this year.
(8:10-8:25)
Invite children to recall what they did this school year? Question:
Which ones were most fun? What was fun and special about it? What are some of the things you can do now?

WORK PERIOD 1 Teacher-supervised: Independent:

(small group activities) Drawing: What I liked about my school
(8:25 – 9:25) Class Scrapbook : Our Special Activities Accordion Book : Life in our Classroom
Poster: What We Learned this Year Mini-book : I can/ I earned … book
Assessment Activities Assessment Activities

MEETING TIME 2 Each one of us is special. My classmates, teacher and I did We played and worked We learned from one another. We learned many things and in
(discuss Work Period 1 We are alike in some ways and many things together. together some of the time. many different ways.
activities) different in other ways. We became friends. We played and worked by
(9:25 – 9:40) ourselves some of the times
What fun things did we do
together?
What did you do for others?
SUPERVISED RECESS
(9:40 – 9:55)
REST/STORY TIME Ang Bagong Planeta Aling Oktopoda Nang Magkakulay ang Nayon Si Inggolok
(9:55 – 10:15)
WORK PERIOD 2 Assessment Activities Assessment Activities

Rhymes/Poems/ Songs I am Special This is the Way we Care for Earth

Sampung Mga Karapatan
INDOOR/OUTDOOR Hop Relay Obstacle Course Mother May I?
(11:00 – 11:20)
MEETING TIME 3 Dismissal Routine
(11:20 – 11:30)

248
APPENDIX WEEK 40

SMALL GROUP ACTIVITIES

A. THEME-RELATED ACTIVITIES

Class Scrapbook: Our Special Activities

Materials: teacher-made blank scrapbook, crayons, markers
Number of players/participants: 8 -10 children
Procedure:
1. Have children recall activities you did during the school year. Talk about these activities - what they did, who they were with and what
they learned from it.
2. Have them choose which one they want to draw and write about.
3. Divide the children into pairs.
4. Each pair gets to work on a page in the scrapbook.
5. Show the scrapbook to the class during Meeting Time 2.

Poster: What We Learned this Year

Materials: Manila Paper, ¼ bond paper, crayons, markers
Number of players/participants: 8 -10 children
Procedure:
1. Have children brainstorm on things they learned to do or learned about this school year. Ask questions that will help them recall.
2. Have them draw on ¼ sheet of paper.
3. Let them glue these on Manila Paper.

Drawing: What I liked about my school

Materials: newsprint or bond paper.
Number of players/participants: any number of participants
Procedure: Have children draw what they liked and enjoyed about school this year.

Slitbooks: I can/ I learned … book

Materials: paper, scissors, crayons, pencil:
Number of players/participants: 8 -10 children
Procedure:
1. Fold a piece of paper in half lengthwise.
2. Open the paper and fold it in half widthwise then fold it once more in the same direction.
3. Open the paper to a half sheet. Starting from the folded edge, cut along the crease. Stop where the folds intersect.
4. Completely open the paper.
5. Fold the paper in half lengthwise.
6. Grasp the outer edges and push them towards the center. The opening should “poof“ out. Keep pushing until you have a book of four
sections.
7. Fold the pages to make a book.
8. Have children draw what they have learned this school year and what they can already do now.

Note: Instructions to some activities can be referred to the previous week.

248